ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT p v T . L T D . (EIA) AND...

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT (EIA) AND EMP REPORT

FOR

EXPANSION OF DYES AND CHEMICALS

MANUFACTURING UNIT

[Schedule 5 (f) Synthetic Organic Chemicals industry (Located outside the Notified Industrial

Area) Category–“A” As per EIA Notification 2006 and its Amendment thereof]

PRODUCTION CAPACITY:- SR. NO.

NAME OF PRODUCTS

Existing (MT/ MONTH)

Proposed (MT/ MONTH)

Total After Expansion (MT/ MONTH)

1 S.O.Dyes 250 650 900 2 Dispersing Agent 1500 0 1500 3 Textile Auxiliaries 2125 -2125 0 4 Hydrous & Specialty

Chemicals 1000 -1000 0

5 Dyes Intermediate 400 350 750 Total 3150

OR 1 Formulated SO Dyes - 2400 2400 2 Dyes Intermediate 400 350 750

Total 3150

PROJECT PROPONENT

M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd

AT

Block No.-484, 502, 503-A, 504 & 505, N.H.No.8, Palsana-394315, Dist: Surat, Gujarat

Baseline study Period - 1st Oct 2017 to 31st Dec 2017

[ToR Letter No: IA-J-11011/517/2017-IA-II(I) Dated: 9/12/2017]

PREPARED BY:

EN-VISION ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES; (NABET ACCREDIATED CONSULTANT) NABET/EIA/1720/RA 0099, VADLID TILL-1/12/2020

201 - 301 UNION TRADE CENTER (UTC) NEAR APPLE HOSPITAL, UDHANA DARWAJA, SURAT - 395 002, GUJARAT. Website: en-vision.co.in, Phone-0261-2344773/ 774 E-mail: [email protected]; [email protected]

June, 2018 Report No. 1718A058

M/

S.

SP

EC

TR

UM

DY

ES

& C

HE

MIC

AL

S p

vT

. L

TD

.

LABORATORY USED: 1) En-Vision Environmental Services & Testing Laboraties, Surat (NABL Approved) 2) Pollucon Laboraties, Surat (MoEF & NABL Approved)

RAPID ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT AND

EMP REPORT

CLIENT : M/S. SPECTRUM DYES & CHEMICALS PVT. LTD.

PROJECT TITLE : EXPANSION IN DYES & CHEMICAL MANUFACTURING UNIT

SITE ADDRESS

: BLOCK NO.-484, 502, 503-A, 504 & 505, N.H.NO.8, PALSANA-394315, DIST: SURAT, GUJARAT

PROJECT NO. : 1718068

REPORT NO. : 1718A058

VERSION : 02

RELEASED : JUNE, 2018

© En-vision Environmental Services - June, 2018 This report is released for the use of the M/S. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd., Regulators and relevant stakeholders solely as part of the subject project’s Environmental Clearance process. Information provided (unless attributed to referenced third parties) is otherwise copyrighted and shall not be used for any other purpose without the written consent of En-vision Environmental Services.

** PREPARED BY **

EN-VISION ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES; ( NABET/EIA/1720/RA 0099)

201 - 301 UNION TRADE CENTER (UTC)

NEAR APPLE HOSPITAL, UDHANA DARWAJA,

SURAT - 395 002, GUJARAT.

Website: en-vision.co.in, Phone-0261-2344773/ 774 E-mail: [email protected]; [email protected]

DISCLAIMER

En-Vision Environmental Services has taken all reasonable precautions in the preparation of this report as per its auditable quality plan. En-Vision also believes that the facts presented in the report are accurate as on the date it was written. However, it is impossible to dismiss absolutely, the possibility of errors or omissions. En-Vision therefore specifically disclaims any liability resulting from the use or application of the information contained in this report. The information is not intended to serve as legal advice related to the individual situation.

mailto:[email protected];

mailto:[email protected]

PROJECT: M/s. SPECTRUM DYES & CHEMICALS PVT. LTD., PALSANA, SURAT, GUJARAT

(EIA/EMP Report for Expansion In Dyes & Chemical Manufacturing Facility)

e n - V I S I n

EN-VISION ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, SURAT. JUNE 2018 Report No. 1718A058

PREFACE

M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. has proposed Dyes manufacturing unit located at Block No-484, 502, 503-A, 504 & 505, N.H.No.8, Palsana-394315, Dist.: Surat, Gujarat.

As per Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Notification 2006, the proposed project is

categorized as A, 5(f) Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry. In order to assess the likely

impacts arising out of the proposed project, M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemical Pvt. Ltd.. has

retained M/s. En-vision Environmental Services, Surat (Gujarat), to undertake the

Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study for the various environmental components

which may be adversely affected, to assess the impact arising out of the proposed project and to

prepare a Environmental Management Plan (EMP) to minimize those negative impacts.

The cooperation and assistance rendered by M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. in the

preparation of this report is gratefully acknowledged.

M/s. En-vision Environnemental Services

Kunhal Shah

(Partner)

PROJECT: M/s. SPECTRUM DYES & CHEMICALS PVT. LTD., PALSANA, SURAT, GUJARAT

(EIA/EMP Report for Expansion In Dyes & Chemical Manufacturing Facility)

EN-VISION ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, SURAT. JUNE 2018 Report No. 1718A058

DeClaration by Experts con rlbu ng to the EIA " Expansion of Dyes & Chem ical Manu factu ring Unit

at Mis. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt , Ltd . Block no.-484, 502/ 503-a/ 504 & 505, N.H.No.8,

Palsana-39431S, dlst: Sura, Gujarat"

I, hereby, certify th at I was a part of the EIA team in the fo llow ing c paclty tha t developed th e

above EIA.

EIA coo rdin ator: Mr. t<unhal Shah

Name: MIs. Envision Environmental Services

Signatu re and Date :

~'V\\l/

Period of involvement: Oct 2017 to 31stOec 2017

Contact information: 26 - 344773

Functiona l area experts:

S. No. Functiona lAreas

Name of the

Expert/ s

Involvement (Period and

Task)

Signature and

Date

1

2

3

AP

WP

SHW

M r. Kunhal Shah

Mr. KunhalShah

Mr. Kunhal Shah

A.C.S. Rajulu

Mr. Kun hal Shah

Mr. Virendra Joshi

Mr. Ajay Dwivedi

Mr. P.K Sengupta

Prof . .6 Reddy

v

LU

RH

sc

AQ

GEO7

8

9

12

10

11

4 SE Mr. Rahul Deshmu kh " ' ~s]M!~Jr5

EB Prof. K.B Reddy (jjjv-~' r

+-6 HG Mr. P.I<Sengupta

EIADEPT-24

Typewritten Text

Project: M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd., Palsana, Surat, Gujarat (EIA/EMP Report for Proposed Expansion of Dyes & Chemical Manufacturing Unit)

EN-VISION ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, SURAT. JUNE-2018

Report No. 1718A058 IX

INDEX

PARTICULARS DESCRIPTION PAGE NUMB

ER Executive Summary XXV

Chapter 1: Introduction 1-14 1.1 Background 2 1.2 Purpose Of EIA 2 1.3 Objectives Of EIA 2 1.4 Methodologies For EIA 2

1.4.1 Base Line Environmental Condition 4 1.4.1.1 Ambient Air Environment 4 1.4.1.2 Ground And Surface Water Environment 4 1.4.1.3 Noise Environment 4 1.4.1.4 Soil Environment 4 1.4.1.5 Biological Environment 4 1.4.1.6 Socio-Economic Environment 4 1.4.2 Identification Of Pollution Source 4

1.4.3 Evaluation Of Pollution Control And Environmental Management System

4

1.4.4 Evaluation Of Impact 4 1.4.5 Preparation Of Environmental Management Plan 4

1.5 Structure Of Report 5 1.6 Compliance To TOR 6

Chapter 2: PROJECT DESCRIPTION & INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES 15-46 2.1 Introduction 16 2.2 Justification Of The Project 17 2.3 Promoters And Their Background 18

2.3.1 Project Implementation Schedule 19 2.4 Project Cost 19

2.4.1 Budgetary Provisions For EMP 19 2.5 Project Setting 20

2.5.1 Location 20 2.5.2 Key Infrastructure Features And Settlements 22 2.5.2.1 Method Of Data Preparation 22

2.5.2.2 Distance Of Nearest Key Infrastructure Features From Project Site

22

2.5.3 Map Of Key Infrastructure Features And Settlements 23 2.6 Main Phases Of The Project 25

2.6.1 Pre Construction Activities 25 2.6.2 Construction Activities 25 2.6.3 Production Activities 25 2.6.3.1 Raw Materials 25 2.6.3.2 Manufacturing Process 29

2.7 Infrastructure Facilities 29 2.7.1 Land 29 2.7.2 Transportation Facilities 30 2.7.3 Water Source And Utilization 30 2.7.4 Power Requirements 31



Report No. 1718A058 X


ER 2.7.5 Fuel Requirements 32 2.7.6 Boiler & HAG Details 32 2.7.7 Manpower Requirements 32

2.8 Source Of Pollution And Control Measures 33 2.8.1 Water Pollution 33 2.8.1.1 Waste Water Treatment, Recycle And Utilization 33 2.8.1.2 Detail Of ETP 33

2.8.1.3 Detail Of CETP (New Palsana Industrial Co-Operative Society Ltd)

35

2.8.2 Air Pollution 37 2.8.2.1 Air Pollution Control Measures 37 2.8.2.2 Scrubber installation 43 2.8.2.3 Fugitive Emission And Control Measure 43 2.8.3 Noise Pollution And Control System 44 2.8.4 land/soil pollution and control measures 44 2.8.4.1 Methodology Or Management Of Container 45 2.8.5 Green Belt Development 46

2.9 Industries Within 10 Km Radius Of The Plant Area 46 2.10 Places Of Tourist/Religious/Historical Interest 46

Chapter 3: Baseline Environment 47-104

3.1 Establishment Of Impact Zone 48 3.2 Study Area 49 3.3 Climate 50 3.4 Meteorology 51

3.4.1 Climatic Conditions Of The Region 51 3.4.1.1 Temperature 51 3.4.1.2 Rainfall 51 3.4.1.3 Wind Speed And Wind Direction 51 3.4.1.4 Relative Humidity 51 3.4.2 Micro Meteorology Of The Area 51 3.4.2.1 Temperature 52 3.4.2.2 Rainfall 52 3.4.2.3 Wind Speed And Wind Direction 52 3.4.3 Interpretation Of Metrology Data 54

3.5 Geological And Hydro-Geological Study 55 3.5.1 Introduction 55 3.5.2 Methodology 55 3.5.3 Location 55 3.5.4 Physiography And Climate 56 3.5.5 Drainage 56 3.5.6 Geology 58 3.5.7 Seismic Zone 58 3.5.8 Hydrogeology 59 3.5.9 Depth To Water Level Condition 60

3.6 Air Environment 61

3.6.1 Design Of Network For Ambient Air Quality Monitoring Locations

61



Report No. 1718A058 XI


ER 3.6.2 Reconnaissance 61 3.6.3 Methodology For Ambient Air Quality Monitoring And Result 61 3.6.4 Results Of Ambient Air Quality 64 3.6.5 Observations of air quality 65 3.6.6 Interpretation Of Ambient Air Quality Data 65

3.7 Water Environment 65 3.7.1 Water Quality Monitoring And Result 65 3.7.2 Summary Of Surface Water Analysis 68 3.7.3 Interpretation Of Surface Water Quality Data 68 3.7.4 Summary Of Ground Water Analysis 70 3.7.5 Interpretation Of Ground Water Quality Data 70

3.8 Noise Environment 70 3.8.1 Reconnaissance 70

3.8.2 Equivalent Sound Levels Or Equivalent Continuous Equal Energy Level (Leq)

70

3.8.3 Methodology For Noise Monitoring 70 3.8.4 Summary Of Noise Level (Study Area) 73 3.8.5 Noise Levels (Transportation) 73 3.8.6 Interpretation of Noise Data 73

3.9 Traffic Density 73 3.9.1 Interpretation Of Traffic Study 73

3.10 Land (Soil) Environment 73 3.10.1 Baseline Status Of Soil Of Study Area 73 3.10.2 Summary Of Soil Analysis Data 74 3.10.3 Interpretation Of Soil Data 75

3.11 Land Use Pattern 75 3.11.1 Methodology For Land Use / Land Cover Mapping 75

3.12 Socio-Economic Environment 80 3.12.1 Reconnaissance 80 3.12.2 Baseline Status 80 3.12.2.1 Demographic Structure 80 3.12.2.2 Infrastructure Resource Base 80 3.12.2.3 Economic Attributes 80 3.12.2.4 Health Status 80 3.12.2.5 Primary Survey 81

3.12.3 Salient Observations Recorded During Survey In The Study Area

81

3.12.3.1 Surveyed Village Information 82 3.12.3.2 Awareness And Opinion 82 3.12.4 Infrastructure Facilities Available In Study Area 86 3.12.5 Interpretation Of Socio Economic Data 87

3.13 Description Of The Biological Environment 88 3.13.1 Introduction 88 3.13.2 Scope, Aim And Objectives 88 3.13.3 Study Area And Period Of The Study 88 3.13.4 Methodology 89 3.13.5 Field Study And Secondary Literature Review & Its Source 90 3.13.6 Field Data Collection / Inventory & Its Source 90



Report No. 1718A058 XII


ER 3.13.7 Biological Diversity 90 3.13.7.1 Habitats Description Of The Buffer Zone Of 10 Km Radius 90 3.13.7.2 Plants Found In The Study Area 91 3.13.8 Secondary Data Collection & It’s Source 92 3.13.9 Cultivated Plants In The Study Area 97 3.13.10 Rare And Endangered Flora In The Study Area 97 3.13.11 Endemic Plants Of The Study Area 97 3.13.12 Status Of Forest And Their Category In The Study Area 97 3.13.13 Faunal Biodiversity In The Study Area 97 3.13.13.1 Birds Of The Study Area 98 3.13.13.2 Butterflies From The Study Area 100 3.13.13.3 Herpetofauna 101 3.13.13.4 Mammals 101 3.13.13.5 Aquatic Flora And Fauna 102 3.13.14 Rare And Endangered Fauna Of The Study Area 103 3.13.14.1 As per IUCN RED (2010) List 103 3.13.14.2 As per Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 103 3.13.15 Status Of Threatened And Endemic Biodiversity 103 3.13.16 Interpretation Of Data Primary & Secondary 104 3.13.16.1 Primary Data 104

3.13.16.2 Secondary Data: Sources, Cross Checking And Authentication / Ground Validation

104

3.13.17 Interpretation Of EB 104

Chapter 4: Anticipated Impact And Mitigation Measures 105-140 4.1 Identification Of Impacts 106 4.2 Predictions And Evaluation Of Impacts 106 4.3 Air Environment 107

4.3.1 Construction Phase Impacts And Mitigation Measures 107 4.3.2 Operation Phase Impacts And Mitigation Measures 107 4.3.3 Details Of Air Pollution Control Measures 120 4.3.3.1 Stack 120 4.3.3.2 ESP installation 120 4.3.3.3 Scrubber Installation 123 4.3.3.4 Control Of Fugitive Emission 123

4.4 Water Environment 123 4.4.1 Construction Phase Impacts And Mitigation Measures 123 4.4.2 Operation Phase Impacts And Mitigation Measures 124 4.4.3 Ground Water Abstraction And Its Impact On Water Source 124

4.5 Soil Environment 124 4.5.1 Construction Phase Impact And Mitigation Measures 124 4.5.2 Operation Phase Impact And Mitigation Measures 125

4.6 Noise Environment 125 4.6.1 Construction phase impact and mitigation measures 125 4.6.2 Operation Phase Impact And Mitigation Measures 125

4.7 Land Environment 128 4.7.1 Impact Of Land Use 128 4.7.2 Mitigation Measures Of Land Use 128



Report No. 1718A058 XIII


ER 4.7.3 Infrastructure And Services 128

4.8 Environmental Hazard 128 4.9 Ecological Impact Assessment 128

4.9.1 Ecology 128 4.9.2 Natural vegetation 128 4.9.3 Crops 129 4.9.4 Fisheries and aquatic life 129 4.9.5 Aesthetic environment 129

4.10 Biological Environment 132 4.10.1 Terrestrial Ecology 132

4.11 Impact On Socio-Economic Environment 133 4.11.1 Demography, Economics, Sociology And Human Settlement 133 4.11.2 Forest, National Parks / Sanctuaries 134

4.11.3 Places Of Archaeological/ Historical/ Religious/ Tourist Interest

134

4.11.4 Positive Impacts 134 4.11.5 Negative impacts 134 4.11.6 Mitigations measures 134 4.11.7 Quality of life 134

4.12 Matrix Representation 136 4.12.1 Cumulative Impact Chart 137

Chapter 5: Analysis Of Alternatives (Technology And Sites) 141-142 5.1 Alternative Technologies 142 5.2 Alternative Site 142

Chapter 6: Environmental Monitoring Programme 143-146 6.1 Introduction 144 6.2 Proposed schedule of environmental monitoring 144

Chapter 7: Additional Studies 147-226

7.1 Public Hearing 148 7.2 General 148 7.3 Risk Analysis & Disaster Management Plan and objective 148 7.4 Tools & software used for calculations 149

7.4.1 ALOHA (Areal Locations of Hazardous Atmospheres) 149 7.5 Elements of the RH study 149

7.5.1 Elaborated qualitative & quantitative risk assessment (methodology)

149

7.5.2 Toxic effects of chemical substances 149 7.5.3 Assessment of flammability & explosive properties 150 7.5..3.1 Toxic hazards of substances 150 7.5.3.2 Flammability hazards of substances 151 7.5.3.3 Explosion hazards 151 7.5.3.4 Corrosion hazards 152 7.5.3.5 Reactivity hazards 152

7.6 Storage And Handling Of Hazardous Materials 154

7.7 Transportation 180



Report No. 1718A058 XIV


ER 7.8 Risk Assessment and Consequence Analysis 180

7.8.1 Selection Of Incidents And Consequence Calculations 180 7.8.2 Maximum Credible Loss Accident Scenarios 180 7.8.3 Scenarios (Vulnerability Area Identification) 180 7.8.4 Vulnerability Analysis 182 7.8.4.1 Maximum Credible Accident Scenario 182 7.8.4.2 The latitude for Surat - Palsana, Surat, Gujarat, India 183 7.8.5 Worst Case Scenario 183

7.8.5.1 Dispersion Calculations 183 7.8.5.2 Maximum Credible Accident Scenario (MCAS) 186 7.8.6 Risk Assessment And Mitigation Measures 192 7.8.7 Specific Guidelines For Handling Of Hazardous Chemicals 192 7.8.7.1 Specific Guidelines For Ethylene Oxide 192 7.8.7.2 Specific Guidelines for Cyanides 194

7.9 Disaster Management Plan 199 7.9.1 Introduction 199 7.9.2 Glossary 201 7.9.3 Organization Set Up 203 7.9.4 Teams Fitment Plan 203 7.9.5 Responsibilities Of Key Emergency Personnel / Teams 204 7.9.6 Communication System 208 7.9.6.1 Incident Controllers 209 7.9.6.2 Deputy Incident Controllers 213 7.9.6.3 Site Main Controllers 215 7.9.6.4 Key Persons 216 7.9.7 Emergency Siren 219 7.9.8 Emergency Control Centre (ECC) 219 7.9.9 First- Aid Medical Services 219 7.9.10 Assembly Point/s 220 7.9.11 Fire Fighting Built In Facilities 220 7.9.11.1 Availability Of Fire Fighting facilities 220 7.9.11.2 Fire Pumping Capacity 221 7.9.11.3 Pump House details 221 7.9.11.4 Fire Water Storage 221 7.9.11.5 Booster Pump 221 7.9.11.6 Pollution Control 221 7.9.11.7 Wind Socks 221 7.9.11.8 Rescue Teams 221 7.9.11.9 Important External Telephones Numbers 222 7.9.12 Occupational Health and Safety Program-Mitigating Measures 224 7.9.12.1 Occupational Health centre (OHC) 224 7.9.12.2 HSE Organization 225 7.9.13 Do’s &Don’ts to Be Followed 225

Chapter 8: Project Benefits 227-230 8.0 General 228 8.1 Physical Benefits 228 8.2 Direct Benefits To The National And State Exchequer 228



Report No. 1718A058 XV


ER 8.3 Employment Benefit 228 8.4 Health And Safety Measures 228 8.5 Social Welfare Measures And Corporate Responsibility 228 8.6 Following activity shall be under taken a part of CSR 229

8.6.1 Education (National & Regional) 229 8.6.2 Health Care (Regional & Local) 229 8.6.3 Community (Regional & Local) 229

Chapter 9: Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis 231-232

Chapter 10: Environmental Management Plan 233-252 10.1 Introduction 234 10.2 Purpose Of Environmental Management Plan 234 10.3 Details Of Environmental Management Plan 235 10.3.1 During Construction Phase 235 10.3.1.1 Air Environment 235 10.3.1.2 Water Environment 235 10.3.1.3 Solid Waste 235 10.3.1.4 Noise Environment 235 10.3.1.5 Land Environment 236 10.3.1.6 Socio-Economic 236 10.3.1.7 Biological Environment 236 10.3.2 During Operation Phase 236 10.3.2.1 Air Environment 236 10.3.2.2 Water Environment 239 10.3.2.3 Land Environment Management 241 10.3.2.4 Solid/Hazardous Waste Generation 241 10.3.2.5 Noise Environment 243

10.3.2.6 Biological Environment 243

10.3.2.7 Corporate Social Responsibility Plan 245

10.3.2.8 Occupational Health And Safety 247

10.3.2.9 General Considerations 247

10.3.2.10 Waste-Minimization, Recycle/Reuse/Recover Techniques, Energy Conservation, And Natural Resource Conservation

247

10.4 Environmental Management Cell 248

10.5 Budgetory Provisions for EMP 250

10.6 Summary of EMP 250

Chapter 11: Summary And Conclusions 253-260 11.1 Introduction 254 11.2 Project Description 254

11.2.1 Project Details 254 11.2.2 Project Requirement 255 11.2.3 Raw Materials 255 11.2.4 Water Consumption And Waste Water Generation 255 11.2.5 Air Emission And Air Pollution Control Measures 255 11.2.6 Solid Waste Generation And Disposal 255

11.3 Baseline Environment 255



Report No. 1718A058 XVI


ER 11.3.1 Micro Meteorology 255 11.3.2 Ambient Air Quality 256 11.3.3 Ground Water Quality Monitoring 256 11.3.4 Surface Water Quality Monitoring 256 11.3.5 Background Noise Level 256 11.3.6 Soil Quality 256 11.3.7 Land Use Pattern 256 11.3.8 Socio Economic Studies 257 11.3.9 Ecological Environment 257

11.4 Anticipated Environmental Impacts And Mitigation Measures 257 11.4.1 Impact Assessment 257

11.4.2 Impacts During Construction Phase And Its Mitigation Measures

257

11.4.3 Impacts During Operation Phase And Its Mitigation Measures 257 11.4.3.1 Air Environment 257 11.4.3.2 Noise Environment 257 11.4.3.3 Water Environment 258 11.4.3.4 Soil Environment 258 11.4.3.5 Green Belt Development 258

11.5 Environmental Monitoring Programme 258 11.6 Additional Studies 258

11.6.1 Public Hearing 258 11.6.2 Risk Assessment 258

11.7 Project Benefits 259 11.7.1 Corporate Social Responsibility (CSR) 259

11.8 Environmental Management Plan 259 11.8.1 Environmental Management Plan (Administrative Aspects) 259

11.9 Conclusion 259

Chapter 12: Disclosure Of Consultant Engaged 261-264

PROJECT: M/s. SPECTRUM DYES & CHEMICALS PVT. LTD., PALSANA, SURAT, GUJARAT (EIA/EMP Report for Expansion In Dyes & Chemical Manufacturing Facility)

EN-VISION ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, SURAT. JUNE-2018 XVII

Report No. 1718A058

LIST OF TABLES

TABLE NO. TITLE

PAGE NO.

CHAPTER-1

1.1 COMPLIANCE TO TERMS OF REFERENCE 1-6

1.2 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK 1-14

CHAPTER-2

2.1 DETAILS OF PRODUCTS AND PRODUCTION CAPACITY 2-16

2.2 DIRECTORS’ BACKGROUND 2-18

2.3 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE 2-19

2.4 BREAK UP FOR THE PROPOSED INVESTMENT 2-19

2.5 PROJECT SETTING 2-20

2.6 DISTANCE OF NEAREST KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES 2-22

2.7 RAW MATERIAL CONSUMPTION FOR DISPERSE DYES 2-25

2.8 RAW MATERIAL STORAGE 2-27

2.9 LAND BREAK-UP OF THE PROJECT 2-29

2.10 WATER CONSUMPTION AND WASTE WATER GENERATION 2-30

2.11 DETAILS OF SOURCE OF ENERGY AND TYPES OF FUEL 2-32

2.12 FUEL REQUIREMENT 2-32

2.13 MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS FOR DYE PLANT 2-33

2.14 DETAILS OF WASTE WATER GENERATION 2-33

2.15 EFFLUENT CHARACTERISTIC 2-33

2.16 EQUIPMENT LIST FOR PROPOSED ETP (2500 KLD) 2-34

2.17 DETAILS OF STACK WITH AIR POLLUTION CONTROL SYSTEM 2-38

2.18 AIR EMISSION FROM STACK 2-40

2.19 ESP SPECIFICATIONS 2-41

2.20 SCRUBBER SPECIFICATIONS 2-43

2.21 SOLID WASTE GENERATION AND DISPOSAL METHOD FOR DYES MANUFACTURING UNIT 2-44

2.22 LIST OF INDUSTRIES IN 10 KM RADIUS FROM THE PLANT AREA 2-46

CHAPTER-3

3.1 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA OF OBSERVATARY STATION AT SURAT, IMD, (1981-2010) 3-51

3.2 SITE SPECIFIC METEOROLOGICAL DATA (1ST OCTOBER 2017 TO 31ST DECEMBER 2017) 3-52

3.3 COLLATION OF PRIMARY METEOROLOGICAL DATA WITH SECONDARY DATA 3-52

3.4 STRATIGRAPHIC SEQUENCE OF THE AREA 3-58

3.5 GROUNDWATER LEVELS OF FOUR STATIONS FALLING WITHIN THE BUFFER AREA 3-60

3.6 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY PARAMETER AND ANALYSIS METHOD 3-61

3.7 DETAILS OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS 3-62

3.8 SUMMARY OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY TEST RESULTS (µG/M3) 3-64

3.9 LOCATION OF WATER SAMPLING STATIONS 3-66

3.10 EXISTING ETP INLET & OUTLET ANALYSIS 3-66

3.11 SURFACE WATER RESULTS 3-67

3.12 GROUND WATER RESULTS 3-69

3.13 LOCATION OF NOISE MONITORING STATIONS 3-71

3.14 NOISE LEVELS DURING STUDY PERIOD 3-71

3.15 EXISTING SCENARIO OF NOISE LEVEL AT POINT SOURCE / SHOP FLOOR 3-71

3.16 NOISE LEVELS DUE TO TRANSPORTATION (NOV, 2017) 3-73

3.17 SAMPLING LOCATIONS FOR SOIL QUALITY 3-74

3.18 PHYSICO-CHEMICALS CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL 3-74


EN-VISION ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, SURAT. JUNE-2018 XVIII

Report No. 1718A058

TABLE NO. TITLE

PAGE NO.

3.19 LAND USE PATTERN OF BUFFER ZONE/STUDY AREA 3-77

3.20 SUMMARIZED DETAILS 3-83

3.21 LISTS OF VILLAGES IN STUDY AREA 3-86

3.22 LISTS OF PLANTS FOUND IN THE CORE AREA 3-91

3.23 LIST OF TREES AND TREE LIKE PLANTS FOUND IN THE STUDY AREA 3-93

3.24 LIST OF SHRUBS AND PERENNIAL CLIMBERS FOUND IN THE STUDY AREA 3-94

3.25 LIST OF HERBS AND HERBACEOUS PLANTS FOUND IN THE STUDY AREA. 3-94

3.26 LIST OF TREES SHRUBS AND PERENNIAL CLIMBERS FOUND IN THE STUDY AREA 3-95

3.27 LIST OF AGRICULTURE, HORTICULTURE, MAJOR AND MINOR CROPS GROWN IN THE BUFFER ZONE

3-96

3.28 LISTS OF BIRDS IN STUDY AREA WITH RESIDENTIAL STATUS 3-98

3.29 BUTTERFLIES IN THE STUDY AREA 3-100

3.30 AMPHIBIANS& REPTILES IN THE STUDY AREA 3-101

3.31 MAMMALS IN THE STUDY AREA 3-101

3.32 LIST OF AQUATIC OR SEMI AQUATIC MACROPHYTES FOUND IN THE STUDY AREA 3-102

3.33 LIST OF FRESH WATER FISHES EITHER CAUGHT BY THE FISHERMAN OR REPORTED FROM THE STUDY AREA

3-102

3.34 SPECIES PROVIDED PROTECTION AS PER WILD LIFE PROTECTION ACT 1972 3-103

CHPATER-4

4.1 DETAILS OF EMISSION FROM STACKS 4-108

4.2 QUALITY OF AIR EMISSIONS FROM STACK 4-111

4.3 SUMMARY OF ISCST3 MODEL OUTPUT FOR SPM, SO2 ,NOX & HCL 4-118

4.4 MAX. GLC’S FOR SPM, SO2,NOX & HCL (AVERAGE PERIOD: 24 HOURS) 4-118

4.5 AVG INCREASE (INCREMENTAL) GLC’S DUE TO PROPOSED ACTIVITY 4-118

4.6 ESP SPECIFICATION 4-121

4.7 EXISTING SCENARIO OF NOISE LEVEL AT POINT SOURCE 4-126

4.8 SUMMARY OF MODEL DHWANIPRO OUTPUT FOR NOISE LEVEL 4-126

4.9 ECOLOGICAL IMPACT ASSESSMENTS 4-130

4.10 ANTICIPATED IMPACTS OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT AND ITS ACTIVITY ON THE TERRESTRIAL ECOLOGY AND BIODIVERSITY

4-132

4.11 MITIGATION MEASURES IN PLACE FOR MANAGEMENT OF THE ANTICIPATED ADVERSE IMPACTS OF THE PROPOSED PROJECT. 4-133

4.12 LIST OF ANTICIPATED IMPACTS ON AQUATIC BIODIVERSITY 4-134

4.13 MITIGATION MEASURES IN PLACE FOR MANAGING THE ADVERSE IMPACTS ON AQUATIC ECOSYSTEMS.

4-134

4.14 IMPACT IDENTIFICATION MATRIX 4-317

4.15 POTENTIAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATIVE MEASURES 4-137

4.16 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT MATRIX 4-138

4.17 CUMULATIVE IMPACT CHART 4-138

4.18 LEGENDS FOR CUMULATIVE SCORE 4-139

CHAPTER -6

6.1 PROPOSED ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING FOR FLUE GAS / PROCESS GAS STACK 6-144

6.2 PROPOSED ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN (GENERAL) 6-144

CHAPTER-7

7.1 PHYSIO-CHEMICAL PARAMETERS OF HAZ-CHEM 7-155

7.2 STORAGE HAZARDS & MITIGATION MEASURES (QUANTITIES AND TOXICOLOGICAL DATA) 7-157

7.3 PROCESS HAZARD & MITIGATION MEASURES 7-171

7.4 GENERAL HAZARDS AND ITS CONTROL 7-178


EN-VISION ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, SURAT. JUNE-2018 XIX

Report No. 1718A058

TABLE NO. TITLE

PAGE NO.

7.5 POSSIBLE ACCIDENT SCENARIOS 7-181

7.6 WEATHER CONDITIONS 7-182

7.7 WORST CASE SCENARIOS SIMULATION FOR WEATHER CONDITIONS ‘D’, ‘F’ 7-183

7.8 MAXIMUM CREDIBLE ACCIDENT SCENARIO (MCAS) SIMULATION FOR WEATHER CONDITIONS ‘D’, ‘F’

7-186

CHAPTER-8

8.1 MAN POWER REQUIREMENTS 8-228

8.2 BUDGETARY ALLOCATIONS FOR CSR FOR FIVE YEARS 8-229

CHAPTER-9

9.1 ESTIMATED COST OF PROJECT AND PROJECT VIABILITY 9-232

CHAPTER-10

10.1 PROPOSED PRODUCTS WITH THEIR PRODUCTION CAPACITY 10-234

10.2 EMISSION STANDARDS 10-237

10.3 WATER CONSUMPTION AND WASTE WATER GENERATION 10-241

10.4 HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION AND MANAGEMENT 10-241

10.5 SUGGESTED LIST OF PLANTS FOR REINFORCEMENT AND EXPANSION OF GREENBELT. 10-244

10.6 BUDGETARY YEAR WISE GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN 10-245

10.7 BUDGETARY ALLOCATIONS FOR CSR FOR FIVE YEARS 10-247

10.8 RESPONSIBILITY OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL 10-249

10.9 COST OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES 10-250

10.10 SUMMARY OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT PLAN 10-250

CHAPTER-12

12.1 FUNCTIONAL AREA EXPERTS INVOLVED IN THE EIA 12-263


EN-VISION ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, SURAT. JUNE-2018 XX

Report No. 1718A058

LIST OF FIGURES

FIGURE NO. TITLE

PAGE NO.

CHAPTER-1 1.1 ACTIVITIES, SOURCES OF INFORMATION AND CONTENTS OF EIA REPORT 1-3

CHAPTER -2 2.1 PHOTOGRAPHS OF PROPOSED MANUFACTURING UNIT 2-16

2.2 GOOGLE EARTH IMAGE AND MAP SHOWING PROJECT SITE 2-21 2.3 PROJECT LOCATION 2-22 2.4 KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES AND SETTLEMENTS 2-23 2.5 SITE LAYOUT OF THE PLANT 2-24 2.6 LAND BREAK-UP OF THE PROJECT 2-29 2.7 WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM (BASIS KLD) 2-31 2.8 FLOW DIAGRAM OF PROPOSED ETP (2500 KL/DAY) 2-35

2.9 (A) ONLINE CEMS ON EXISTING STACK 2-37 2.9 (B) ONLINE FLOW METER ON ETP 2-37

2.10 DESIGN OF ESP 2-41

CHAPTER-3 3.1 LOCATION MAP OF THE PROJECT SITE WITH STUDY AREA 3-49 3.2 LONG VIEW OF THE PROJECT SITE (CORE ZONE) 3-49 3.3 SHORT VIEW OF THE PROJECT SITE 3-50

3.4 WIND ROSE DIAGRAM 3-53 3.5 WIND CLASS FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM 3-54 3.6 TOPOSHEET 3-55 3.7 DIGITAL ELEVATION MODEL (DEM) OF THE BUFFER ZONE 3-56

3.8(A) SURFACE TOPOGRAPHY CONTOUR AND DRAINAGE MAP OF BUFFER AREA 3-57 3.8(B) DRAINAGE PATTERN MAP 3-57

3.9 GEOLOGICAL MAP OF STUDY AREA GSI-DATA BASE-1997 (SCALE 1:250,000) 3-58

3.10 SEISMOTECTONICS MAP OF STUDY AREA 3-59 3.11 GEOLOGICAL CROSS SECTION OF THE AREA 3-59 3.12 AVERAGE DEPTH TO WATER LEVEL MAP 3-60 3.13 MAP OF MONITORING STATIONS 3-63

3.14(A) NOISE LEVEL DUING DAY TIME (06:00 TO 21:00 HRS.) 3-72 3.14(B) NOISE LEVEL DURING NIGHT TIME (21:00 TO 06:00 HRS.) 3-72

3.15 LAND USE PATTERN CHART OF BUFFER ZONE/STUDY AREA 3-77

3.16 LAND USE LAND COVER OF STUDY 3-78 3.17 SATELLITE IMAGINARY INTERPRETATION OF THE STUDY AREA 3-79 3.18 PHOTOGRAPHS OF STUDY AREA DURING VISIT-SE 3-83

3.19 POPULATION DETAILS OF THE SURVEYED AREA 3-84 3.20 EMPLOYMENT PATTERN IN THE STUDY AREA (CENSUS 2011) 3-84 3.21 BREAK UP OF MAIN WORKER (CENSUS 2011) 3-85

3.22 LITERACY RATE OF THE SURVEYED AREA 3-85 3.23 PHOTOGRAPHS OF STUDY AREA DURING VISIT-EB 3-90

CHAPTER-4 4.1 EQUAL CONCENTRATION CONTOUR PLOT FOR SPM (WITH APCM) 4-112

4.2 EQUAL CONCENTRATION CONTOUR PLOT FOR SPM (WITHOUT APCM) 4-113 4.3 EQUAL CONCENTRATION CONTOUR PLOT FOR NOX 4-114 4.4 EQUAL CONCENTRATION CONTOUR PLOT FOR SO2 4-115

4.5 EQUAL CONCENTRATION CONTOUR PLOT FOR HCL (WITHOUT SCRUBBER) 4-116 4.6 EQUAL CONCENTRATION CONTOUR PLOT FOR HCL (WITH SCRUBBER) 4-117 4.7 DESIGN OF ESP 4-120 4.8 NOISE LEVEL AT SELECTED RECEPTORS DUE TO PROPOSED ACTIVITY 4-127

4.9 CONTOUR PLOT FOR NOISE LEVEL WITHIN 500 METERS 4-127 CHAPTER-10

10.1 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF RECHARGE WELL 10-239

10.2 ORGANOGRAM OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL 10-248


EN-VISION ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, SURAT. JUNE- 2018

Report No. 1718A058 XXI

LIST OF ANNEXURE ANNEXURE

NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

I. TERMS OF REFERENCE LETTER 265-272 II. EC LETTER 273-276

III. MANUFACTURING PROCESS, MASS BALANCE ETC. 277-375 IV. SOLVENT RECOVERY SYSTEM 376-385 V. MOEF & CC COMPLIANCE REPORT 386-388

VI. CC & A COPY 389-408 VII. CC & A COMPLIANCE 409-412

VIII. CTE 413-414 IX. CGWA APPLICATION 415-422 X. TSDF CERTIFICATE 423-428

XI. CETP MEMBERSHIP CERTIFICATE 429 XII. DISCHARGE POINT STUDY OF NPICSL CETP 430-484

XIII. EC COMPLIANCE CETP 485-525 XIV. FLY ASH MOU 526 XV. SCRUBBER DETAILS 527-537

XVI. ETP ANALYSIS 538-539 XVII. LAND DOCUMENTS 540-543

XVIII. STACK ANALYSIS (THIRD PART EXISTING) 544-545 XIX. AIR MONITORING BY GPCB 546-551 XX. CA CERTIFICATE CSR 552-556

XXI. GPCB NOTICE OF ENTRY, INSPECTION & REPLY 557-598 XXII. CPCB CLOUSER AND REVOCATION 599-604

XXIII. SHOWCASE NOTICE & COMPLIANCE 605-608 XXIV. AUDIT RECOMMENDATION & COMPLIANCE 609-613 XXV. EC UNDERTAKING 614-616

XXVI. PERIODICAL MEDICAL CHECKUP 617-631 XXVII. ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY & ISO CERTIFICATE 632-635

XXVIII. SITE SPECIFIC WEATHER DATA 636-649 XXIX. AAQ STANDARD 650-651 XXX. DRINKING WATER STANDARD 652-655

XXXI. SURFACE WATER STANDARDS 656 XXXII. NOICE LEVEL STANDARDS 657

XXXIII. DAMAGE RISK CRITERIA FOR LOSS OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH 658 XXXIV. NABET CERTIFICATE - NEW 659 XXXV. NABET CERTIFICATE - OLD 660

XXXVI. NABL CERTIFICATE 661 XXXVII. TOPOMAP 662

XXXVIII. UNDERTAKING OF PROJECT PROPONENT 663

XXXIX. UNDERTAKING BY THE CONSULTANT REGARDING THE PRESCRIBED TORS HAVE BEEN COMPLIED

664

XL. STACK ANALYSIS REPORT (FLUE GAS & PROCESS GAS) 665-670 XLI. AAQ DATA SHEET 671-678

XLII. MOM OF PUBLIC HEARING/CONSULTATIONS 679 XLIII. CERTIFIED EC COMPLIANCE 932


EN-VISION ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, SURAT.

JUNE-2018 XXII

Report No. 1718A058

ABBREVIATIONS

AAQ Ambient Air Quality

AAQMS Ambient Air Quality Monitoring System

BDL Below Detection Limit

BOD Biochemical Oxygen Demand

C&R Conservation & Reclamation

CEA Cumulative Effects Assessment

CEC Cation Exchange Capacity

CEMS Continuous Emission Monitoring System

CETP Common Effluent Treatment Plant

COD Chemical Oxygen Demand

CPCB Central Pollution Control Board

dB Decibel

DO Dissolved Oxygen

DOC Dissolved Organic Carbon

DoEF Department of Environment and Forestry

EAC Environmental Appraisal Committee

EB Ecology and Biodiversity

EC Environmental Clearance

EHSIA Environment, Health, and Safety Impact Assessment

EHSMS Environment, Health and Safety Management System

EIA Environment Impact Assessment

EIAA Environmental Impact Assessment Authority

ELC Ecological Land Classification

ELU End Land Use

EMF Environmental Management Framework

EMP Environmental Management Plan

EMS Environmental Management System

EPP Environmental Protection Plan

FAE Functional Area Expert

GHG Greenhouse Gases



JUNE-2018 XXIII

Report No. 1718A058

GIS Geographical Information System

GPCB Gujarat Pollution Control Board

GECL Globe Enviro Care Ltd.

GPS Global Positioning System

h hour

HER Hazards and Effects Register

IPCC Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change

IRIS Integrated Risk Information System

IRM Integrated Resource Management

IRP Integrated Resource Plan

ISO International Organization for Standardization

IUCN International Union for the Conservation of Nature and Natural Resources

kg kilogram

l Liter

Leq Equivalent Noise Level

Lmax Maximum Noise Level

MASL Meters above Sea Level

mg/l Milligram per liter

MoEF Ministry of Environment and Forestry

MoC Material of Construction

MSDS Material Safety Data Sheet

NAAQ National Ambient Air Quality

NNL No Net Loss (fisheries)

NNLL No Net Loss Lake

OHRA Occupational Health Risk Assessment

OHS Occupational Health and Safety

PER Preliminary Environmental Review

PM Particulate Matter

PM10 Particulate Matter less than 10µm in diameter

PM2.5 Particulate Matter less than 2.5µm in diameter

PMx Particulate Matter (all sizes)



JUNE-2018 XXIV

Report No. 1718A058

QA Quality Assurance

QAP Quality Assurance Program

QC Quality Control

QMP Quality Management Plan

QMS Quality Management System

RAPIDS Regional Air Pollutant Inventory Development System

SAR Sodium Adsorption Ratio

SEA Strategic Environmental Assessment

SEAC State Environmental Appraisal Committee

sec Second

SEIA Socio-Economic Impact Assessment

SEIAA State Environmental Impact Assessment Authority

SPCB State Pollution Control Board

TDS Total Dissolved Solids

TOC Total Organic Content

ToR Terms of Reference

TSS Total Suspended Solids

VOC Volatile Organic Compound

WHMIS Workplace Hazardous Materials Information System

WHO World Health Organization

Project: M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd., Palsana, Surat, Gujarat (Executive summary of EIA/EMP Report for Proposed Expansion of Dyes & Chemical Manufacturing Unit)

EN-VISION ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, SURAT. JUNE 2018 XXV Report No. 1718A058

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY OF THE REPORT

1. INTRODUCTION M/s. Spectrum Dyes and Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. is a large scale industrial unit which is located at Block no-484, 502, 503-A, 504 & 505, N.H. No.8, Palsana-394315, Dist.: Surat, Gujarat. The company manufactures Dyes and intermediate. proposes expansion of Dyes and Chemicals unit as per MoEFCC, New Delhi, EIA Notification 14th September, 2006 and its amendment there of. The baseline study for conducting EIA Study based on the three months field data collected within 10 km radius from project site during post monsoon season from 1St October 2017 to 31St December 2017 and the whole EIA report has been prepared by M/s. En-vision Environmental Services, Surat. The same data has been used in assessment of impacts.

2. PROJECT DESCRIPTION 2.1 PROJECT DETAILS

Category of the project: A

S. No. in the Schedule: 5(f) Synthetic Organic Chemicals industry

Location of the project: Block no-484, 502, 503-A, 504 & 505, N.H.No.8, Palsana-394315, Dist.: Surat, Gujarat.

Total project cost: Rs. 47.5783 crore

Cost for EPCM (Environmental Pollution Control Measures):

Capital Cost: Rs. 3,155.91 Lacs and Recurring cost: Rs. 1,165.38 Lacs Per Annum.

2.2 PROJECT REQUIREMENT

PARTICULARS REQUIREMENT

Existing Proposed Total

Land Requirement

46158.23sq. m 3666.29sq. m 49824.52 sq. m

Water Requirement and its Source

Source from existing 4 Nos. of bore wells and proposed new 3 nos; of Bore- well

1142.5KLD 1557.5 KLD 2700 KLD

Electricity Requirement and its Source

DGVCL 4000 KVA 2000 KVA 6000 KVA

Standby

Gas Engine 1250 KVA -- 1250 KVA Gas Engine 1250 KVA -- 1250 KVA D.G 2x380KVA 760 KVA -- 760 KVA D.G 2x500KVA 1000 KVA -- 1000 KVA D.G 2x1250KVA 2500 KVA -- 2500 KVA

Manpower Requirements

1080 Nos 122 Nos 1202 Nos.

Fuel Requirement Coal 50 tons/day 25tons/day 75 tons/day

Natural Gas 460 scm/hr -- 460 scm/hr GAS 10 SCM/hr -- 10 SCM/hr


EN-VISION ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, SURAT. JUNE 2018 XXVI Report No. 1718A058

2.3 PRODUCT LIST 1A: List of Products along with their Production Capacity SR. NO.

NAME OF PRODUCTS



Total after expansion (MT/ MONTH)

1 S.O.Dyes 250 650 900 2 Dispersing Agent 1500 0 1500 3 Textile Auxiliaries 2125 -2125 0 4 Hydros & Speciality


5 Dyes Intermediate 400 350 750 Total 3150 OR 1 Formulated SO Dyes - 2400 2400 2 Dyes Intermediate 400 350 750 Total 3150

1B. List of Byproducts along with their Production Capacity

SR. NO.

NAME OF BYPRODUCTS Existing (MT/ MONTH)



1 RC DMF (Recovered) 40 0 40

2 RC Methanol (Recovered) 130 0 130

3 RC Acetone (Recovered) 15 0 15

4 RC Sodium Sulphite (Recovered) 15 0 15

5 RC Toluene (Recovered) 7.5 0 7.5

6 Sodium Bromide Solution 15 0 15

2.4 RAW MATERIAL Raw material for dyes and chemicals unit will be purchased from the different sources and it will be stored in chemical storage area in Carboys, Drums, bags and some are in storage tanks. Transportation of raw materials are made through road by trucks/tankers. 2.5 WATER CONSUMPTION & WASTE WATER GENERATION Total water requirement for the proposed project will be 2700 KLD which mainly for process, Boiler & cooling (make up water), Domestic uses and for gardening & others. Total water requirement shall be met from existing 4nos. of bore well and proposed 3 nos. of bore well. 2245.0 KL/day industrial wastewater generated from process & utilities of the proposed project. Domestic sewage (75.0 KLD) generated will be treated in Secondary Treatment Plant. Generated industrial effluents will be treated in proposed ETP. Existing process effluent is sent to CETP of M/s. NPICSL, hence now onward, treated effluents will also be sent to CETP of M/s. NPICSL, Palsana for further treatment and disposal 2.6 AIR EMISSION AND AIR POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES The air emission from the proposed project would be the flue gas emission from boiler, Thermic fluid heater (boiler), Gas Generator and Diesel based D.G. Set. Major pollutant i.e. PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx is generated from the stacks attached to unit. From the proposed unit process emission will be generated.


EN-VISION ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, SURAT. JUNE 2018 XXVII Report No. 1718A058

FLUE GAS EMISSION AND CONTROL MEASURES ARE GIVEN IN FOLLOWING TABLE:

A FLUE GAS STACKS : [EXISTING]

Stack No.

Stack Attached To

Stack Height

Stack Diameter Fuel Pollutants Permissible

value APC Attached

1

Steam Boiler6 MTPH (Running) 4 MTPH (Stand by) *

36.5 M 1300 mm Coal, Lignite

PM Sox

Nox

150mg/Nm ³ 100 ppm 50 ppm

High Efficiency Multi Cyclone Seperator, Bag filter

2 Thermo pack2,00,000 Kcal/Hr

21 M 250 mm NG PM Sox

Nox


Sufficient Stack Height

3 HAG 34 M 1000 mm Coal, Lignite

PM Sox Nox


Dual Teema Cyclone Seperator, Bag filter

4

Thermo pack 3,00,000 Kcal/Hr. Heat transfer area 24m2

5 M 305 mm NG PM Sox Nox



5

(LDO/HSD)/NG Based Power Plant (stand by )

30 M 800 mm LDO/ HSD/ NG

PM Sox Nox



6

(LDO/HSD)/NG Based Power Plant on plot no. 484 (stand by)


PM Sox Nox



7 DG Set – 02 Nos stand by (380 KVA)

11 M 150 mm HSD PM Sox Nox











Note - * indicate that in proposed expansion, we will resell our Existing 4 MTPH Boiler (Stand by)

A Flue Gas Stack: [ Proposed] Stack No.

Stack Attached To

Stack Height


value APC Attached

1 Steam Boiler 10 MTPH **

36 M

1450 mm

Coal, Lignite

PM Sox

Nox


ESP (Combine Stack and APC for boiler and HAG)

2 HAG

Note - ** indicate that in proposed expansion, we will use our Existing 6 MTPH Boiler as a stand by


EN-VISION ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, SURAT. JUNE 2018 XXVIII Report No. 1718A058

B PROCESS STACKS :[EXISTING]

Stack No.

Stack Attached To

Stack Height


value APC Attached

1 Spray Dryer No. 3 21.4 M 700 mm

NG / Steam (HAG) Afer Expansion

PM Sox Nox

150 mg/Nm ³ 40 mg/Nm ³ 25 mg/Nm ³

Cyclone + Wet Scrubber

2 Spray Dryer No. 4 18.4 M 450 mm Steam

PM Sox Nox

150 mg/Nm ³ 40 mg/Nm ³ 25 mg/Nm ³


3 Spray Dryer No.5 21.4 M 1200 mm

NG / Steam (HAG) Afer Expansion

PM Sox Nox

150 mg/Nm ³ 40 mg/Nm ³ 25 mg/Nm ³


4 Spray Dryer No.6 33.0 M 1100 mm Steam

(HAG)

PM Sox Nox

150 mg/Nm ³ 40 mg/Nm ³ 25 mg/Nm ³



(HAG)

PM Sox Nox

150 mg/Nm ³ 40 mg/Nm ³ 25 mg/Nm ³



(HAG)

PM Sox Nox

150 mg/Nm ³ 40 mg/Nm ³ 25 mg/Nm ³


7 Scrubber at Bromide Plant

16.5 M 250 mm -

Cl2 Hcl Br2 Hbr

9 mg/Nm ³ 20 mg/Nm ³ 2 mg/Nm ³ 30 mg/Nm ³

Two Stage venturi scrubbers followed by packed columm scrubber

8 Scrubber At AQ-I Plant

16.5 M 250 mm -

Cl2 Hcl Br2 Hbr



9

Scrubber At DD1 Plant / Mono-Azo #

16.5 M 250 mm -

Br2 So2

2 mg/Nm ³ 20 mg/Nm ³


10 Oleum Storage Tank

6.0 M 50 mm - Sox 40 mg/Nm³ Scrubber

Note - # indicate that in proposed expansion, we will use our existing DD1 scrubber for Mono-Azo plant and install new scrubber for DD1 Plant


EN-VISION ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, SURAT. JUNE 2018 XXIX Report No. 1718A058

B Process Stacks : [Proposed] Stack No.

Stack Attached To

Stack Height


value APC Attached


(HAG) PM Cyclone + Wet Scrubber

2

Scrubber At NKS Plant

2.5 M 250 mm - So2 -


3

Scrubber At DD2 Plant (Diazo)

6.0 M 250 mm -

Cl2 Hcl Br2 Hbr

-


4

Scrubber At DD2 Plant (Coupling)

5.3 M 650 mm - So2 -


5

Scrubber At Solvent -II Plant

2.0M 250 mm - Br2, So2, Cl2

-


6 Scrubber At MAA Plant

6.0 M 150 mm - Br2, So2, Cl2

-

Venturi scrubbers followed by packed columm scrubber

7

Scrubber At Solvent –III Plant Stage-1 Acid

5.6 M 450 mm - So2 Cl2 - Packed columm

scrubber

Scrubber At Solvent –III Plant Stage-2 Alkaline

5.6 M 450 mm - So2 Cl2 - Packed columm

scrubber

8

Scrubber At NEW DD1 Plant (Diazo)

5.5 M 650 mm -

Cl2 Hcl Br2 Hbr

-


9

Scrubber At NEW DD1 Plant (Coupling)

5.5 M 1000 mm -

Cl2 Hcl Br2 Hbr

-


10

Primary Treatment Plant (Equalization tank)

3.5 M 355 mm -

Cl2 Hcl Br2 Hbr

- Packed columm scrubber


EN-VISION ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, SURAT. JUNE 2018 XXX Report No. 1718A058

2.7 SOLID WASTE GENERATION AND DISPOSAL All the solid/Hazardous waste will be collected, stored, transport and disposed properly as per the GPCB guidelines. For which company has obtained membership for the TSDF site as required. -IX. S. No.

TYPE OF HAZARDOUS WASTE

EXISTING (MT/ month)

PROPOSED (MT/ month)

TOTAL (MT/ month)

WASTE CATEGORY

SOURCE WASTE MANAGEMENT DETAILS DISPOSAL

1 ETP Sludge

500 750 1250 35.3 Effluent Treatment Plant

Collection, Storage Transportation, Disposal at GPCB approved TSDF site

2 Used/spent Oil

1.8 MT/Year

0 1.8 MT/Year

5.1 Various maintenance processes

Collection, Storage, Transportation, Disposal by selling to registered re-refiner

3 Discarded Containers

60000 MT /Year

0 60000 MT/ Year

33.3 Various production units

Collection, Storage, Decontamination,Transportation, Disposal by selling to registered party

4 Process Waste

5 0 5 26.1 Manufacturing process

Collection, Storage Transportation, Disposal at GPCB approved CHWIF

5 Distillation Residue

75 100 175 36.1 Manufacturing process

Collection, Storage Transportation, Disposal at GPCB approved CHWIF or co/preprocessing

6 GYPSUM 500 0 500 D2 Effluent Treatment Plan

Collection, Storage Transportation, Disposal by selling to actual user authorized by GPCB


EN-VISION ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, SURAT. JUNE 2018 XXXI Report No. 1718A058

3. BASELINE ENVIRONMENT The baseline environmental quality of Air, water, soil, noise, socioeconomic status and ecology has been assessed in the post-monsoon season (1St October 2017 to 31St December 2017) in a study area of 10 Km radial distance from the project site which shows a healthy environment.

S. NO.

NEAREST INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURE DISTANCE FROM PROJECT SITE

1. Nearest Village Palsana at around 1.9 km in SE

2. Nearest National Highway NH-8 at around 0.05 Km E

3. Nearest State Highway SH-168 at around 1.1 Km S

4. Nearest Railway Station Chalthan at around 7.0 Km NNW

5. River Mindhola at around 2.6 Km SE

6. Airport Surat at around 24.3 km NWW

7 Reserve Forest/National Park/Protected Forest None within a radius of 10 Km

8 Severely Polluted Area Vapi 96 Km S, Vatva 261 Km NNW and Ankleshwar 65 Km N.

9. Seismicity Zone III 3.2 MICRO-METEOROLOGY The study was conducted during the months October, November and December (i.e. 1st October 2017 to 31st December 2017), which are considered to be representative of Post-monsoon and winter season. The maximum temperature 29.9ºC reached in October 2017 which represent the hot month. The coldest month was December when temperature drops to 22.2ºC. During the other months, temperature was more or less moderate in nature and pleasant to bear. The predominant wind direction during this Study period is observed to be blowing from North East. Average wind speed during this period is 1.1 m/s. Calm wind during this period 32.7 %. 3.3 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY The ambient air samples were collected from eight locations and analyzed for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, CO and VOC. As per the monitoring in Post-monsoon season, PM10 varied between 56.20 µg/m3 to 63.20 µg/m3 (min); 60.70 µg/m3 to 65.20 µg/m3 (max); 59.91 µg/m3 64.16 µg/m3 (mean) ; PM2.5 varied between 29.30 µg/m3 to 32.20 µg/m3 (min); 32.20 µg/m3 to 34.70 µg/m3 (max) ; 30.77 µg/m3 to 33.53 µg/m3 (mean) ; SO2 varied between 14.30 µg/m3 to 17.90 µg/m3 (min); 15.80 µg/m3 to 19.60 µg/m3 (max); 15.19 µg/m3 to 18.60 µg/m3 (mean) ; NOx varied between 17.10 µg/m3 to 21.40 µg/m3 (min); 19.10µg/m3 to 24.10 µg/m3 (max); 18.2 2 µg/m3 to 22.47 µg/m3 (mean); CO varied between 230.00 µg/m3 to 510.00 µg/m3 (min); 250µg/m3 to 540µg/m3 (max); 239.58 µg/m3 to 525.21 µg/m3 (mean); VOC detected at project site only and its concentration is 0.70 µg/m3 (min); 0.90 µg/m3 (max); 0.83 µg/m3 (mean). From the above mentioned results it is observed that PM10, PM2.5, SO2 and NOx concentrations are well below the stipulated standards of CPCB/GPCB. 3.4 GROUND WATER QUALITY MONITORING The pH varied 6.72 to 7.27; Total Dissolved Solids 540 mg/L to 1448 mg/L; Chemical Oxygen Demand 8.0 mg/L to 16.0 mg/L; Nitrate 6.0 mg/L to 24.0 mg/L; Calcium as Ca+2 32.0 mg/L to 84.0 mg/L, Magnesium mg+2 22.24 mg/L to 36.42 mg/L; Chloride 60.0 mg/L to 545.0 mg/L; Sulphate 32.0 mg/L to 72.0 mg/L.


EN-VISION ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, SURAT. JUNE 2018 XXXII Report No. 1718A058

3.5 SURFACE WATER The pH varied 6.80 to 7.57; Total Dissolved Solids 238 mg/L to 1088 mg/L; Chemical Oxygen Demand 8.0 mg/L to 96.0 mg/L; Biochemical Oxygen Demand for 3 days at 270C 2.0 mg/L to 90 mg/L; Nitrate 10.0 mg/L to 28.0 mg/L; Chloride 25.0 mg/L to 210 mg/L; Sulphate 8.0 mg/L to 34.0 mg/L. Turbidity 0.80 NTU to 32.4 NTU, Calcium Ca+2 32.0 mg/L to 102.4 mg/L, Magnesium mg+2 7.29 mg/L to 56.8 mg/L. 3.6 BACKGROUND NOISE LEVEL The noise level measured in study area at different eight locations. The Project site is only pertaining in category of industrial area and the noise level was found between 61.00 dBA to 65.0 dBA in daytime and 59.40 dBA to 61.30dBA in night time. The noise levels varied in the residential area of

the study area during day time [night time] in the range of 60.૦0-68.80 [54.20-61.60] dBA.

3.7 SOIL QUALITY Different parameters are analyzed to know the quality of soil in the study area. The porosity and water holding capacity of soils are in the range of 41.30 % to 42.50 % and 28.70 % to 30.79 %. The TDS was present in range between 2776 mg/Kg to 3140 mg/Kg. Chemical properties like pH are in the range of 7.50 to 7.80. Nitrate and Sulphate were observed in the range of 50 mg/Kg to 60 mg/Kg and 262 gm/Kg to 285 mg/kg and alkalinity 772 mg/Kg to 792 mg/Kg. Other parameters analyzed in soil sample were observed under limit. 3.8 LAND USE PATTERN Land use within 10 Km radius of the study area has been determined with the help of satellite imagery, and broadly consists of settlements, Industrial, Tank/River/reservoir, Single crop, land with scrub, land without scrub, mining area and stony waste area and predominant land use is Single crop. Agricultural Land(80.55%), Barren/Un-cultivable/Waste/Scrub land(6.23%),Water Body(0.55%), Industrial land(7.18). 3.9 SOCIO-ECONOMIC STUDY The proposed project area falls under state Gujarat, Surat district and comprises 43 villages are falling in tehsil Palsana,19 villages are falling in tehsil Chorasi, 15 villages falling in Jalalpore tehsil and 0 5 villages are falling in Navsari tehsil under district of Surat Gujarat state in the study area. The information/data has been analysed for all the 83 villages. The total households are 53341 in the region. The composition of the population in project area 231050 was found to be slightly skewed in favor of male. Total males are 128815 and total females are 102235 this is reflected in the males are more than females. Total SC population is 8362 (3.62%); total ST population is 67710 (29.30%). The ratio (number of female per thousand male) in the surveyed area is 793 this shows that male population is higher in the region as compared with the female population. The social development of a region is signified by many indices. One of which is literacy status of the population. The literacy rate in the project area is around 162870 (70.49%). 3.10 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT Neither the core area nor the buffer zone is located in any ecologically sensitive area. There are no reserve forests, wildlife sanctuaries or national parks, wildlife migratory corridors, or important bird areas (IBAs). There are no rare or endangered or threatened (RET) species and all the species are common and of widespread occurrence. The atmospheric emissions from the stack of the proposed expansion are not going to significantly alter the ambient air quality. When all issues and the results are taken in to consideration, the project is not going to endanger any endangered species and its


EN-VISION ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, SURAT. JUNE 2018 XXXIII Report No. 1718A058

impacts on flora and fauna shall remain within the CPCB permitted limits. It is easily possible to attain the global objective of “No net loss” of biodiversity. 4. ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 4.1 IMPACT ASSESSMENT An effort has been made to identify various environmental, social and ecological impacts due to proposed expansion project during construction and operation phases considering present environmental scenario as baseline. The corresponding mitigation measures to take care of the adverse impacts are also discussed in following sections. 4.2 IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE AND ITS MITIGATION MEASURES During Construction Phase, the Fugitive Dust Emission due to civil work and vehicular movement is not expected to spread too far as water spraying will be carried out to suppress the dust emission at the site and as well as on road. The increase in noise levels due to the movement of vehicles will be taken care of by regulating the movement of vehicles and the impact on the human beings will be taken care of by providing the working people with ear plugs / ear muffs. As the proposed expansion site is mostly barren land having shrubs and herbs, there will not be any significant impact on the ecology of the study area. 4.3 IMPACT DURING OPERATION PHASE AND MITIGATION MEASURES 4.3.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT Major air emissions are anticipated by the gaseous emissions from a single or small group of stacks is a local phenomenon. Fugitive dust emission will be due to raw materials handling, loading and unloading of raw materials and finished goods, conveying and feeding point, vehicular movements, crushing and screening operations etc. The ISCST3 scientific model has been used to predict the proposed air quality on the environment. The results of the air modeling study indicates that the maximum Ground Level Concentration (GLC) for the parameter PM will be 3.5797 μg/m3, NOx will be 0.50569 μg/m3 , SO2 will be 1.01139 μg/m3 and HCL will be 0.1063 μg/m3 due to the proposed project. 4.3.2 NOISE ENVIRONMENT The noise pollution management will be taken up in the following manners; - By selecting low noise generating equipment, - Isolating the noise generating equipments and working area - Job rotation system will be provided as it is implementing in the existing unit - By administrative and safety measures, providing noise level monitoring, remedial measures,

providing noise safety appliances to the working personnel. By these measures, it is anticipated that noise levels in the plant will be maintained below 75 dBA. 4.3.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT The water requirement for the existing facilities is 1142.5 KLD and for expansion will be 1557.5 KLD. Hence total water requirement will be 2700.0 KLD. Maximum recycle of treated water in cooling tower and steam condensate in boiler will be carried out thus water requirement will reduced. Mainly water requirement is for process, boiler and cooling tower make-up, washing and other utility, domestic and for gardening purpose. Total water requirement will be met from ground water using existing 4nos. of bore well and proposed 3 nos. of bore well.


EN-VISION ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, SURAT. JUNE 2018 XXXIV Report No. 1718A058

4.3.4 SOIL ENVIRONMENT The main source of impact on land and Soil environment will be due to hazardous waste generated during construction and operation activities. The proposed project activity will be located on flat terrain industrial land; no significant topographical change is expected due to construction activities. The hazardous waste generated from process are process waste and solid waste from ETP are sent to TSDF site for suitable treatment, and empty bags discarded containers/drums/liner/carobys/barrels will be sent back to supplier/ to GPCB approved recycler, etc. The waste oil generated from machinery will be used as lubricant or sent to GPCB approved recycler for suitable treatment. 4.3.5 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT About 8185 sq.m area i.e. 16.42 % of total project plot area is developed as green belt at plant boundary, road side, around offices and buildings and Stretch of open land. Unit has already developed compensatory greenbelt of 5400 sq.m area i.e. 10.83 % of the total project plot area at Udhana-Magdalla Road, Surat and submitted in compliance report of our pervious environment clearance for each half year to the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Regional office-Bhopal. Unit will develop another 2000 sq. m area i.e 4.06 % of total project area with total investment of Rs.15 Lacs approx. for the green belt plantation. Total Green belt area of total project area would be 31.31 %. 5. ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME A regular monitoring of environmental parameters like air, water, noise and soil as well as performance of pollution control facilities and safety measures in the plant are important for proper environmental management of any project. Therefore, the environment and safety cell will handle monitoring of air and water pollutants as well as the solid wastes generation as per the requirements of GPCB/CPCB. The routine monitoring programme will be implemented at site. Besides, to this monitoring, the compliances to all environmental clearance conditions and regular permits from GPCB/CPCB will be monitored and reported periodically. 6. ADDITIONAL STUDIES 6.1 PUBLIC HEARING Public hearing is applicable for the proposed unit as stipulated in ToR Letter No: IA-J-11011/517/2017-IA-II(I) Dated: 9/12/2017 issued by MoEF. Public hearing was conducted on 25th May 2018, at Palsana, Surat and MOM of public hearing, issues raised and commitments made by the project proponent during public hearing with action plan in tabular chart Annexure- XLII of EIA-EMP Report. 6.2 RISK ASSESSMENT The management is very much aware of their obligation to protect all persons at work and others in the neighborhood that may be affected by an unfortunate and unforeseen incidence occurring at the works. Any hazard either to employees or others arising from activities at the plant site shall, as far as possible, be handled by the personnel of the company and prevented from spreading any further. However in the case of eventuality the Disaster Management plan adopted by the proponents is sufficient and may be able to control the situation.


EN-VISION ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, SURAT. JUNE 2018 XXXV Report No. 1718A058

7. PROJECT BENEFITS 7.1 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR) The company shall earmarks fund up to 91.53 lacs for proposed unit. The company proposes CSR activity which will include expanding the coverage of CSR, Educational Promotion, Infrastructure facilities, Health facilities, Collaborate in implementation of Govt. Schemes, Awareness program etc. 7.2 EMPLOYMENT POTENTIAL The additional manpower requirement for proposed expansion will be 122. The ideology of the company is to give employment opportunity to nearby villagers, this is the most positive aspect of company regarding enhancement of the society. This proposed activity expected to create a beneficial impact on the local socio-economic development. 8. ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 8.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (ADMINISTRATIVE ASPECTS) Environmental monitoring of different parameters will be done regularly and the activity will be coordinated by the Environmental Management Cell (EMC). Mitigation of environmental impacts has to be implemented according to the suggestions and will be monitored regularly to prevent any lapse. The EMC will be under the overall supervision of the Manager (Environment). The cell will report on a regular basis to the Unit Head. The EMC will prepare a formal report on environmental management and mitigation at six month intervals. The company will undertake various training programme for improving the performance of the working personnel. Special training will be arranged in regular intervals to combat emergency scenarios that may occur during the plant operation. 9. CONCLUSION M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd has committed to implement all the pollution control measures to protect the surrounding environment. The project can definitely improve the regional, state and national economy. Industrial growth is an indication of socio economic development. The implementation of this project will definitely improve the physical and social infrastructure of the surrounding area.

CHAPTER-1

INTRODUCTION


EN-VISION ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, SURAT. JUNE-2018 1-2

Report No. 1718A058

CHAPTER – 1

INTRODUCTION 1.1 BACKGROUND Spectrum is one of the largest producers of Disperse Dyes in India. Having started its operation in the year 1991, Spectrum’s wide inventory of over 150 dyes, places it amongst one of the very few manufacturers catering to almost all commercially available Disperse Dyes. M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals is backed by a strong R&D, ECO Laboratory and backward integration, thereby making it open to new challenges. Spectrum is located at Palsana, Surat District, Gujarat State, India (Outside Notified Industrial Area – In Individual Plot). Existing manufacturing is SO Dyes 250MT/Month, Dispersing Agents 1500 MT/Month, Dyes Intermediate-400MT/Month, Textile Auxiliaries 2125 MT/Month,, Hydros & Speciality Chemicals 1000 MT/Month. M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. proposes expansion of dyes & chemical manufacturing unit at Block No-484, 502, 503-A, 504 & 505, N.H.No.8, Palsana-394315, Dist.: Surat, Gujarat. As per EIA Notification 2006, the proposed project is categorized as A, 5(f), Synthetic Organic Chemicals industry (Located outside the Notified Industrial Area). Proposed manufacturing is as SO Dyes- 900 MT/Month , Dispersing agent-1500 MT/Month Or Formulated SO Dyes-2400 MT/Month and Dyes Intermediate-750 MT/Month. This Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study is carried out as a part of the process to obtain Environmental Clearance for the above-mentioned project. A mitigation plan has been prepared and a detailed environmental management plan (EMP) is drawn out to effectively mitigate or minimize potentially adverse significant environmental impacts. The EIA/EMP Report has been prepared in line with Terms of Reference (ToR) issued by Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) MoEF & CC, vide Letter No. IA-J-11011/517/2017-IA-II(I) Dated:-09th December 2017 attached as an Annexure-I and its compliance status is listed in Table 1.1.

1.2 PURPOSE OF EIA The purpose of the EIA study is to critically analyze the manufacturing process of products, proposed to be manufactured with reference to types and quantity of different raw material consumption, possible source of wastewater, air emission and hazardous waste generation, control measures to reduce the pollution and to delineate a comprehensive environment management plan (EMP) along with recommendations in proposed environment management system. 1.3 OBJECTIVES OF EIA The main objectives of the study are:

a) To assess the background environmental status in and around project site. b) To identify potential sources of pollution. c) To predict and evaluate the impact on environment along with pollution control measures taken. d) To prepare a comprehensive Environment and Disaster Management Plan.

1.4 METHODOLOGIES FOR EIA Taking into consideration proposed project activities and guidelines, an area of 10 Km radius from the center of the project has been selected and is designated as the study area for the purpose of Environmental Impact Assessment and Environmental Management Plan studies. In order to carry out EIA studies, the following methodology has been adopted:

1. Study the prefeasibility report (PFR) prepared by the project proponent and discussions with the proponent about planning of the study.

2. Site visits by the study team including environment coordinator and the functional rea experts to understand the ground reality of the study area, particularly the project surroundings.

3. Study the literature available w.r.t. various aspects of the project particularly the water resources, any previous studies carried out by any government agencies, census report, google earth image, satellite image, etc.

4. Internal discussions amongst the experts to finalize the sampling locations and monitoring plan.



Report No. 1718A058

5. Collection of baseline data w.r.t. ambient air, water & wastewater, soil, solid wastes, risk & hazards, flora & fauna and socio-economic aspects of the area.

6. Analysis and interpretation of collected baseline data and correlating with the field conditions. 7. Identification of project activities which may have impacts on the environment. 8. Identification of impacts on the environment, categories them into short, medium & long term and

significant & non-significant and quantification wherever possible. 9. Development of Environment Management & Disaster Management Plan to mitigate any adverse

impacts. 10. Development of Environment Monitoring Program to see the effectiveness of developed EMP. 11. As per CPCB guidelines. 12. EIA Guidance Manual for Form-I as per EIA notification, 2006 & amended. 13. Terms of Reference awarded by EAC, MoEF&CC

FIGURE 1.1 ACTIVITIES, SOURCES OF INFORMATION AND CONTENTS OF EIA REPORT

SOU

RC

E O

F IN

FOR

MA

TIO

N

OV

ER

VIE

W O

F E

. I. A

. ST

UD

IES

AC

TIV

ITIE

S

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

AL

M

AN

AG

EM

EN

T

PL

AN

DE

SCR

IPT

ION

O

F E

FFL

UE

NT

T

RE

AT

ME

NT

P

LA

N,

AIR

PO

LL

UT

ION

C

ON

TR

OL

, H

AZ

AR

DO

US

W

AS

TE

M

AN

AG

EM

EN

T,

GR

EE

N B

EL

T D

EV

EL

OPM

EN

T M

ON

ITO

RIN

G

PR

OG

RA

M

IMPA

CT

S M

ET

HO

DO

LO

GY

OF

IMPA

CT

IDE

NT

IFIC

AT

ION

A

ND

A

SS

ES

SME

NT

O

F

IMPA

CT

S

PRO

POS

ED

P

LA

NT

FAC

ILIT

Y D

ESC

RIP

TIO

N

RE

CO

NN

AIS

SAN

CE

SU

RV

EY

OF

PRO

POS

ED

P

LA

NT

AN

NU

AL

RE

POR

T

MA

RK

ET

ASS

ES

SME

NT

P

RO

JEC

T R

EPO

RT

IN

TR

OD

UC

TIO

N

MO

NIT

OR

ING

O

F

AIR

, W

AT

ER

A

ND

SO

IL

QU

AL

ITY

AN

D N

OIS

E L

EV

EL

S

DA

TA

O

N

ME

TE

OR

OL

OG

Y,

SOC

IO-

EC

ON

OM

IC S

TA

TU

S A

ND

BA

SIC

AM

EN

ITIE

S

SIT

E

VIS

ITS

A

ND

IN

TE

RV

IEW

S

WIT

H

LO

CA

LS

BA

SEL

INE

E

NV

IRO

NM

EN

TA

L

STA

TU

S

CE

NT

RA

L G

RO

UN

D W

AT

ER

BO

AR

D

STA

TE

PO

LL

UT

ION

C

ON

TR

OL

B

OA

RD

(S

PCB

) PU

BL

IC H

EA

LT

H E

NG

INE

ER

ING

DE

PT

AG

RIC

UL

TU

RE

DE

PAR

TM

EN

T

FOR

ES

T D

EPA

RT

ME

NT

IR

RIG

AT

ION

DE

PAR

TM

EN

T

EM

PL

OY

ME

NT

EX

CH

AN

GE

H

EA

LT

H C

EN

TE

R

CE

NSU

S O

F IN

DIA

IN

DIA

N M

ET

EO

RO

LO

GIC

AL

DE

PT

EN

VIR

ON

ME

TA

L I

NFO

RM

AT

ION

CE

NT

RE

SO

CIO

EC

ON

OM

IC

ST

AT

US

and

INFR

AS

TR

UC

TU

RE

SA

FE

TY

, H

EA

LT

H

AN

D

EN

VIR

ON

ME

NT

AL

P

OL

ICY

G

UID

EL

INE

S

BY

D

IRE

CT

OR

G

EN

ER

AL

OF

FAC

TO

RY

SA

FE

TY

, M

INIS

TR

Y

OF

LA

BO

R

CO

NSE

QU

EN

CE

AN

AL

YSI

S P

RE

PAR

AT

ION

OF

DIS

AST

ER

MA

NA

GE

ME

NT

P

LA

N

RIS

K A

SSE

SSM

EN

T

STU

DIE

S a

nd

DIS

AS

TE

R

MA

NA

GE

ME

NT

P

LA

N



Report No. 1718A058

1.4.1 BASE LINE ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITION The samples of ambient air, ground and surface water and soil are collected and analyzed as per the standard methods for establishing the baseline data and to determine the impact of proposed activity on the same. 1.4.1.1 AMBIENT AIR ENVIRONMENT The air environment around the plant was studied by setting up Air pollution measuring devices within the study area of 10 Km radius from the project site and by collecting & monitoring the site specific meteorological data, viz. wind speed, wind direction, humidity, rainfall and ambient temperature. Design of network for ambient air quality monitoring locations is based on guidelines provided by CPCB. The ambient air samples were collected and analyzed for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and VOCs for identification, prediction, evaluation and assessment of potential impact on ambient air environment. 1.4.1.2 GROUND AND SURFACE WATER ENVIRONMENT The water required for domestic and industrial use will be met through Bore well (existing 4 nos. & proposed 3 nos.). To assess the Physico-chemical quality of the water, samples were collected from different locations and analyzed for pollution parameters viz. pH, TDS, Turbidity, BOD3, COD, Fluorides, Chlorides, Sulphate, Nitrates, Total hardness, Alkalinity, Pesticides, Oil and Grease and some heavy metals in order to find out the contamination, if any. 1.4.1.3 NOISE ENVIRONMENT Noise pollution survey was conducted in the study zone for evaluating proposed project site. The anticipated noise sources were industrial activities, which are likely to be increased due to proposed activity. Noise levels were also recorded in surrounding villages for evaluating general scenario of the study area. Hourly equivalent sound levels (Leq.) were also recorded for calculating Day and Night noise levels in the surrounding villages. 1.4.1.4 SOIL ENVIRONMENT Soil sampling and analysis was carried out to assess Physico-chemical characteristics of the soils and delineate existing cropping pattern, existing land use and topography, within the study area. 1.4.1.5 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT Keeping in view, the importance of biological component of total environment due to the proposed project, biological characterization of terrestrial and aquatic environments, changes in species diversity of flora and fauna in terrestrial as well as aquatic systems were studied for impact analysis due to proposed project activity, if any. The information was also collected from the forests department, literature and local people in the area. 1.4.1.6 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT Demographic and related socio-economic data was collected from census handbook to assess socio-economic status of the study area. Assessment of impact on significant historical, cultural, and archeological sites/places in the area and economic and employment benefit arisen out from the proposed project is given special attention. 1.4.2 IDENTIFICATION OF POLLUTION SOURCE Detailed study of manufacturing process for proposed production scenario is carried out along with input and output of materials, water and wastewater as well as infrastructure facilities available. 1.4.3 EVALUATION OF POLLUTION CONTROL AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEM The qualitative and quantitative analysis of various pollution sources as well as evaluation of pollution control system is carried out. 1.4.4 EVALUATION OF IMPACT A widespread assessment of environmental impact with reference to proposed project activities is carried out. 1.4.5 PREPARATION OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN An inclusive Environmental Management Plan has been prepared covering all the aspects of pollution prevention measures, Air and Water Pollution Control measures, Hazardous Waste Management, Environmental Surveillance and Environmental Management Plan. The present report is EIA/EMP, conducted



Report No. 1718A058

during the study period 1st Oct 2017 to 31st Dec 2017. The baseline environmental conditions have been established through field monitoring and literature survey. The contents of EIA report, details of data collection and source of secondary data are presented in figure-1.1. 1.5 STRUCTURE OF REPORT The objective of the EIA study is a preparation of Environment Impact Assessment (EIA) and Environmental Management Plan (EMP) report based on the guidelines provided by Ministry of Environment and Forests & Climate Change (MoEF&CC) and CPCB. It incorporates the following. Chapter-1 It is an Introduction to the Industry, their premises and surrounding areas. It also expresses

the basic objectives and methodologies for EIA studies and work to be covered under each Environmental component.

Chapter-2

It presents a Description of Project and Infrastructure facilities including all industrial and environmental aspects of M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd..; during operation phase activities as well as Expansion of Existing product. This chapter also gives information about raw material storage and handling, water and wastewater quantitative details, air pollution and control system, Hazardous Waste generation, storage facility and disposal and utilities for Expansion of Existing facilities of plant. It also provides information about Expansion of Existing Environmental Management Facilities for the project.

Chapter-3

Covers Baseline Environmental Status including meteorological details, Identification of baseline status of Environmental components of the surrounding area covering air, water and land environment, study of land use pattern, Biological Environment and Socio-Economic Environment giving details about District and the study area in terms of land use pattern, biological environment, and socio-economic environment.

Chapter-4 Deals with Identification and Prediction of Impact, which provides quantification of significant impacts of the Expansion of Existing manufacturing activities of plant on various environmental components. Evaluation of the Modernization & Expansion of existing pollution control facilities has been presented.

Chapter-5 Analysis of Alternatives (Technology & Site)

Chapter- 6 Describes Environment Monitoring Plan to be adopted for mitigation of anticipated adverse impacts if any and to ensure acceptable impacts.

Chapter-7 Describes Additional Studies in which the risk analysis and disaster management plan is discussed.

Chapter 8 Entitled Projects Benefits gives the scheme about all the benefits of the project.

Chapter-9 Environmental Cost Benefit Analysis

Chapter-10. Gives the information of Environmental Management Plan for the Expansion of Existing project

Chapter-11 Entails about the Summary and Conclusion.

Chapter-12 Furnishes the information about Consultant Engaged to study and preparation of EIA report for M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd.

1.6 COMPLIANCE TO TOR M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. proposes expansion of dyes & chemical manufacturing unit at Block No-484, 502, 503-A, 504 & 505, N.H.No.8, Palsana-394315, and Dist.: Surat, Gujarat. The project was presented in detail before concerned authorities on the salient features of the project and proposed environmental protection measures to be undertaken along with the draft Term of References for the preparation of EIA/EMP report. All Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industry located outside the notified industrial area/estate are listed at S.N. 5(f) under category ‘A’ and appraised at Central level. Terms of Reference (TOR) suggested by Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) MoEF & CC vide Letter No. IA-J-11011/517/2017-IA-II(I), Dated 09th December, 2017; is attached as Annexure-I.



Report No. 1718A058

The Expert Appraisal Committee (EAC) MoEF&CC prescribed the TORs for the preparation of EIA/EMP report and their compliance are listed in Table 1.1 below; TABLE 1.1: COMPLIANCE TO TERMS OF REFERENCE

TOR No.

TERMS OF REFERENCE COMPLIANCE PAGE NO.

A. Standard ToR 1 Executive summary. Complied.

Executive summary is incorporated in EIA report.

Page No.XXV

2 Introduction. i. Details of the EIA Consultant including NABET

accreditation Complied. Details of the EIA consultant please refer chap-12, Annexure-XXXIV_NABET Certificate Also attached validity extension letter from NABET as Annexure-XXXV

Page No.262 659 & 660

ii. Information about the project proponent Complied. Please refer section 2.3 of chapter-2.

Page no.2-18

ii. Importance and benefits of the project Complied. Please refer Chap-8.

Page no.8-228

3 Project Description i. Cost of project and time of completion Complied.

Please refer, section 2.3.1 & 2.4 of chapter-2.

Page no.2-19

ii. Products with capacities for the proposed project Complied. Please refer Table 2.1 of chapter-2.

Page no.2-16

iii. If expansion project, details of existing products with capacities and whether adequate land is available for expansion, reference of earlier EC if any

Complied. Please refer Table 2.1 & 2.5 of chapter-2. Annexure-II

Page no.2-16 & 20 & 273

iv. List of raw materials required and their source along with mode of transportation.

Complied. Please refer Table 2.7 & 2.8 of chapter-2.

Page no.2-25 & 27

V. Other chemicals and materials required with quantities and storage capacities

N.A --

vi. Details of Emission, effluents, hazardous waste generation and their management.

Complied. Please refer Section-2.8.1, 2.8.2.3 & Table-2.14, 2.17 & 2.21 of chapter-2.

Page no.2-33, 38 & 2-43,44

vii. Requirement of water, power, with source of supply, status of approval, water balance diagram, man-power requirement (regular and contract)

Complied. For requirement of water, source & water balance diagram please refer Table-2.5 & 2.10 fig. 2.7 For power requirement & its source, please refer Table-2.11,

Page no.20, 30, 31, 32, 33 & 415



Report No. 1718A058

For Man-power requirement , please refer Table-2.13 of chapter-2 Please refer Annexure-IX

viii. Process description along with major equipments and machineries, process flow sheet (quantative) from raw material to products to be provided

Complied. Manufacturing Process attached in Annexure-III

Page no. 277-375

ix. Hazard identification and details of proposed safety system

Complied. Please refer Table 7.2, 7.3, 7.4 of chapter-7.

Page no.7-157 & 7-171 & 178

x. Expansion/modernization proposals: c. Copy of all the Environmental Clearance(s)

including Amendments thereto obtained for the project from MOEF/SEIAA shall be attached as an Annexure. A certified copy of the latest Monitoring Report of the Regional Office of the Ministry of Environment and Forests as per circular dated 30th May, 2012 on the status of compliance of conditions stipulated in all the existing environmental clearances including Amendments shall be provided. In addition, status of compliance of Consent to Operate for the ongoing existing operation of the project from SPCB shall be attached with the EIA-EMP report

Complied. Copy of EC attached as an Annexure-II Copy of EC Compliance attached as an Annexure-V Copy of CCA attached as Annexure-VI Copy of CC&A compliance attached as an Annexure-VII

Page no.273, 386, 389 & 409

d. In case the existing project has not obtained environmental clearance, reasons for not taking EC under the provisions of the EIA Notification 1994 and/or EIA Notification 2006 shall be provided. Copies of Consent to Establish/No Objection Certificate and Consent to Operate (in case of units operating prior to EIA Notification 2006, CTE and CTO of FY 2005-2006) obtained from the SPCB shall be submitted. Further, compliance report to the conditions of consents from the SPCB shall be submitted.

Complied. Copy of CCA Compliance attached as an Annexure-VII

Page no.409

6 Site Details i. Location of the project site covering village,

Taluka/Tehsil, District and State, Justification for selecting the site, whether other sites were considered.

Complied. Please refer Section 2.2 & 2.5.1, the proposed project is an expansion within the project site, not alternative site has been considered for the expansion project. All the infrastructure facilities are already available within the site.

Page no.2-17 & 20

ii. A toposheet of the study area of radius of 10km and site location on 1:50,000/1:25,000 scale on an A3/A2 sheet. (including all eco-sensitive areas and environmentally sensitive places)

Complied. Please refer Fig 3.6 of chapter and as Annexure- XXXVII

Page no.3-55 & 662

iii. Details w.r.t. option analysis for selection of site. Complied. Since the proposed project is within existing premises no

--



Report No. 1718A058

option analysis for site selection.

iv. Co-ordinates (lat-long) of all four corners of the site.

Complied. Please refer section 2.5.1 of Chapter-2.

Page no.2-21

v. Google map-Earth downloaded of the project site. Complied. Please refer Fig 3.2 & 3.3 of chapter-3.

Page no.3-49 & 50

vi. Layout maps indicating existing unit as well as proposed unit indicating storage area, plant area, greenbelt area, utilities etc. If located within an Industrial area/Estate/Complex, layout of Industrial Area indicating location of unit within the Industrial area/Estate.

Complied. Please refer Fig 2.5 of chapter-2.

Page no.2-24

Vii. Photographs of the proposed and existing (if applicable) plant site. If existing, show photographs of plantation/greenbelt, in particular

Complied. Please refer Fig 2.1 of chapter-2.

Page no.2-16

Viii. Land use break-up of total land of the project site (identified and acquired), government/ private - agricultural, forest, wasteland, water bodies, settlements, etc shall be included. (not required for industrial area

Complied. Please refer section 2.7 of chapter 2 for project site. Please refer table 3.19 & Fig3.15 of chapter-3 for study area.

Page no.2-29 & 3-77

ix. A list of major industries with name and type within study area (10km radius) shall be incorporated. Land use details of the study area

Complied. Please refer Table 2.22 of chapter-2

Page no.2-46

x. Geological features and Geo-hydrological status of the study area shall be included.

Complied. Please refer Section 3.5.6 & 3.5.8 of chapter-3

Page no.3-58 & 59

xi. Details of Drainage of the project upto 5km radius of study area. If the site is within 1 km radius of any major river, peak and lean season river discharge as well as flood occurrence frequency based on peak rainfall data of the past 30 years. Details of Flood Level of the project site and maximum Flood Level of the river shall also be provided. (mega green field projects)

Complied. Please refer Section 3.5.5, Fig 3.7 & 3.8 of chapter-3.

Page no.3-56

xii. Status of acquisition of land. If acquisition is not complete, stage of the acquisition process and expected time of complete possession of the land.

Complied. This is an expansion project and land has already been acquired by the project proponent. Land document Attached as Annexure-XVII

Page no.540

xiii. R&R details in respect of land in line with state Government policy

R&R - NA

5 Forest and wildlife related issues (if applicable): i. Permission and approval for the use of forest land

(forestry clearance), if any, and recommendations of the State Forest Department. (if applicable)

NA

NA

ii. Landuse map based on High resolution satellite imagery (GPS) of the proposed site delineating the forestland (in case of projects involving forest land more than 40 ha)

iii. Status of Application submitted for obtaining the



Report No. 1718A058

stage I forestry clearance along with latest status shall be submitted.

iv. The projects to be located within 10 km of the National Parks, Sanctuaries, Biosphere Reserves, Migratory Corridors of Wild Animals, the project proponent shall submit the map duly authenticated by Chief Wildlife Warden showing these features vis-à-vis the project location and the recommendations or comments of the Chief Wildlife Warden-thereon.

v. Wildlife Conservation Plan duly authenticated by the Chief Wildlife Warden of the State Government for conservation of Schedule I fauna, if any exists in the study area

vi. Copy of application submitted for clearance under the Wildlife (Protection) Act, 1972, to the Standing Committee of the National Board for Wildlife.

6 Environmental Status i. Determination of atmospheric inversion level at the

project site and site-specific micrometeorological data using temperature, relative humidity, hourly wind speed and direction and rainfall.

Complied. Please refer Section 3.4 For site specific meteorological data table 3.2 of chapter-3

Page no.3-51, 52 & 53

ii. AAQ data (except monsoon) at 8 locations for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, CO and other parameters relevant to the project shall be collected. The monitoring stations shall be based CPCB guidelines and take into account the pre-dominant wind direction, population zone and sensitive receptors including reserved forests

Complied Please refer Section 3.6.3 Table 3.7, 3.8 fig 3.13 of chapter-3.

Page no.3-61, 62, & 64

iii. Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations as per frequency given in the NAQQM Notification of Nov. 2009 along with - min., max., average and 98% values for each of the AAQ parameters from data of all AAQ stations should be provided as an annexure to the EIA Report.

Complied. Please refer section 3.6.4 & Table 3.8 & Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations attached as Annexure-XLI

Page no.3-64 & 671

iv. Surface water quality of nearby River (100m upstream and downstream of discharge point) and other surface drains at eight locations as per CPCB/MoEF&CC guidelines

Complied. There is no discharge into the river. The treated wastewater will be sent to CETP for further treatment. Please refer section 3.7, Table 3.11 of chapter-3.

Page no.3-65 & 67

v. Whether the site falls near to polluted stretch of river identified by the CPCB/MoEF&CC, if yes give details

The site does not fall near to polluted stretch of river, as per CPCB/MOEF&CC hence, Not Applicable.

--

vi. Ground water monitoring at minimum at 8 locations shall be included.

Complied. Please refer section 3.7, Table 3.12 of chapter-3.

Page no.3-65 & 69

vii. Noise levels monitoring at 8 locations within the study area.

Complied. Please refer Section 3.8.3, table 3.14, 3.15 fig 3.14(A&B) of chapter-3.

Page no.3-70, 71 & 72



Report No. 1718A058

viii. Soil Characteristic as per CPCB guidelines Complied. Please refer section 3.10 & Table 3.18 of chapter-3.

Page no.3-73 & 74

ix. Traffic study of the area, type of vehicles, frequency of vehicles for transportation of materials, additional traffic due to proposed project, parking arrangement etc.

Complied. Please refer Section 3.9 of chapter-3.

Page no.3-73

x. Detailed description of flora and fauna (terrestrial and aquatic) existing in the study area shall be given with special reference to rare, endemic and endangered species. If Schedule-I fauna are found within the study area, a Wildlife Conservation Plan shall be prepared and furnished

Complied. Please refer Section 3.13, Table 3.22 to 3.33 of chapter-3.

Page no.3-88

xi. Socio-economic status of the study area Complied. Please refer Section 3.12 of chapter-3.

Page no.3-80

7 Impact and Environment Management Plan i. Assessment of ground level concentration of

pollutants from the stack emission based on site-specific meteorological features. In case the project is located on a hilly terrain, the AQIP Modeling shall be done using inputs of the specific terrain characteristics for determining the potential impacts of the project on the AAQ. Cumulative impact of all sources of emissions (including transportation) on the AAQ of the area shall be assessed. Details of the model used and the input data used for modeling shall also be provided. The air quality contours shall be plotted on a location map showing the location of project site, habitation nearby, sensitive receptors, if any.

Complied. Details of the model used and the input data used for modeling given in Section 4.3.2, Contours-Figure 4.1 to 4.6 for. Table 4.3 to 4.5 of Chapter-4.

Page no.4-107, 112 & 118

ii. Water Quality modeling - in case of discharge in water body

NA. Final discharge will be CETP of NPICSL, however study of discharge point of CETP & Modeling is attached as Annexure-XII

Page no.430

iii. Impact of the transport of the raw materials and end products on the surrounding environment shall be assessed and provided. In this regard, options for transport of raw materials and finished products and wastes (large quantities) by rail or rail-cum road transport or convey or cum-rail transport shall be examined.

Complied. Raw materials transportation given in Table 2.7 of chapter-2.

Page no.2-25

iv. A note on treatment of wastewater from different plant operations, extent recycled and reused for different purposes shall be included. Complete scheme of effluent treatment. Characteristics of untreated and treated effluent to meet the prescribed standards of discharge under E (P) Rules.

Complied. Please refer Section 2.8.1,effluent characteristic-Table 2.15, ETP Detail-Table 2.16, ETP Dia-Fig 2.8 of chapter-2.

Page no.2-33, 34 & 35

v. Details of stack emission and action plan for control of emissions to meet standards

Complied. Please refer section 2.8.2, Table 2.17,2.18 & 2.19 of chapter-2.

Page no.2-37,38,40 & 41

vi. Measures for fugitive emission control Complied. Page no.2-43



Report No. 1718A058

Please refer Section 2.8.2.3 of chapter-2.

vii. Details of hazardous waste generation and their storage, utilization and management. Copies of MOU regarding utilization of solid and hazardous waste in cement plant shall also be included. EMP shall include the concept of waste-minimization, recycle/reuse/recover techniques, Energy conservation, and natural resource conservation.

Complied. Please refer Section 10.3.2.4 & 10.3.2.10 Hazardous waste generation and management given in Table 10.4 Membership with TSDF for Solid waste disposal is attached as Annexure -X

Page no.10-241,247 & 423

viii. Proper utilization of fly ash shall be ensured as per Fly Ash Notification, 2009. A detailed plan of action shall be provided.

Complied. Please refer Section 10.3.2.4 of chapter-10. Also attached MOU with brick manufactures as Annexure-XIV

Page no.10-242 & 526

ix. Action plan for the green belt development plan in 33 % area i.e. land with not less than 1,500 trees per ha. Giving details of species, width of plantation, planning schedule etc. shall be included. The green belt shall be around the project boundary and a scheme for greening of the roads used for the project shall also be incorporated.

Complied Please refer Section 10.3.2.6, Table:10.6 & 10.5 of chapter-10.

Page no.10-243, 244 & 245

x. Action plan for rainwater harvesting measures at plant site shall be submitted to harvest rainwater from the roof tops and storm water drains to recharge the ground water and also to use for the various activities at the project site to conserve fresh water and reduce the water requirement from other sources.

Complied. Please refer Section 10.3.2.2 of chapter-10.

Page no.10-239

xi. Total capital cost and recurring cost/annum for environmental pollution control measures shall be included.

Complied. Please refer section 10.5 & Table 10.9 of chapter-10.

Page no.10-250

xii. Action plan for post-project environmental monitoring shall be submitted.

Complied. Please refer section 10.6 & Table 10.10 of chapter-10 Also refer Chapter-6

Page no. 10-250 & 6-144

xiii. Onsite and Offsite Disaster (natural and Man-made) Preparedness and Emergency Management Plan including Risk Assessment and damage control. Disaster management plan should be linked with District Disaster Management Plan.

Complied. Please refer Section 7.9 of chapter-7.

Page no.7-199

8 Occupational health i. Plan and fund allocation to ensure the occupational

health & safety of all contract and casual workers Complied. Please refer Section 10.3.2.8 & Table 10.7 for fund allocation. For plan please refer section 7.9.12 of chapter-7

Page no.7-224 & 10-247

ii. Details of exposure specific health status evaluation of worker. If the workers' health is being evaluated by pre designed format, chest x-rays, Audiometry, Spirometry, Vision testing (Far

Complied. Please refer Periodic medical checkup Annexure- XXVI

Page no.617



Report No. 1718A058

& Near vision, colour vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre placement and periodical examinations give the details of the same. Details regarding last month analyzed data of above mentioned parameters as per age, sex, duration of exposure and department wise

iii. Details of existing Occupational & Safety Hazards. What are the exposure levels of hazards and whether they are within Permissible Exposure level (PEL). If these are not within PEL, what measures the company has adopted to keep them within PEL so that health of the workers can be preserved,

Complied. Please refer Table 7.1, 7.2 & 7.3 of chapter-7.

Page no.7-155, 157 & 172

iv. Annual report of heath status of workers with special reference to Occupational Health and Safety

Complied. Please refer Periodic medical checkup Annexure- XXVI

Page no.617

9 Corporate Environment Policy i. Does the company have a well laid down

Environment Policy approved by its Board of Directors? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA report

Yes. Environment Policy & ISO Certificates attached as Annexure-XXVII

Page no.632

ii. Does the Environment Policy prescribe for standard operating process / procedures to bring into focus any infringement / deviation / violation of the environmental or forest norms / conditions? If so, it may be detailed in the EIA.

Yes. Please refer section 10.4 & Table-10.8 of chapter-10 EHS cell & responsibility.

Page no.10-248 & 249

iii. What is the hierarchical system or Administrative order of the company to deal with the environmental issues and for ensuring compliance with the environmental clearance conditions? Details of this system may be given

Complied. Please refer section 10.4 of chapter-10 EHS cell & responsibility.

Page no.10-248

iv. Does the company have system of reporting of non compliances / violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company and / or shareholders or stakeholders at large? This reporting mechanism shall be detailed in the EIA report

Complied. Please refer section 10.4 of chapter-10 EHS cell & responsibility.

Page no. 10-248

10 Details regarding infrastructure facilities such as sanitation, fuel, restroom etc. to be provided to the labour force during construction as well as to the casual workers including truck drivers during operation phase

Noted & Will be complied.

--

11 i. Enterprise Social Commitment (ESC) Complied. Company will contribute 91.53 Lacs for five years CSR plan. Please refer section 10.3.2.7 of chapter-10

Page no.10-245

12 Any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project, if so, details thereof shall also be included. Has the unit received any notice under the Section 5 of Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 or relevant Sections of Air and Water Acts? If so, details thereof and compliance/ATR to the notice(s) and present status of the case

Yes. Company received a closure notice under section 5 of EPA, 1986 in 2017 for online monitoring system, it was revoked immediately. Attached as Annexure- XXII

Page no.599

13 A tabular chart with index for point wise compliance of above TOR.

Complied. Please refer section 1.6

Page no.1-6



Report No. 1718A058

of Chapter-1 B SPECIFIC TERMS OF REFERENCE 1 Details on solvents to be used, measures for solvent

recovery and for emissions control. Complied. Please refer attached Annexure-IV for solvent recovery.

Page no.376

2 Details of process emissions from the proposed unit and its arrangement to control.

Complied. Please refer section 2.8.2, Table:2.17,2.18 2.19 & 2.20 of chapter-2

Page no.2-37, 38, 40, 42 & 43

3 Ambient air quality data should include VOC, other process-specific pollutants* like NH3*, chlorine*, HCl*, HBr*, H2S*, HF*,etc.,(*-as applicable)

Complied. Please refer section 3.6.4 & Table 3.8 & Raw data of all AAQ measurement for 12 weeks of all stations attached as Annexure-XLI

Page no.3-64 & 671

4 Work zone monitoring arrangements for hazardous chemicals.

Complied. Please refer section-6.2 of chapter-6.

Page no.6-144

5 Detailed effluent treatment scheme including segregation of effluent streams for units adopting 'Zero' liquid discharge.

Complied. Please refer Section 2.8.1, Effluent characteristic-Table 2.15, ETP Detail-Table 2.16, ETP Dia-Fig 2.17 of chapter-2.

Page no.2-33, 34 & 35

6 Action plan for odour control to be submitted. Complied. Please refer Section-10.3.2.1.2 of chapter-10.

Page no.10-238

7 A copy of the Memorandum of Understanding signed with cement manufacturers indicating clearly that they co-process organic solid/hazardous waste generated.

NA --

8 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of liquid effluent in CETP and solid/hazardous waste in TSDF, if any.

Complied. Membership with TSDF / CETP for Solid waste disposal is attached as Annexure-X & XI

Page no.423 & 429

9 Action plan for utilization of MEE/dryers salts. NA -- 10 Material Safety Data Sheet for all the Chemicals are being

used/will be used. Complied. MSDS of all chemicals attached as CD

--

11 Authorization/Membership for the disposal of solid/hazardous waste in TSDF.

Complied. Membership with TSDF for Solid waste disposal is attached as Annexure-X

Page no.423

12 Details of incinerator if to be installed. NA --- 13 Risk assessment for storage and handling of hazardous

chemicals/solvents. Action plan for handling & safety system to be incorporated.

Complied. Please refer Section 7.8.6, 7.8.7 & table 7.2, 7.3, 7.4 of Chapter-7.

Page no.192, 157, 171 & 178

14 Arrangements for ensuring health and safety of workers engaged in handling of toxic materials.

Complied. Please refer Section

Page no. 192, 157,



Report No. 1718A058

7.8.6, 7.8.7 & table 7.2, 7.3, 7.4 of Chapter-7.

171 & 178

1.7 REGULATORY FRAMEWORK SN ACTIVITY ACPECT LEGAL REGULATION 1. Manufacturing

Heavy machinery Steam Boiler HAG Cooling tower D.G. Sets Washing

Dust Noise Accidents Gas emission Water

pollution

Factory License The Factories Act, 1948 The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution)

Act, 1974 and Rules, 1975, as amended to date. The Water (Prevention and Control of Pollution)

Cess Act, 1977 and Rules, 1978, as amended to date.

The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and Rules, 1982, as amended to date.

Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 Environmental Impact Assessment Notification,

2006 as amended to date Noise Pollution (Regulation And Control) Rules,

2000 The Bureau of Indian Standards Act The Custom Act, 1962

2. Storage of product and raw material

Noise Accidents Gas emission

The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution) Act, 1981 and Rules, 1982, as amended to date. The Manufacture, Storage and Import of

Hazardous Chemical rules, 1989, as amended to date.

The Explosive Act, 1884 and rules, 1983 as amended to date.

Chemical accidents (Emergency Planning, preparedness and response) Rules, 1996

3. Transportation of raw material and products

Dust Noise Accidents Gas emission

Chemical accidents (Emergency Planning, preparedness and response) Rules, 1996 The Motor Vehicles Act, 1988 & The Central

Motor Vehicle rules, 1989 The Air (Prevention and Control of Pollution)

Act, 1981 and Rules, 1982, as amended to date. The Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 and

Rules, 1986, as amended to date The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control)

Rules, 2000 as amended to date 4. Recruitment Social

Public Liability Insurance Act, 1991 and Rules,

1991 as amended to date The Factories Act,1948 as amended by the Factories (Amendment) Act, 1987 (Act 20 of 1987) Gujarat Factories rules, 1963

CHAPTER-2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION & INFRASTRUCTURAL

FACILITIES


EN-VISION ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, SURAT. JUNE 2018 2-16

Report No. 1718A057

CHAPTER – 2

PROJECT DESCRIPTION AND INFRASTRUCTURAL FACILITIES 2.1 INTRODUCTION The Gujarat region is expected to continue with increased focus on industrial development and infrastructure activity. The current growth trends are expected to continue. The proposed products are Import substitute and almost consumed in the Indian market only, Indian consumption growth will continue to be there, considering demographic ratio in favor of youth. M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. has a very strong and experienced after sales service which are also known as Technical Service Department (TSD) which guides customer to obtain better results from our products.

M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd has proposed expansion of dyes & chemical manufacturing unit at Block No-484, 502, 503-A, 504 & 505, N.H.No.8, Palsana-394315, Dist.: Surat, Gujarat, Production Capacity of proposed project is given in following Table-2.1.

TABLE 2.1 DETAILS OF PRODUCTS AND PRODUCTION CAPACITY SR. NO.

NAME OF PRODUCTS




1 S.O. Dyes 250 650 900 2 Dispersing Agent 1500 0 1500 3 Textile Auxiliaries 2125 -2125 0 (Products will be discontinued) 4 Hydros & Specialty

Chemicals 1000 -1000 0 (Products will be discontinued)



Total 3150

FIGURE 2.1 PHOTOGRAPHS OF PROPSED MANUFACTURING & EXISTING UNIT OF DISPERSE DYES

a) Proposed Site

b) Existing Manufacturing Plant



Report No. 1718A057

c) Green Belt Nr. Boundary

d) Green Belt within plant boundary

e) Parking Area f) Site Visit

2.2 JUSTIFICATION OF THE PROJECT / NEED OF THE PROJECT Proposed project site is located at Block No-484, 502, 503-A , 504 & 505, N.H.No.8, Palsana-394315, Dist.: Surat, Gujarat. There is no any litigation pending against the project and/or any direction/order passed by any Court of Law against the project. The following points are justifying the need of proposed project: Increase use of Man-made fabrics. To color the fabrics consumption of Synthetic Organic Dyes-Disperse

Dyes increase in the world. India is on second position behind China in consumption of disperse dyes market by its 10% share in

which around 70,000 MT to 75,000 MT of dyes is being consumed.



Report No. 1718A057

India and China are leading the market in the world by exporting its synthetic organic dyes, formulated SO dyes, intermediate and other raw chemicals, which are used in the Textile Manufacturing sector by the Western and other developing countries

Spectrum is involved in the production of Synthetic Organic Disperse Dyes since 1991 and is a distinguished brand in the polyester textile industry in India and around the world. Products are being exported to South Asian countries, Middle East Territories, USA and Central America. We have a huge demand and will see an increase in demand in the coming years.

The proposed plant will be located near user Textile Industry, hence it provides logistic support as well as customize quantity in small quantities can also be supplied to the customer, which give company a clear edge compared to Chinese Imports, which cannot be supplied in small quantities coupled with time consumed on import.

Since the project site is located in Palsana and other Dye Intermediate units, dyeing and printing industries functional in that area. The Palsana is well connected through air, water and roadways. There is no any wildlife sanctuary and national parks within 10 km radius from the proposed site.

M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. has a very strong and experienced after sales service which are also known as Technical Service Department (TSD) which guides customer to obtain better results from our products.

The continuous technological research and product development and superior after sales services will ensure increase in market share and eventually better net sales realization.

Strong presence in the value added product. Wide range of product to meet customized need. Long standing relationships with leading consumer Industries. Considering all the factors, Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. intend to expand so that they can meet the demand of their customers and continue to contribute to India's development by becoming the largest exporter of synthetic organic dyes across the world and competing with China. 2.3 PROMOTERS AND THEIR BACKGROUND Spectrum Dyes and Chemicals Private Limited (SDCPL), the flagship company of Surat based Pratibha Group, was promoted by Mr. Mahendrakumar C. Chaudhary in 1989. At present the Board, consisting of 4 Directors, who will manage SDCPL. As per the Articles of Association, the Board shall consist of minimum of 2 and maximum of 11 members. Brief details of the directors on the Board are furnished below: TABLE 2.2 DIRECTORS’ BACKGROUND

S. NO.

NAME OF THE DIRECTOR AGE QUALIFICATION EXPERIENCE

1. Mahendrakumar C. Chaudhary 60 Mechanical Engineer 38 years

2. Yogesh R. Gupta 49 Commerce graduate 28 years

3. Avneep V. Bansal 46 Chemical Engineer 24 years

4. Hardutt Singh M. Tarar 59 Arts Graduate 28 years

Mr. Mahendrakumar C. Chaudhary, aged 60 years, a Mechanical Engineer by profession, started his career with the textile business. He has more than 38 years of experience in the textile processing, printing, embroidery and manufacturing of dyes. He is the founder of Pratibha group and is responsible for making it one of the biggest groups under textiles in Surat. He is the Chairman and Managing Director of the Pratibha group of industries. He is a man of high virtues and holds many prestigious posts in society and also actively involved in Corporate Social Responsible (CSR) activities. He is also serving as a Chairman of National Executive Committee of Friends of Tribal Society (FTS) West Zone which comprises State of Gujarat, Maharashtra, Goa and Madhya Pradesh. Friends of Tribal Society (FTS), a non-government, voluntary

organization is committed to the upliftment of tribal and other deprived in rural India, by providing basic education to their children and giving the villagers health care education, development education and empowerment education.



Report No. 1718A057

Mr. Yogesh Gupta, aged 49 years, a Commerce graduate by profession, started his career with the textile business. He has more than 28 years of experience in manufacturing of dyes. He looks after the Finance, Sales and Administration of the company. Mr. Avneep Bansal, aged 46 years, a Chemical Engineer by profession, started his career with the textile business. He has more than 24 years of experience in textile and manufacturing of dyes. He looks after the production and project implementation of the company. Mr. Hardutt Singh M. Tarar, aged 59 years, a Arts Graduate by profession, started his career with the textile business. He has more than 28 years of experience in textile and manufacturing of dyes. He looks after the production and maintenance and on site project implementation of the company. 2.3.1 PROJECT IMPLIMENTATION SCHEDULE Implementation of Project within a pre-determined time frame is an important factor for the success of a project. Timely implementation saves on various costs like interest, administrative overheads and helps to realize the goals as per pre-determined objectives. Implementation of Project involves co-ordination of different activities at various levels of the firm and amongst different outside agencies. We are giving here under the details of the Project Implementation. From the date of start, the implementation schedule envisages completion of project in 18 months. It is considered that preliminary activities such as obtaining necessary statutory clearance for proposed project and financial arrangements for the implementation of the project will be made at proper dates.

The major activities to be carried out at site during project work are as follows:

TABLE 2.3 PROJECT IMPLEMENTATION SCHEDULE

S.NO. WORK IMPLEMENTATION TIME 1. Construction work 9 Months 2. Machinery installation 4 Months 3. Recruitment process 1 Month 4. Commissioning 2 Month 5. Operation and functions 2 Month

Total 18 months 2.4 PROJECT COST The project cost for proposed manufacturing unit of Disperse Dyes for Civil, Machineries and Storage is 4757.83 Lakhs. Break up of proposed project cost is given in following Table 2.4.

TABLE 2.4 BREAK UP FOR THE PROPOSED INVESTMENT

S. NO. COST OF PROJECT COST (RS. IN LACS) 1 Land and Site development 300.0 2 Factory Building 698.76 3 Plant & Machineries 3389.52 4 Furniture’s 173.04 5 Greenbelt Development 15.0 6 Preliminary & Pre-operative Exp. 89.99 7 Total Capital Cost of Project 4666.31 8 CSR Project Activity 91.53

Total Cost of project 4757.83



Report No. 1718A057

2.4.1 BUDGETORY PROVISIONS FOR EMP Adequate budgetary provisions have been made by the management for execution of environmental management plans. The capital expenditure is Rs.3155.91 Lacs and recurring (Rs 1165.38 Lacs per annum) budget earmarked for pollution control / monitoring equipment; operation and maintenance of pollution control facilities, for greenbelt development and maintenance. 2.5 PROJECT SETTING In the formulation of regulation relating to project activities with respect to Environmental Aspects, Land, Water, and Power for the proposed project, regulatory framework is as mentioned below Table 2.5. TABLE 2.5 PROJECT SETTING

SR. NO

. PARTICULAR

S

DESCRIPTION FOR EXISTING

ACTIVITIES

DESCRIPTION FOR

PROPOSED ACTIVITIES

TOTAL

REMARKS

1 Land Requirement

46158.23 m2 3666.29 m2 49824.52 m2 Private land acquired from existing unit of M/s. Goyal Knitfab Pvt. Ltd.

2 Water Requirement and its Source

1142.5 KLD 1557.5 KLD 2700 KLD Freshwater will be sourced from Bore well (existing 4 nos. & proposed 3 nos.)

3 Electricity Requirement and its Source

4000 KVA 2000 KVA 6000 KVA Will be sourced from DGVCL.

4 Manpower Requirements

1080 Nos 122 Nos 1202 Nos. Local People shall be given preference wherever possible for labors and workers.

5 Fuel Requirement

Coal - 50 MT/Day

Coal - 25 MT/Day

Coal - 75 MT/Day

Will be purchased from the local Supplier, transported by road only.

Natural Gas- 460 scm/hr

- Natural Gas- 460 scm/hr

By pipeline

GAS- 10 SCM/hr - GAS- 10 SCM/hr

By pipeline

2.5.1 LOCATION Project site of the proposed expansion of dyes & chemical manufacturing unit (21°05’46.77” N, 72°58’31.57” E) is located near existing premises of M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. at Block No-484, 502, 503-A , 504 & 505, N.H.No.8, Palsana-394315, Dist.: Surat, Gujarat. There is no eco-sensitive area like forest patches, large water bodies that attract migratory and other residential water fowls within the close proximity of the project site. The project site is at a distance of 11.0 Km from Surat. The nearest airport is situated at Surat. The selection of this site has been highly influenced by location factors. Palsana is centrally located from major GIDC in the range upto 140 Km. Surat is centrally located from GIDC Vapi (81 Km), GIDC Ankleshwar (60 Km), GIDC Dahej (70 Km), GIDC Panoli (54 Km), GIDC Sarigam (89 Km), GIDC Jaghadia (76 Km), GIDC Sachin (0 Km), GIDC Pandesara (4.5), GIDC Nandesari (138 Km). Project location in Fig. no. 2.3, Google earth image and map showing project location and surrounding areas are shown in Figure 2.2 A & B.



Report No. 1718A057

Location: a) Site Village : Palsana b) District : Surat c) State : Gujarat d) Latitude : 21°05’46.77” N e) Longitude : 72°58’31.57” E

LATITUDE & LONGITUDE OF ALL FOUR CORNERS:-

Corner-1 21° 05'50.30"N, 72° 58'32.18"E

Corner-2 21° 05'41.90"N, 72° 58'35.60"E

Corner-3 21° 05'42.76"N, 72° 58'24.51"E

Corner-4 21° 05'46.12"N, 72° 58'24.50"E

FIGURE 2.2 GOOGLE EARTH IMAGE AND MAP SHOWING PROJECT SITE

(B)

(A)

(B)



Report No. 1718A057

FIGURE 2.3 PROJECT LOCATION

2.5.2 KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES AND SETTLEMENTS 2.5.2.1 METHOD OF DATA PREPARATION

Key infrastructure features have been extracted from Survey of India (SoI) topographical maps of 1:50,000 scale. The features have been updated using satellite data and have been verified with ancillary information derived from TTK maps and guide maps. The locations of the settlement have been extracted from Census of India (CoI) maps and have been verified by using SoI topographical maps and satellite data and have been over-layer for the ease of spatial reference.

2.5.2.2 DISTANCE OF NEAREST KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES FROM PROJECT SITE

The distance of railways, National and State highways from the project site are presented in Table 2.6 below. There is no defense installation, national park/wild life sanctuary, ecologically sensitive area within 10 Km radius of the project site.

TABLE 2.6 DISTANCE OF NEAREST KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES S.NO. PARTICULAR NAME & ITS DISTANCE



3. Nearest city Surat at around 17.0 Km

4. Nearest River Mindhola at around 2.6 Km SE

5. Nearest Railway station Chalthan at around 7.0 Km NNW

6. National park/Reserve Forest, Biosphere, etc. None within a radius of 10 Km

7. Nearest Airport Surat at around 24.3 km NWW

8. Seismicity Zone III



Report No. 1718A057

2.5.3 MAP OF KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES AND SETTLEMENTS A map depicting administrative boundary up to Taluka level, showing National Highway, State Highways, major, medium and other roads with the railway lines is presented in Figure - 2.4. The major water bodies with the rivers and the river beds are illustrated in the map to provide a better understanding of the project area. The map marks the area within 10 Km the project area. The project layout is shown in Figure – 2.5.

FIGURE 2.4 KEY INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURES AND SETTLEMENTS

Immediate project surrounding is as follows:-

North: Gujarat Eco Textile Park

South: Barren Land, Hotel Decent & Small Fabrication units

West: Textile Units & Dyeing Houses East: Highway NH-8



Report No. 1718A057

FIGURE 2.5 LAYOUT OF THE PLANT 2.6 MAIN PHASES OF THE PROJECT 2.6.1 PRE CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES

Proposed project site is within the existing premises and it is well connected with state and national highway and hence sufficient road communication is available, so there is no need to construct any approach road or site access. The proposed site will be constructed within existing premise of M/s. Goyal Knitfab Pvt. Ltd., which is already developed industrial land (non-agriculture) and no vegetation will be cut/destruction over there. Hence no question of drinking water, barricading, etc. No significant pre-construction activates are anticipated.

2.6.2 CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES

Construction activities will take place within the open space of open plot. Construction of essential utilities will be carried out within 6 months. Around 50-60 workers will have to work for the construction work. Erection of various machineries shall start simultaneously and is expected to be completed in six month after the construction is over. Construction materials, like steel, cement, crushed stones, sand, rubble, etc. shall be required for the project, will be procured from the local market of the region.

2.6.3 PRODUCTION ACTIVITIES 2.6.3.1 RAW MATERIALS 2.6.3.1.1 RAW MATERIAL CONSUMPTION Major Raw materials used for Disperse Dyes manufacturing is given in following Table 2.7.

TABLE 2.7 RAW MATERIAL CONSUMPTION & TRANSPORTATION FOR DISPERSE DYES

Proposed Site



Report No. 1718A057



Report No. 1718A057

2.6.3.1.2 RAW MATERIAL STORAGE AND TRANSPORTATION

Raw material for Disperse Dyes unit will be purchased from the different sources and it will be stored in chemical storage area in Carboys, Drums, bags and some are in storage tanks. Only following chemicals are to be stored in tanks. Dimension, Numbers and Capacity of Tanks for storage of chemicals are given in following Table 2.8.

TABLE 2.8 RAW MATERIAL STORAGE



Report No. 1718A057

Scheme of mode of transportation: The raw materials will be purchased from the external sources as mentioned in table no. 2.7



Report No. 1718A057

2.6.3.2 MANUFACTURING PROCESS Manufacturing Process attached in Annexure-III, also attached Spent Solvent recovery system in Annexure-IV. 2.7 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES 2.7.1 LAND The proposed unit will be installed in area of approx 3666.29 sq.m; land which is purchased from the existing unit of M/s. Goyal Knitfab Pvt. Ltd.. Ltd. Detailed Land use breakup is given in following Table 2.9 and plant layout shown in figure 2.5 while land documents are shown in Annexure-XVII.

TABLE 2.9 LAND BREAK-UP OF THE PROJECT

LAND USE EXISTING

AREA (sq.m.) PROPOSED

AREA (sq.m.) TOTAL AREA

(sq.m.)

Plant and Machinery area (sq.m.) 12885.61 1414.28 14299.89

Utility (Boiler and Cooling Tower) area (sq.m.)

2572.00 0.00 2572.00

Chemical Storage area (sq.m.) 10617.83 0.00 10617.83

Administration Building area (sq.m.) 1407.00 0.00 1407.00

Green Belt area (sq.m.) 9017.90 1167.10 10185.00

Internal Road area (sq.m.) 7905.89 1084.91 8990.80

Open area (sq.m.) 1752.00 0.00 1752.00

Total (sq.m.) 46158.23 3666.29 49824.52

FIGURE 2.6 LAND BREAK-UP OF THE PROJECT



Report No. 1718A057

2.7.2 TRANSPORTATION FACILITIES As project site is well connected through road and railway network. Transportation of all the raw materials and products shall be primarily by road only. 2.7.3 WATER SOURCE AND UTILIZATION Total fresh water requirement is 2700.0 KLD (domestic, green belt and industrial purpose) which will be sourced from existing 4 nos. of bore well and proposed 3 nos. of bore well. TABLE 2.10 WATER CONSUMPTION AND WASTE WATER GENERATION

S.NO. PURPOSE

WATER CONSUMPTION (KL/D)

EXISTING PROPOSED TOTAL A. Domestic 25 70 95 B. Industrial 1. Processing 677.5 922.5 1600

2. Boiler and Cooling 425 525 950

3. Floor and Drum washing 10 15 25

Total (B) 1112.5 1462.5 2575 C. Green belt 5 25 30

Grand Total (A+B+C) 1142.5 1557.5 2700

S.NO. PURPOSE WASTE WATER GENERATION (KL/D)

EXISTING PROPOSED TOTAL A. Domestic 15 60 75 B. Industrial 1. Processing 800 1075 1875 2. Boiler and

Cooling 140 130 270

3. Floor and Drum washing

10 15 25

Total (B) 950 1220 2170 C. Green belt 0 0 0 Grand Total (A+B+C) 965 1280 2245 Domestic sewage (75.0 KLD) generated will be treated in Secondary Treatment Plant. Generated industrial effluents will be treated in proposed ETP. Existing process effluent is sent to CETP of M/s. NPICSL, hence now onward, treated effluents will also be sent to CETP of M/s. NPICSL, Palsana for further treatment and disposal



Report No. 1718A057

FIGURE 2.7 WATER BALANCE DIAGRAM (Basis KLD)

2.7.4 POWER REQUIREMENTS

The estimated power requirement for the proposed manufacturing unit of Disperse Dyes project is 6000 KVA which will be sourced from DGVCL. Energy/ Power consumption is given in following Table 2.11.

Ice Plant 275

M3/day

275m3/day

Domestic 95 m3/day

Processing

1600 m3/day

Makeup Water RO 180 m3/d

Cooling 450

m3/day

1875m3

/day 90m3/

day(LiveSteam) 160

m3/day

2170 m3/day To PTP

CETP of NPICSL

75 m3/day of Sewage Waste

Water

Water Source (Existing 4 bore well, proposed 3 bore well)

2700 m3/day

55 m3 / day (RO Reject)

25m3 / day (Drum &

Floor Washing)

RO Cooling Tower 550

m3/day

100 m3/day

(RO Reject)

315m3 / day (Storage tank

for reuse)

30 m3 / day (Green Belt)

260 m3 / day (Lime & Ferrous

Slurry)

Boiler Fresh125m3/

day+90 m3/day recycle

condense(Steam)

10 m3/day Blowdown

2245m3/day To

Secondary Treatment

Plant

115 m3/ day (Condense steam in

line)

25 m3/ Day drain

loses in line

90 m3/Day recycle to

Boiler

20 m3/day Drinking

water losses

290 m3/day Evap. Loses

90 m3 Spray Dryer Losses



Report No. 1718A057

TABLE 2.11 DETAILS OF SOURCE OF ENERGY AND TYPES OF FUEL

Existing & Proposed Power Source capacity detail

Existing

Proposed

Source Load (KVA)

Source Load (KVA)

Main Stand by Main Stand by

DGVCL C.D at 11KV 4000 -

DGVCL C.D at 66KV 6000 -

Consumer No.(10039) Consumer No.(10039)

Gas Engine 1250 - Gas Engine 1250

Gas Engine 1250 Gas Engine 1250

D.G 2x380KVA 760 D.G 2x380KVA 760

D.G 2x500KVA 1000 D.G 2x500KVA 1000

D.G 2x1250KVA 2500 D.G 2x1250KVA 2500

5250 5510 6000 6760 2.7.5 FUEL REQUIREMENTS

Fuel requirement, their source and distance and mode of transportation are given following Table 2.12.

TABLE 2.12 FUEL REQUIREMENT

Sr. No.

Fuel FUEL CONSUMPTION

SOURCE TRANSPORTATION

MODE Existing Proposed Total

1 HSD DG Sets Stand by - DG Sets Stand by Local

Supplier By road

2 Coal 50 MT/Day 25 MT/Day 75 MT/Day

Imported but trough

local supplier

By road

3 Gas 10 SCM/hr - 10 SCM/hr Local

Supplier By pipeline

4 N.G. 460 SCM/hr - 460 SCM/hr Local

Supplier By pipeline

2.7.6 BOILER & HAG DETAILS The Steam Boiler (10 MTPH) and HAG will be installed as utilities for proposed Dye Production Unit. Utilities with Capacity : Boiler (10 MTPH) and HAG Type of Fuel used : Coal 25 Tons/day Stack Height and Diameter : Ht. 36 m and Dia. 1.4 m Pollution Control Equipment Measures : ESP (Combine Stack and APC for boiler and HAG)

2.7.7 MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS

M/s. SDCPL will employ 122 personnel for the proposed project. During employment first preference will be given to local people from the region based on qualification, skills and experience. Table 2.13 shows the details of man power requirement.



Report No. 1718A057

TABLE 2.13 MANPOWER REQUIREMENTS FOR DYE PLANT

2.8 SOURCE OF POLLUTION AND CONTROL MEASURES 2.8.1 WATER POLLUTION Details of Domestic and industrial Wastewater generation from project are given in Table 2.14. TABLE 2.14 DETAILS OF WASTE WATER GENERATION



Cooling 140 130 270


10 15 25

Total (B) 950 1235 2185 C. Green belt 0 0 0 Grand Total (A+B+C) 965 1280 2245

2.8.1.1 WASTE WATER TREATMENT, RECYCLE AND UTILIZATION Domestic wastewater of 75.0 KL/Day (Existing – 15 KLD + Proposed 60 KLD) generated will be discharged through secondary ETP. There shall be 2185.0 KL/Day (Exisiting-950 KLD + Proposed-1235 KLD) of industrial waste water generated from the proposed plant which will be treated in in-house ETP of 2500.0 KLD capacity. Treated water (2245.0 kl/day) will be discharged in to CETP of M/s. NPICSL, Palsana. 2.8.1.2 DETAIL OF ETP Effluent Treatment Plant design is done considering worst case scenario in terms of high Organic load generating products and high hydraulic load generating products at a time. Considering bench scale study in pilot plant and based on detailed treatability study, we came to the following conclusion on effluent characteristic as shown in Table 2.15. We will provide online monitoring systems as per CPCB/GPCB guidelines at the final outlet of the ETP. TABLE 2.15 EFFLUENT CHARACTERISTIC

Effluent Water Inlet Quality

SR.NO. Parameter Unit Inlet ETP

Parameters Outlet ETP Parameters

CETP Inlet Norms

1 pH - < 4 7-8 6.5-8.5 2 SS mg/l <1250 <250 <300 3 COD mg/l 12000-15000 <2500 <3000 4 BOD mg/l 3000-5000 <350 <400 5 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/l <70 <40 <50 6 Phenolic Compound mg/l <2 <1 <1 7 Oil & Grease mg/l <15 <10 <10

S. No.

Shift Appointed as a Total

Person Staff Operator Worker 1. General Shift 8 0 0 8

2. First 1 4 33 38

3. Second 1 4 33 38

4. Third 1 4 33 38

Total 122



Report No. 1718A057

Domestic waste water will be disposed off through septic tank/soak pits. Generated industrial effluents will be treated in proposed ETP. Details of size and volume of each ETP units are mentioned in Table 2.16. After treatment of effluent in ETP, and will be sent to CETP of M/s. NPICSL (New Palsana Industrial Co-Operative Society Ltd.) Palsana for further treatment. CETP membership certificate is attached as Annexure-XI. Treatment Philosophy of Proposed ETP An equalization tank with mechanical mixing is provided to dampen the variations of flow. Agitators are provided in this tank for proper mixing of effluent and to avoid stagnation of liquid. Pumps have been provided to pump the raw effluent from equalization to pH Correction Tank-1. A Level indicator transmitter is provided in the sump to control proper on/off of the pumps depending upon the water level in the tank. The pumped effluent from Equalization tank is corrected for pH in PPH –FRP neutralization tank 1 followed by Neutralization Tank 2 for increasing pH levels, and will be fed to High Rate Thickener for removal of suspended solids. Hydrated Lime with 80% purity is used to correct the pH. A pH indicator and controllers are installed inside both the tanks to automatically control the dosage of lime and to produce desired pH of effluents. Mechanical agitators are provided in the tank for mixing the lime with effluents inside the tank. The primary object of thickener is to achieve the desired underflow concentration, while maintaining a clear overflow and minimizing the flocculent usage. The fundamental strategy for controlling the underflow concentration is to regulate the time the solids which are present in the thickener and the amount of flocculent used due to which suspended solids gets removed. Clarified effluent from High Rate Thickener and sewage waste water are directed to C-TECH Feed Tank. Effluent is then pumped to C -Tech basins for biological treatment. There are two operating C-Tech basins in the plant. These C-Tech basins work in sequence and the influent flow is distributed using Automatic Gates provided at the Inlet Chamber of C-Tech basins. The C-Tech basins are equipped with air blowers, diffusers, Return Activated Sludge (RAS) pumps, Surplus Activated Sludge (SAS) pumps, Decanters, Auto valves, Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) etc. All cycles will be automatically controlled using PLC. Excess sludge at a consistency level of approx. 0.8% - 1.0% will be pumped intermittently from SAS pump to the sludge sump. Sludge generated from Physico-chemical treatment and biological treatment is collected in common sludge sump. Mechanical mixers are provided to keep the sludge in suspended form. Rotary Vacuum Drum filter is considered to dewater the sludge to the required solid concentration. Screw pumps are used to pump the sludge from sludge sump to RVDF. Dewatering polymer is dosed into the thickener to improve its dewatering characteristics. The dewatered sludge from Rotary Vacuum drum filter is taken to the Paddle Dryer System for max. solid concentration and to make suitable for filling in the sludge silo whereby the sludge will be dispatch to the TSDF Site. After biological treatment, the treated effluent is directed to CETP. TABLE 2.16 EQUIPMENT LIST FOR PROPOSED ETP (2500 KLD)

Equipment name Size/Capacity MOC Quantity

Sludge Handling System Sludge Silo 250 MT MS 2 nos. Paddle Dryer-1 2.5 MT/H SS 304 1 nos. Stand by Paddle Dryer-2 1.5 MT/H SS 304 1 nos. Secondary Treatment Plant C - Tech Basin 3000 m³ RCC 2 sets AERZEN, German make, Hybrid Energy Saving Efficiency Air Blower

2800 Nm³/h @ 0.75 kg/cm²

MS 3 nos

Primary Treatment Plant Lime Silo 150 MT MS 1 no. Lime Handling System 2.5 TPH 1 no. Rotary Vacuum Drum Filter 1.8m x 1.8m MS 2 no.



Report No. 1718A057

Equalization tank 1000 m³ RCC-AR brick lined 1 no.

Neutralization Tank 41m³ & 44 m³ PP-FRP 1 no. each

Thickener -1 8 m dia MS/painted 1 no. Stand by Thickener -2 8 m dia MS/painted 1 no. Sludge Sump 200 m³ RCC 1 no. Lime Dosing tank 15 m³ RCC 4 nos

FeSO4 Dosing tank 8 m³ RCC-AR brick lined 2 nos

FeSO4 Bulk storage tank 50 m³ RCC-AR brick lined

1 no.

Polymer dosing tank 8 m³ RCC 2 nos Urea/DAP tank 8 m³ RCC 2 nos Air Compressor 220 cfm 1 no. Lift 1.5 MT MS 1 no. Electrical & Instrumentation Piping & Valves FIGURE 2.8 FLOW DIAGRAM OF PROPOSED ETP (2500 KL/DAY)



Report No. 1718A057

2.8.1.3 DETAIL OF CETP (NEW PALSANA INDUSTRIAL CO-OPERATIVE SOCIETY LTD) For proposed expansion, complete treated water is sent to CETP (NPICSL), Plasana Following details of NPICSL. Palsana, A.) Total Capacity:- 45000 M3 B.) Booked Load:- 33555 M3 C.) Spare Capacity:- 11445 M D.) Analysis Report (Inlet & Outlet) GPCB last Six Months:-

OUTLET RESULTS

Month/ Parameters

GPCB NORMS

JUL-17 AUG-17 SEP-17 OCT-17 NOV-17 DEC-17

Temp-0C 40 28 28 29 29 28 28

pH 8.5 7.08 7.64 7.78 7.59 8.10 7.99

Color (Pt.Co.Sc) 100 10 35 20 20 40 30

TDS (mg/l) 2100 2036 2268 2152 2178 2012 2254

TSS (mg/l) 60 42 10 14 12 28 28

Ammonical Nitrogen (mg/l) 50 10 6.7 17.4 9.5 18.5 9.0

COD (mg/l) 250 178 99 194 193 194 120

BOD (mg/l) 30 23 15 25 28 27 25

INLET RESULTS

Month/ Parameters

CHEMICAL INDUSTRIES (As per EC of

NPICSL-CETP)

TEXTILE INDUSTRIES (As per EC of

NPICSL-CETP)

JUL-17 AUG-17 SEP-17 OCT-17 NOV-17 DEC-17

Temp-0C 40 40 31 28 29 29 28 28

pH 6-9 6-9 7.57 7.65 7.36 7.75 7.74 7.51

Color (Pt.Co.Sc) 300 300 30 30 30 30 55 40

TDS (mg/l) 2100 2100 2128 2360 1956 2552 2760 2352

TSS (mg/l) 300 300 190 208 404 252 264 318

Ammonical Nitrogen (mg/l)

50 50 42 42.6 41.4 37.5 45.9 37.0

COD (mg/l) 3000 1250 1382 1520 1197 1269 1845 989

BOD (mg/l) 400 400 300 320 241 210 320 252

E.) EC compliance report of CETP attached as Annexure-XIII F.) Discharge point study of CETP as Annexure-XII G.) Confirmation of Book Load as Annexure-XI



Report No. 1718A057

2.8.2 AIR POLLUTION

Air pollution is classified into point source emission and fugitive emissions. Only source of point source pollution is the flue gas through utility boiler, HAG & process gas. Emissions from point sources may include Gases (SO2 NOx , HCL, HBr, Br2, CL2etc.) form utilities and dust emissions etc. Online monitoring system for monitoring of PM will be installed with stack with arrangement to reflect monitored data on company’s server.

2.8.2.1 AIR POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES

The unit will install ESP with common stack attached to steam boiler and HAG. Two stage venture scrubber followed by packed column scrubber will be installed on process stack.Adequate Stack height will be provided to control and disperse the air pollutants within the satisfactory levels. Online monitoring system are provided on existing Boiler + HAG stack, same will be installed on proposed Boiler + HAG stack. Proposed stacks and Pollution control equipments are presented in the following Table-2.17.

FIGURE 2.9 (A) ONLINE CEMS ON EXISTING STACK

FIGURE 2.9 (B) ONLINE FLOW METER ON ETP



Report No. 1718A057

TABLE 2.17 DETAILS OF STACK WITH AIR POLLUTION CONTROL SYSTEM

A FLUE GAS STACKS : [EXISTING] Stac

k No.

Stack Attached To

Stack Height

Stack Diameter

Fuel Polluta

nts Permissible

value APC Attached

1



PM Sox

Nox





Nox



3 HAG 34 M 1000 mm Coal,

Lignite

PM Sox Nox



4





5



PM Sox Nox



6



PM Sox Nox

















Stack Attached To

Stack Height

Stack Diameter

Fuel Pollutants Permissible value

APC Attached

1 Steam Boiler 10 MTPH ** 36 M

1450 mm

Coal,

Lignite

PM Sox

Nox


ESP (Combine Stack and APC for boiler and HAG) 2 HAG


B PROCESS STACKS :[EXISTING] Stack No.

Stack Attached To

Stack Height

Stack Diameter


APC Attached

1 Spray Dryer No. 3

21.4 M 700 mm

NG / Steam (HAG) Afer

PM Sox Nox

150 mg/Nm ³ 40 mg/Nm ³ 25 mg/Nm ³




Report No. 1718A057

Expansion

2 Spray Dryer No. 4

18.4 M 450 mm Steam PM Sox Nox

150 mg/Nm ³ 40 mg/Nm ³ 25 mg/Nm ³


3 Spray Dryer No.5

21.4 M 1200 mm

NG / Steam (HAG) Afer

Expansion

PM Sox Nox

150 mg/Nm ³ 40 mg/Nm ³ 25 mg/Nm ³


4 Spray Dryer No.6

33.0 M 1100 mm Steam (HAG)

PM Sox Nox

150 mg/Nm ³ 40 mg/Nm ³ 25 mg/Nm ³


5 Spray Dryer No.7


PM Sox Nox

150 mg/Nm ³ 40 mg/Nm ³ 25 mg/Nm ³


6 Spray Dryer No.8


PM Sox Nox

150 mg/Nm ³ 40 mg/Nm ³ 25 mg/Nm ³



16.5 M 250 mm -

Cl2 Hcl Br2 Hbr

9 mg/Nm ³ 20 mg/Nm ³ 2 mg/Nm ³

30 mg/Nm ³



16.5 M 250 mm -

Cl2 Hcl Br2 Hbr


30 m g/Nm ³


9


16.5 M 250 mm -

Br2 So2





Note - # indicate that in proposed expansion, we will use our existing DD1 scrubber for Mono-Azo plant and install new scrubber for DD1 Plant

B Process Stacks : [Proposed]

Stack No.

Stack Attached To

Stack Height

Stack Diameter


APC Attached

1 Spray Dryer No.9


PM Cyclone + Wet Scrubber

2 Scrubber At NKS Plant

2.5 M 250 mm - So2 -


3


6.0 M 250 mm -

Cl2 Hcl Br2 Hbr

-


4 Scrubber At DD2 Plant (Coupling)

5.3 M 650 mm - So2 -




Report No. 1718A057

5


2.0M 250 mm - Br2, So2, Cl2

-



6.0 M 150 mm - Br2, So2, Cl2

- Venturi scrubbers followed by packed columm scrubber

7


5.6 M 450 mm - So2 Cl2



5.6 M 450 mm - So2 Cl2 -

Packed columm scrubber

8 Scrubber At NEW DD1 Plant (Diazo)

5.5 M 650 mm -

Cl2 Hcl Br2 Hbr

-


9


5.5 M 1000 mm -

Cl2 Hcl Br2 Hbr

-


10

Primary Treatment

Plant (Equalization

tank)

3.5 M 355 mm -

Cl2 Hcl Br2 Hbr


TABLE:2.18 AIR EMISSION FROM EXISITING STACK:- DATE:12/1/2018

Flue Gas:-

PARAMETERS STACK-1 Steam Boiler (6 TPH) (Coal based)

STACK-2 HAG (Coal based)

PERMISSIBLE LIMIT

SPM 124.3 98.4 SPM < 150 mg/Nm3

SO2 17.3 14.0 SO2 < 100 ppm

NOX 7.90 6.40 NOx < 50 ppm

Process Gas

PARAMETERS STACK-3 DD PLANT

STACK-3 AQ PLANT

STACK-3 BR PLANT

STACK-3 OLEUM ST

PERMISSIBLE LIMIT

HCL 12.6 11.1 14.3 - HCL < 20 mg/Nm3

CL2 - 5.40 5.90 - CL2 < 09 mg/Nm3

SO2 - - - 22.7 NOx < 40 mg/Nm3

Please refer Annexure-XL



Report No. 1718A057

FIGURE 2.10 DESIGN OF ESP

TABLE NO: 2.19 ESP SPECIFICATIONS SL NO UNIT

1 GENERAL INFRMATION 1.1 Client Boiler burning Indonesian/Safrican

coal or lignite 1.2 ESP TYPE DRY horizontal flow type 1.3 Flue gas flow AM3/hr 15000+18000+18000 1.4 Fuel considered Imported coal or lignite 1.5 Gas temperature Inlet Deg C 180 1.6 Number of fields in series Nos 2 1.7 Treatment Time Seconds 11.52+12+12

1.8 Collection efficiency % 99.17 1.9 Inlet dust concentration Gms/Nm3 6 gms max 1.10 Outlet dust concentration Mgms/nm3 Less than 75

2 Colleting electrode 2.1 Type VPM double v profile 2.2 Material CRCA SHEET,IS -513 GR D 2.3 Electrode thickness Mm 1.25 2.4 Spacing between electrodes Mm 400 2.5 No of Gas passages Nos 4nos+5nos+5nos 2.6 Active height of electrode M 5 2.7 Specific collecting area m2/m3/sec 57.60+60+60 2.8 Total nos of electrode plates vertical Nos 60+72+72nos 2.9 Aspect ratio 1.44 2.10 Total collecting area M2 240+300+300

3 Discharge Electrodes 3.1 Type Pipe & pike type



Report No. 1718A057

3.2 Total nos of electrodes Nos 48+60+60 3.3 Spacing of electrodes Mm 500 3.4 Fixing arrangement Rigid frame with bottom CG

loading 4 Rapping system- collecting electrode 4.1 Type Tumbling hammer type 4.2 Gear box rpm Rpm/kw 2/.33kw 4.3 Total nos of hammers Nos 2 nos x8 +2nos x 5 nos

impactors 4.4 Controller Common through Transformer

controller with sequential timer and power of rapping

5 High tension support Insulator 5.1 Type Conical 5.2 Material High alumina based porcelain 5.3 Leakage distance mm 550 5.4 Maximum flash over voltage 150 KV 5.5 Location Individual drum enclosures on

top of ESP roof

5.6 Numbers /field 2 nos 6 Transformer rectifier unit 6.1 Type Horizontal bushing type out door 6.2 Rating 150 mamps 6.3 Peak KV Rating KV 110 KV dc 6.4 Numbers Nos 1 for each path

Transformer rectifier controller unit 7.1 Nos Nos 3 7.2 Type of cabinet Self standing 7.3 Voltage controlled Thyristor with voltage feed back 7.4 Arc and spark suppression Yes 7.5 Ambient design temperature 45 7.6 Power supply V, Phase ,hz 415±15%,2 phase,50 hz

8 Casing 8.1 Plate Thickness Mm 5 8.2 Design temperature Deg c 250 8.3 - pressure withstanding capacity mmwc (-) 350 8.4 Construction Prefabricated and full welded at

site 8.5 Material IS-2062 GR – A

9 Dust hoppers 9.1 Plate Thickness mm 5 9.2 Design temperature Deg c 250 9.3 - pressure withstanding capacity mm wc (-) 350 9.4 Construction Prefabricated and full welded at




Report No. 1718A057

9.6 Type Pyramidal 9.7 Hopper valley angle Degrees 60 9.8 Flange outlet to RAV mm x mm 300x 300

10 Rotary airlock valve 6 nos 10.1 Geared motor Kw .75 kw 10.2 Rpm Rpm 7 Rpm can be adjusted with chain

sprocket on site 12 Perforated Gas distribution screen Nos 3+3 12.1 Perforated gas screen One at inlet and outlet

13 Pressure drop across ESP mmWC 15-35

14 Approximate overall Footprint 8 m X 6.4 m wide + 2.5 meters

For inlet outlet ducting 2.8.2.2 SCRUBBER INSTALLATION TABLE NO. 2.20 SCRUBBER SPECIFICATIONS Nature of feed Process gases with moisture.(HCL, NOX, CL2 , SO2 etc) Type of process Two stage venturi scrubber followed by packed column scrubber

Type of scrubber Wet Scrubber

Scrubbing media 18-20% Caustic Solution (Water + NaOH)

Type of operation Batch / Continuous

Operating temperature Less than 50 Degree Centigrade

Design temperature 100 Degree Centigrade

Method of spraying Through High Pressure Jet Spray Nozzles

Inlet gas flow rate 50 Kg/hr

Inlet gas temp. 95-98 Degree Centigrade

Detailed scrubber specification are attached as Annexure-XV 2.8.2.3 FUGITIVE EMISSION AND CONTROL MEASURE Source of fugitive emissions are loading and unloading section, material handling and transfer points, roads and transportation of vehicles.

Proposed measures to control fugitive emission:

All reactors, treatment vessels, agitator and process pumps shall be mechanically sealed as per requirement.

All process pumps shall be provided trays to collect probable leakage. More weight age on selection of MoC of piping shall be given to avoid leakage/spillage. Overflow system with return line to day tank/storage tank from batch tank will be provided to prevent

hazardous material overflow. De-dusting system will be provided at solid product bagging area. Proper system shall be provided for decontamination and effective cleaning of drums. All transfer points shall be fully enclosed. Airborne dust shall be controlled. All roads shall be paved on which movement of raw materials or products will take place. Maintenance of air pollution control equipment shall be done regularly. All the workers shall be provided with dust mask. Green belt will be developed around the plant to arrest the fugitive emissions.



Report No. 1718A057

2.8.3 NOISE POLLUTION AND CONTROL SYSTEM The noise levels are primarily generated due to industrial activities like mechanical movement and material handling in unit. Noise may generate from motors, vehicular movement, generators, etc. General noise levels within plant are expected to remain below 75 dB (A). In order to mitigate the noise levels during the operational phase, a green belt will be developed around the periphery of the plant. However, at places where noise levels may exceed the permissible limit, acoustic enclosure shall be provided. 2.8.4 LAND/SOIL POLLUTION AND CONTROL MEASURES Land and soil pollution occur due to spillages of oils, raw material and leachate from the solid/ Hazardous Waste storage area. Risk of contamination of land or water from handling storage, use or spillage of hazardous material is and will be avoided by following measures.

CC flooring will be provided inside the plant storage area and wherever necessary. Proper MOC of piping and equipments will be selected. Security men and security alarm along with fire hydrant will be provided. Separate facilities will be provided for finished goods and raw material storage. Fixed piping will be provided for transfer of all materials. All pumps will be provided with mechanical seal in process handling. Over flow piping from batch tank to storage tank will be provided. Proper level indicators will be provided. Proper system for decontamination of drums/barrels will be provided. Periodic inspection with necessary testing to all storage tanks and vessels. All rupture disc or pressure release valve will be connected to catch pot to avoid spillage.

M/s. SDCPL has got Membership from following attached in Annexure-X. 1) Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd. 2) Saurashtra Enviro Projects Ltd. 3) Recycling Solutions Pvt. Ltd. 4) Ecocare Infrastructure Pvt. Ltd.

The sources of solid wastes, generation, and its management are given in the following Table 2.19. TABLE 2.21 SOLID WASTE GENERATION AND DISPOSAL METHOD FOR DYES MANUFACTURING UNIT

S. No.

TYPE OF HAZARDOUS

WASTE

EXISTING (TPM)

PROPOSED (TPM)

TOTAL (TPM)

WASTE CATEGORY

SOURCE WASTE MANAGEMEN

T DETAILS DISPOSAL

1 ETP Sludge 500 750 1250 35.3 Effluent Treatment

Plant

Collection, Storage

Transportation, Disposal at

GPCB approved TSDF site

2 Used/spent Oil 1.8 MT/Year

0 1.8 MT/Year

5.1 Various maintenan

ce processes

Collection, Storage,

Transportation, Disposal by

selling to registered re-

refiner 3 Discarded

Containers 60000 MT

/Year 0 60000

MT/ Year

33.3 Various production

units


Decontamination, Transportation,

Disposal by



Report No. 1718A057

selling to registered party

4 Process Waste 5 0 5 26.1 Manufacturing

process

Collection, Storage


GPCB approved CHWIF


75 100 175 36.1 Manufacturing

process

Collection, Storage


GPCB approved CHWIF or

co/preprocessing

6 GYPSUM 500 0 500 D2 Effluent Treatment

Plan

Collection, Storage


selling to actual user authorized

by GPCB NOTE: MOU / Agreements with actual consumers regarding utilization of fly ash & bottom ash etc is attached as Annexure-XIV. 2.8.4.1 METHODOLOGY OR MANAGEMENT OF CONTAINER

Collection & storage: Contaminated containers are received from different production plants and stored at designated storage area. Proper segregation of containers is done according to acid or alkaline nature to treating with appropriate cleaning agent.

Treatment: At first cleaning the containers with water by high jet- pressure, then flushing and deep in acid and alkali containing tanks. After treated by acid and alkali media, then flushing with neutral water by high jet pressure and finally drying by air blow.

Analysis: Testing the pH and organic content of finally flushed effluent to ensure the container is completely decontaminated.

Labeling: Used standard Labels on decontaminated containers “Decontaminated containers, ready to dispose”

Disposal: These decontaminated containers could be reused. The containers, which are not reusable, would be scrapped and sold to registered recycler.

Record: Receipt note is collected before receiving of containers, maintained record of sampling, result, marking of decontaminated containers and disposal. Management of effluent: The wastewater, which is generated from the washing activity, is collected in separate tank then transfer to treat in effluent treatment plant for further treatment.



Report No. 1718A057

2.8.5 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT About 8185 sq.m area i.e. 16.42 % of total project plot area is developed as green belt at plant boundary, Road side, around offices and buildings and Stretch of open land. We have already developed compensatory Greenbelt of 5400 sq.m area i.e. 10.83 % of the total project plot area at Udhana-Magdalla Road, Surat and Submitted in compliance report of our pervious environment clearance for each half year to the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Regional office-Bhopal. We will develop another 350 Nos trees in 2000 sq. m area i.e 4.06 % of total project area with total investment of Rs.15 Lacs approx. for the green belt plantation. Total Green belt area of total project area would be 31.31 %. 2.9 INDUSTRIES WITHIN 10 KM RADIUS OF THE PLANT AREA There are many industrial developments around the proposed activity. Name, address and capacity of the industry located within 10 Km radius are listed in table 2.21.

TABLE 2.22 LIST OF INDUSTRIES IN 10 KM RADIUS FROM THE PLANT AREA

Sr. No. Name of Industry Nature of work

1 Gujarat Polyflims Pvt Ltd Man Made Fiber Manufacturing 2 Spectrum AuxiChem Pvt Ltd Textile Auxillaries

3 Rawatkhedia Processors Pvt. Ltd Dyeing & Printing 4 Ratnapriya Dyeing & Printing Mill Pvt Ltd Dyeing & Printing

5 Vikas Trendz Pvt. Ltd Dyeing & Printing 6 Kotex Industries Pvt Ltd Dyeing & Printing

7 Nobletex Industries Pvt.Ltd Dyeing & Printing

8 Viraj Fab Pvt Ltd Dyeing & Printing 9 Stuti Processores Pvt Ltd Dyeing & Printing

10 Radhey Krishna Teren Dyeing & Printing 11 Vinit Fabrics Limited Dyeing & Printing

12 Laxminarayan Industries Dyeing & Printing

13 Madhusudan Rayons Pvt Ltd Dyeing & Printing 14 Vishnupriya Dyeing & Printing Pvt Ltd Dyeing & Printing

15 Khatushyam Processors Pvt Ltd Dyeing & Printing 16 Suzuki Dyeing Pvt Ltd Dyeing & Printing

17 Anubha Fabrics Pvt Ltd Dyeing & Printing 18 Anandi Silk Mills Pvt Ltd Dyeing & Printing

19 Virdev Pharmacuteicals Pharmaceutical

20 Heatex Industries Pvt Ltd Engineering 2.10 PLACES OF TOURIST/RELIGIOUS/HISTORICAL INTEREST There are no such places like archaeological, historical or tourist interest within the study area. Almost all the villages having places of worship like temples and mosques in the buffer zones.

CHAPTER-3

BASELINE

ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS

Project: M/s. Spectrum Dyes and Chemicals Pvt. Ltd, Palsana, Surat, Gujarat (EIA/EMP Report for Proposed Expansion of Dyes and Chemicals Manufacturing Unit)

EN-VISION ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, SURAT. JUNE 2018 3-48 Report No. 1718A058

CHAPTER – 3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENTAL STATUS The baseline status of environmental quality in the vicinity of project site serves as the basis for identification, prediction and evaluation of impacts. The baseline environmental quality is assessed through field studies within the impact zone for various components of the environment, viz. air, noise, water, land, geo-hydrology, and ecology and socio-economic. The baseline environmental quality has been assessed during 1St October 2017 to 31St December 2017 in a study area of 10 Km radial distance from the project site. The map showing Location of the Project site with 10 Km radius of the study area is given in figure 3.1. METHODOLOGY: The baseline environmental study was carried out for the various environmental components viz. Air, Water, Soil, Ecology and Biodiversity, Socio economy and Noise. Before the finalization of sampling locations to carry out the environmental monitoring and survey, our field area expert had visited the site and whole area was divided in two parts as core zone and buffer zone. During the submission of field area expert report and discussion looking to the extent of impact, 5 km radius was considered as core zone and rest 5 km radius was considered as buffer zone. All the locations have been selected within 10 km radius from the project site as per the requirement of TOR and environmental samples were collected from the selected locations of the study area. Before starting the survey activity for ecology and bio diversity, secondary data were used as reference during the desktop survey for listing the species of study zone and planning the survey. In case of socio economy, secondary data have also been used for deciding the parameters to be surveyed during socio economic data collection. As a secondary source of data for Ecology and Biodiversity survey, various publications by the government of Gujarat and forest department district were used. Baseline data generation of the following environmental attributes is essential in EIA studies:

Primary Data Collection Includes:- Secondary Data Collection Includes Review: of :- i. Meteorology, 1. IMD Data / Climatological Data

ii. Ambient Air Quality, 2. GPCB/CPCB Guidlines iii. Ambient Noise Quality, 3. GPCB/CPCB Guidlines iv. Surface and Ground Water Quality, 4. CGWA/GPCB/CPCB Guidlines v. Soil Quality and Geological Features, 5. TOPO Map / Drainage Map

vi. Land Use Pattern, 6. TOPO Map / Land Use Map vii. Ecological Status, 7. Sensitive areas such as biosphere reserve, forests,

sanctuaries, places of historical, archeological, tourist importance, etc.

viii. Socio-economic Status 8. Census Data / Socio-Economic Profile 3.1 ESTABLISHMENT OF IMPACT ZONE Deciding whether a proposed action is likely to cause significant adverse environmental effects is central to the concept and practice of EIA. Generally the impact zone for industrial actions is classified into three parts; Core Zone, Buffer Zone and Unaffected Zone, as illustrated below. The area of impact zone invariably changes from project to project and depends on the nature and magnitude of activities. i. Core Zone (Host and Proximate Area): This area is closest to the activity where the background quality of environmental and human health is always at high risk. This involves risks due to steady state, transient and accidental release of pollutants, noise, increased traffic congestion and social stress. The immediate vicinity of the plant that is around 3 Km radius is factual core zone in this case. ii. Buffer zone (Moderately affected area): Being a little away from the activity, the discharge pollutants need time lag to be transported to this area and gets attenuated/diluted to a considerable extent. However, the associated risk shall be real during break-down, failure or upset conditions, and simultaneously with adverse meteorological and hydrological factors. Distance from 3 Km to 7 Km around the project site in the factual buffer zone in this case. This is based on the mathematical modeling study and air pollution dispersion pattern. iii. Unaffected Zone: This area shall not be at risk of serious damage to life, health and property. Here the impact becomes small enough to become imperceptible and/or inconsequent and/or insignificant and normal life activities shall prevail without any disturbances due to the activity. Distance away from the 7 Km buffer zone is the factually unaffected zone in this case.



While generating the baseline status of physical and biological environment of the study area, the concept of impact zone has been considered. The Impact zone selection is based on preliminary screening and modeling studies. For demography and socio-economics, block wise data has been collected and used for the assessment of impacts. 3.2 STUDY AREA For the description of baseline environmental scenario, the Proposed Synthetic Organic manufacturing Plant area has been considered as the Core Zone. The area falling within a distance of 10 Km from the boundary of the core zone has been considered as the Buffer Zone. The core zone and the buffer zone, combined together form the study area for determination of baseline status and for assessment of impacts. FIGURE 3.1 LOCATION MAP OF THE PROJECT SITE WITH STUDY AREA

FIGURE 3.2 LONG VIEW OF THE PROJECT SITE (CORE ZONE)



FIGURE 3.3 SHORT VIEW OF THE PROJECT SITE

Method of Environmental Sampling and Analysis

Sr. No.

Monitoring area Sample Collection/ Preservation method

Analysis method

1. Micrometeorological data

Data collected on hourly basis using wind monitor as per CPCB Guideline.

NA

2. Ambient Air monitoring

IS 5182 (PART-23)2006 PM10-Gravimetric Method IS 5182 (PART-23)2006 PM2.5- Gravimetric Method IS 5182 (PART-23)2006 SO2-Colorimetric Method IS 5182 (PART-2)2001 NOX- Colorimetric Method IS 5182 (PART-6)2006

3. Noise Instrument : Sound level meter

STP No.: No, Issue No. 01 & Date: 01.04.2014(Based on instruction manual) using noise level meter with data logger Survey carried out as per CPCB guideline.

4. Water (Ground/ Surface)

IS 3025 (PART-1)1987/APHA

AS Per IS 3025 (PART-1)-1987/APHA on each Parameter Specific IS Standard

5. Soil IS 2720 (PART-1)-1983 (Reaffirmed -2006)

On each Parameter Specific IS Standard

3.3 CLIMATE The area has a Tropical monsoon climate, moderated strongly by the Arabian Sea. The summer begins in early March and lasts till June. April and May are the hottest months, the average temperature being 28°C. Monsoon begins in late June and stay up to September, with the average temperature being around 29°C during those months. October and November are the months of post-monsoon and return of high temperature till late November. Winter starts in December and ends in late February, with average temperatures of around 24°C.



3.4 METEOROLOGY The meteorological data recorded during the monitoring period is very useful for proper interpretation of the baseline information as well as for air quality model prediction. Historical data on meteorological parameters will also play an important role in identifying the general meteorological regime of the region. The year is broadly divided into four seasons:

Winter December, January, February Pre-monsoon March, April, May Monsoon June, July, August, September Post monsoon October, November.

3.4.1CLIMATIC CONDITIONS OF THE REGION 3.4.1.1 TEMPERATURE The mean monthly maximum temperature recorded at IMD station, Surat; during the year 1981-2010 was 36.7 C in the month of April and lowest temperature recorded was 15.2 C in the month of January. The average monthly maximum and minimum temperatures, rainfall, Relative humidity, and wind velocity for each of the twelve months, as recorded at IMD station, Surat for the year 1981-2010 are given in Table 3.1.

3.4.1.2 RAINFALL

Monsoon, which lasts from June to September, is the major source of rainfall. The mean monthly total rainfall varies between 0.2 mm to 466.3 mm and the annual total rainfall observed during the year 1981-2010 is 1202.9 mm.

3.4.1.3 WIND SPEED AND WIND DIRECTION

The average mean wind speed observed during the year 1981-2010 is 4.8 km per hour. The predominant wind direction observed at 08:30 hrs in the month of April to September is from SW, while rest of the months i.e. October to March is from N and NE. The predominant wind direction observed at 17:30 hrs in the month of October to March is from NW, while rest of months i.e. April to September is from SW.

3.4.1.4 RELATIVE HUMIDITY

The Mean monthly relative humidity percentage is highest in the month of July & August, which goes up to 86% while the mean monthly lowest percentage recorded is in March as 33%.

TABLE 3.1 CLIMATOLOGICAL DATA OF OBSERVATARY STATION AT SURAT, IMD, (1981-2010) Month Mean Temp.

(°C) Mean

Relative Humidity (%)

Mean Wind Speed

(Km.p.h)

Mean Monthly

Total Rainfall (mm)

Prominent Wind Direction

Daily Max

Daily Min

08:30 17.30

January 30.8 15.2 68 41 3.7 1.5 N February 32.3 16.7 64 34 3.5 0.3 N March 35.4 20.7 64 33 3.6 0.4 NW April 36.7 24.0 66 42 4.7 0.2 SW May 35.8 26.8 70 58 8.0 3.9 SW June 34.0 27.0 78 70 8.3 245.2 SW July 31.2 25.9 86 80 8.1 466.3 SW

August 30.8 25.5 86 79 6.6 283.8 SW September 32.3 25.4 83 70 3.7 151.8 SW

October 35.1 23.3 73 52 2.3 41.8 NE November 34.1 19.6 65 44 2.7 7.1 NE December 31.9 16.5 67 43 2.9 0.6 N

Annual Total Or Mean

33.4 22.2 73.0 53.0 4.8 1202.9 --

Source: IMD, Ahmedabad. 3.4.2 MICRO-METEOROLOGY OF THE AREA The study was conducted during the months October, November and December (i.e. 1st October 2017 to 31st December 2017), which are considered to be representative of Post-monsoon and winter season.



3.4.2.1 TEMPERATURE

The maximum temperature 29.9ºC reached in October 2017 which represent the hot month. The coldest month was December when temperature drops to 22.2ºC. During the other months, temperature was more or less moderate in nature and pleasant to bear.

3.4.2.2 RAINFALL

The total 3.6 mm rainfall was observed during the study period.

3.4.2.3 WIND SPEED AND WIND DIRECTION

The predominant wind direction during this Study period is observed to be blowing from North East. Average wind speed during this period is 1.1 m/s. Calm wind during this period 32.7 %. The wind rose diagram processed by ISCST3 software from data collected at site is shown in figure - 3.2. Site-specific mean meteorological data is given in table 3.2. The wind rose diagram processed by ISCST3 software from data collected at site is shown in figure-3.2. Please refer Annexure-XXVIII for detail site specific micro meteorological data. TABLE 3.2 SITE SPECIFIC METEOROLOGICAL DATA (1st October 2017 to 31st December 2017) METEOROLOGICAL

PARAMETER MONTH OF YEAR 2017

Oct Nov Dec Temperature (0C)

Min. 19.3 14.03 13.1 Max. 38.6 35.6 31.6 Avg. 29.9 25.28 22.2

Relative Humidity (%) Min. 17.0 15.0 14.0 Max. 92.0 92.0 90.0 Avg. 47.3 68.9 69.0

Wind Speed (m/s) Min. < 1.0 < 1.0 < 1.0 Max. 4.0 4.5 3.5 Avg. 0.8 1.2 1.4

Rain fall (mm) Min. 0 0 0 Max. 0.2 0.3 0 Total 1.5 2.1 0

TABLE 3.3: COLLATION OF PRIMARY METEOROLOGICAL DATA WITH SECONDARY DATA

Sr. no.

Parameter Study Period Data (Oct to Dec- 2017) Remarks Site specific (24 hr.) IMD long term 1981 to

2010 (8.30 hr and 17.30 hr)

1. Wind Speed Average Wind Speed is 1.0 m/s

Average Wind Speed is 0.75 m/s

Difference is probably ascribable the fact that IMD readings are only taken in the morning and evening while site specific data is for 24 hour readings. Also the Site is far away from Surat IMD approx. 25 km.

2. Wind Direction

Wind blows predominantly from NE to SW direction. Calm Conditions: 32.78%

Wind blows predominantly

from NE to SW direction. Calm Conditions: 30%.

Generally similar, minor divergences noted can be ascribed to locational differences, differences in number of readings and duration of studies.(One year v/s long term)

3. Temperature Max.:35.26°C Min.:15.47°C

Max.: 33.70°C Min.: 19.80°C

4. Relative Humidity

Max.:91.33% Min.:15.33%

Max.:68.33 % Min.:46.33 %



FIGURE 3.4 WIND ROSE DIAGRAM A) Weather Station at Site for Oct-17 to Dec-17

B) IMD 2017 DATA (4 HOURLY) – 3 MONTHS (OCT TO DEC)



FIGURE 3.5 WIND CLASS FREQUENCY DISTRIBUTION DIAGRAM

3.4.3 INTERPRETATION OF METEOROLOGY DATA

Avg. wind speed was 1.1 m/s and mostly the afternoon hours are windier. Maximum wind speed recorded was 5.0 m/s.

Wind blows predominantly from NE to SW. Calm wind contribute to about 32.7% of all winds. Mean Avg. temperature was recorded was 25.79deg. C with mean maximum temperature recorded

was 35.26 deg. C and minimum of 15.47 deg.C Mean average humidity was 61.73% with maximum humidity recorded as 91.33% and minimum of

15.33%. It is interpreted that chances of maximum dispersion of pollutant is in SW direction during this period.

Other direction will also be impacted.



3.5 GEOLOGICAL AND HYDRO-GEOLOGICAL STUDY 3.5.1 Introduction This brief note deals with the field observations carried out to ascertain geological study, Hydro-geological inventory and nature and behavior of subsurface formation such as thickness of topsoil, weathered formation/ persistence of any soft-hard rock below ground level for EIA study for proposed expansion of dyes and chemicals manufacturing unit of M/s Spectrum Dyes and Chemicals Pvt. Ltd at Block No. 484, 502, 503-A 504 & 505, N.H. No. 8, Palsana-394315, Dist: Surat, Gujarat. The field work was done during October to December 2017. Geomorphological, geological and hydro geological inventory of the area was carried out and all possible technical details were collected from the plant area as well as surrounding area. 3.5.2 Methodology The study was done in following phases viz.

(a) Geo-morphological, (b) Geological, (c) Hydro-geological.

3.5.3 LOCATION Geographical position of the area is latitude 21°05’46.77” N and longitude 72°58’31.57” E at Block No. 484, 502, 503-A 504 & 505, N.H. No. 8, Palsana-394315, Dist: Surat, Gujarat. The studied area lies on toposheet no. F43M16/F43N4, (46C/16, 46G/4) as per Survey of India.

FIG 3.6 TOPOSHEET



3.5.4. Physiography and Climate The area has flat terrain with gentle slope from east to west. The average land slope is about 1: 1500 and the elevation ranges from 1 to 15 m AMSL. It has tropical monsoon climate which is moderated strongly by the Arabian Sea. The summer begins in March and lasts till June. Monsoon begins in late June and lasts up to September. The digital elevation model (DEM) of the buffer zone is given in Figure 3.6. The area in the buffer zone is covered by quaternary alluvium and characterized by flood plain of Tapi and Mindhola rivers. Mindhola River is about 3.5 km south of the proposed site. The thickness of the alluvium varies from 100 – 185 meters. There are marine tertiary deposits in the western part, which is covered under thick alluvium deposits. FIGURE 3.7: DIGITAL ELEVATION MODEL (DEM) OF THE BUFFER ZONE

Road

River

Places

0 1 2 3 4 km

Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals

3.5.5 DRAINAGE The main river in the buffer area is Mindhola river, which is about 3.5 km away from the plant. There are several small nallas and small rivulets scattered over the buffer area. All nallas confluence into Mindhola river and lastly merge with the Arabian Sea.

The surface topography and drainage map of the buffer zone are given in Figure 3.7 The contours have been generated using USGS SRTM hgt data analyzed in Quantum GIS and later modeled in Surfer 8.



FIGURE 3.8 (A) SURFACE TOPOGRAPHY CONTOUR AND DRAINAGE MAP OF BUFFER AREA

72.88 72.9 72.92 72.94 72.96 72.98 73 73.02 73.04 73.06 73.08

72.88 72.9 72.92 72.94 72.96 72.98 73 73.02 73.04 73.06 73.08

21

21.02

21.04

21.06

21.08

21.1

21.12

21.14

21.16

21.18

21

21.02

21.04

21.06

21.08

21.1

21.12

21.14

21.16

21.18

Sachin town 2

Palsana

Bagumda

Gangadhra

Road

River

Places

0 1 2 3 4 km


DRAINAGE MAP OF BUFFER AREA OF SPECTRUM DYES & CHEMICALS

LEGEND

Water level points

Mindhola River

FIGURE 3.8 (B) DRAINAGE PATTERN MAP



3.5.6 GEOLOGY

Detailed hydrogeological study has been conducted in the buffer zone. The study reveals that there are alternating beds of fine, medium and coarse grained sand and clay. Granular sediments are more abundant in the southern part of Tapi River. In isolated patches granular aquifer has been encountered with thickness above 60 m. Thickness of gravel bed is about 30 m. In Palsana sticky blue tertiary clay horizon occurs at a depth of 110 m bgl.The geological map of the study area is presented in Figure-3.9 below.

Table 3.4: STRATIGRAPHIC SEQUENCE OF THE AREA

ERA PERIOD AGE LITHOLOGY

CE

NO

ZO

IC Quaternary Holocene Sand, silt, clay with gravel bed

Pleistocene Coarse sand, clay, Kankar

Tertiary Pliocene Claystone, Sandstone, Conglomerate

Miocene Conglomerate, Fossil limestone, calcareous sandstone.

FIGURE 3.9 GEOLOGICAL MAP OF STUDY AREA GSI-Data Base-1997 (Scale 1:250,000)

Map source: http://shodhganga.inflibnet.ac.in/bitstream/10603/76562/8/08_chapter%202.pdf 3.5.7 SEISMIC ZONE The area falls in the moderate risk zone of seismic zonetion to limit of III seismicity zone (ISI). Earthquake epicenter in south west of Surat has been reported by GSI towards coastal bank. The studied area belongs to Alluvial –fill along intracratonic linear depressions. The Bouger Gravity Anomaly varies between 10 to 30 m Gal.Please refer Figure-3.10.



FIGURE 3.10 SEISMOTECTONICS MAP OF STUDY AREA

Source: Narmada, Water Resources, Water Supply and Kalpsar Department (2010)

3.5.8 HYDROGEOLOGY According to the Groundwater Brochure of Surat District, Gujarat published by CGWB (available at http://www.cgwb.gov.in/District_Profile/Gujarat/Surat.pdf, Groundwater in the area occurs, mainly under unconfined, semi confined and unconfined condition in near surface aquifer as well as in deeper aquifer in the quaternary sediments, comprising mostly of medium to coarse-grained loose sand, pebbles that extends, in general, down to a depth of 50 meters below ground level in quaternary sediments.. In major area in Palsana and its surroundings bore wells operate mainly and tap deeper aquifers. This horizon acts as potential aquifer in the area and most of the bore wells operating in the area are restricted to 40 to 100 meters depth within this horizon.

However, deeper aquifer beyond 100 meter depth is encountered at some places in a narrow zone of saturation in the quaternary sediments of older age.

Figure 3.11: Geological Cross section of the area ( Sourced from Hydrological report of M/s. Spectrum

Dyes and Chemicals Pvt. Ltd, 2011)



3.5.9 Depth to Water Level Condition Groundwater prospects are good to excellent in alluvial plains and flood plains. The depth of groundwater level is ranging between 3m to 10m below ground level. The lithological unit comprises alluvial deposit. The general direction of groundwater flow is north east to south west or westerly. Groundwater quality in the area is marginal at some patches quality of groundwater is good and at some places quality of groundwater is not drinkable. Water samples were analyzed and incorporated for detail chemical analysis. Water level 1.0m-6m below ground level have been measured from non-yielding/ yielding open well with good quality and good yield. Due to shallow water level and good groundwater condition density of green area with good crops observed in agriculture land, farmers are growing sugarcane, banana, and paddy etc. infields. Surrounding village water supply is totally based on local water source system of individual village. Water Level Data The buffer area has very good groundwater resource. Central Groundwater Board regularly monitors groundwater level in this area. There are 4 monitoring stations within the buffer zone of which Palsana is one. The groundwater level data published in http://www.india-wris.nrsc.gov.in/have been utilised for preparing the water level information. The groundwater levels of four stations falling within the buffer area are given below. TABLE 3.5 GROUNDWATER LEVELS OF FOUR STATIONS FALLING WITHIN THE BUFFER AREA DISTRICT BLOCK_NAME LAT LON SITE_NAME SITE_TYPE PREMONSOON Surat Palsana 21.07778 72.99167 Palsana Dug Well 2.84

Surat Palsana 21.11861 73.07528 Gangadhra Dug Well 10.85

Surat Palsana 21.15833 72.98889 Bagumda Dug Cum Bore Well 5.54

Surat Chorasi 21.09167 72.875 Sachin town-2 Dug Well 4.92

Data source: http://www.india-wris.nrsc.gov.in/ FIGURE 3.12 AVERAGE DEPTH TO WATER LEVEL MAP

72.88 72.9 72.92 72.94 72.96 72.98 73 73.02 73.04 73.06 73.08

72.88 72.9 72.92 72.94 72.96 72.98 73 73.02 73.04 73.06 73.08

21

21.02

21.04

21.06

21.08

21.1

21.12

21.14

21.16

21.18

21

21.02

21.04

21.06

21.08

21.1

21.12

21.14

21.16

21.18

Sachin town 2

Palsana

Bagumda

Gangadhra

Road

River

Places

0 1 2 3 4 km


DEPTH TO WATER LEVEL MAP OF BUFFER AREA OF SPECTRUM DYES & CHEMICALSPOST MONSOON 2017

LEGEND

Water level points

(Based on India WRIS data)

DWL 3 mbgl

DWL 5 mbgl

DWL 7 mbgl

DWL 9 mbgl



3.6 AIR ENVIRONMENT 3.6.1 DESIGN OF NETWORK FOR AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS The air quality status in the impact zone is assessed through a network of ambient air quality monitoring locations. The tropical climatic conditions mainly control the transport and dispersion of air pollutant during various seasons. The baseline studies for air environment include identification of specific air pollutants prior to implementation of the project. The Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) study requires monitoring of baseline air quality during one season. Accordingly, air quality monitoring was carried out in the period of 1st October 2017 to 31st December 2017. The baseline status of the air environment is assessed through a systematic air quality surveillance program, which is planned based on the following criteria: Topography / terrain of the study area, Regional synoptic scale climatologically normal,

Densely populated areas within the region, Location of surrounding industries, Representation of regional background, Representation of valid cross-sectional distribution in downwind direction.

3.6.2 RECONNAISSANCE Reconnaissance was undertaken to establish the baseline status of air environment in the study region. Ambient air quality monitoring was carried out in the period of 1st October 2017 to 31st December 2017. Eight Ambient Air Quality Monitoring (AAQM) locations were selected based on guidelines of network sitting criteria. All AAQM locations were selected within the study area of 10 Km radial distance from the project site. 3.6.3 METHODOLOGY FOR AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING AND RESULT The ambient air quality monitoring was carried out in accordance with guidelines of Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) of June 1998 and National Ambient Air Quality Standards (NAAQS) of CPCB of November 2009. The monitoring was carried out 24 hours a day twice a week per location in the study area except the project site, where continuous monitoring was carried out. Twenty four numbers of observations were taken at each monitoring location except the project site. Methods used for analysis of Different ambient air Quality mentioned in table no 3.6The locations of the different stations with respect to its distance and direction from project site are shown in Table 3.7 and figure 3.13 respectively. The monitoring locations were selected on the basis of predominant wind directions as per guidelines.

TABLE 3.6 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY PARAMETER AND ANALYSIS METHOD

Sr No. Parameter Method

1. PM10 RDS and measured by gravimetric method

2. PM2.5 FDS and measured by gravimetric method

3. SO2 Improved west and Gaecke Method

4. NOX Jacobs and Hoccheiser Modified (sodium Arsenite) Method

5. VOC VOC Analyzer

6. CO Gas Chromatography

TABLE 3.7 DETAILS OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY MONITORING LOCATIONS

S. No. LOCATION

BEARING W.R.T. PROJECT SITE

WITH DISTANCE(KM)

LATITUDE/ LONGITUDE

TYPE OF AREA

SELECTION CRITERIA

1. PROJECT SITE (A1) - 21° 05'45.58"N, 72° 58'30.46"E

Industrial Project Site



2. ITALVA (A2) 2.4 km

SW 21° 04'43.45"N, 72° 57'39.61"E

Residential Down Wind

3. KAPLETHA (A3) 8.30 km SWW

21° 03'00.88"N, 72° 54'48.64"E


4. BALESHWAR (A4) 1.5 km

E 21° 06'25.58"N, 72° 59'00.29"E

Residential Up Wind

5. VAKTANA (A5) 5.5 km W

21° 05'59.63"N, 72° 55'22.95"E

Residential Cross Wind

6. BHATPOR (A6) 2.7 km

E 21° 05'55.33"N, 73° 00'05.03"E


7. MAKHINGA (A7) 2.5 km S

21° 04'55.22"N, 72° 58'38.08"E


8. PALSANA (A8) 1.8 km SE

21° 04'55.22"N, 72° 59'09.01"E


Ambient Air Quality Sampling Ground Water Sampling

Surface Water Sampling

Soil Sampling



FIGURE 3.13 MAP OF MONITORING STATIONS



3.6.4 RESULTS OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY The results of ambient air quality are summarized in Table 3.8. National ambient air quality monitoring standards are enclosed as Annexure-XXIX. Detailed ambient air quality test results are shown in Annexure- XLI.

Table 3.8 SUMMARY OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY TEST RESULTS (µG/M3) PM10 PM2.5 SO2 NOX CO VOC HCL CL2 NAAQ Standard limit

100 60 80 80 2000 05 200 100

A1 Project Site Min 63.20 31.60 17.90 21.40 510.00 0.70 130.00 60.00 Max 65.20 34.20 19.60 23.40 540.00 0.90 150.00 75.00 Mean 64.16 33.05 18.60 22.25 525.21 0.83 138.13 67.08 98th percentile 65.20 34.20 19.46 23.31 537.70 0.90 147.70 75.00 A2 Italva Min 60.20 32.20 14.60 17.20 240.00 ND ND ND Max 63.40 34.70 15.80 19.10 270.00 ND ND ND Mean 61.86 33.53 15.19 18.28 255.00 ND ND ND 98th percentile 63.40 34.65 15.71 19.05 270.00 ND ND ND A3 Kapletha Min 58.30 30.00 14.30 17.20 230.00 ND ND ND Max 60.70 33.50 17.10 19.20 250.00 ND ND ND Mean 59.91 31.70 16.18 18.27 239.58 ND ND ND 98th percentile 60.65 33.45 17.10 19.11 250.00 ND ND ND A4 Baleshwar Min 61.40 30.40 14.60 17.10 250.00 ND ND ND Max 63.80 33.10 15.80 19.10 280.00 ND ND ND Mean 62.65 32.24 15.20 18.22 261.88 ND ND ND 98th percentile 63.62 33.10 15.71 19.05 280.00 ND ND ND A5 Vaktana Min 60.20 29.40 14.30 17.20 260.00 ND ND ND Max 62.70 32.20 16.70 19.90 290.00 ND ND ND Mean 61.16 30.77 15.60 18.50 271.67 ND ND ND 98th percentile 62.52 32.06 16.61 19.85 287.70 ND ND ND A6 Bhatpor Min 59.90 29.30 15.30 17.50 305.00 ND ND ND Max 63.70 33.20 17.10 20.10 320.00 ND ND ND Mean 61.25 31.23 16.29 18.75 310.83 ND ND ND 98th percentile 63.47 33.11 17.10 19.87 320.00 ND ND ND A7 Makhinga Min 60.20 30.20 15.60 20.40 370.00 ND ND ND Max 62.50 34.40 17.00 22.30 400.00 ND ND ND Mean 61.08 31.75 16.17 21.32 380.00 ND ND ND 98th percentile 62.32 33.85 16.91 22.21 395.40 ND ND ND A8 Palsana Min 56.20 31.20 16.30 20.40 395.00 ND ND ND Max 62.50 33.60 18.90 24.10 425.00 ND ND ND

Mean 60.30 32.39 17.56 22.47 411.67 ND ND ND 98th percentile 62.27 33.55 18.81 24.10 425.00 ND ND ND



3.6.5 OBSERVATIONS OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

PM10 varied between 56.20 µg/m3 to 63.20 µg/m3 (min); 60.70 µg/m3 to 65.20 µg/m3 (max); 59.91 µg/m3 64.16 µg/m3 (mean) ; 60.65 µg/m3 to 65.20 µg/m3 (98th percentile).

PM2.5 varied between 29.30 µg/m3 to 32.20 µg/m3 (min); 32.20 µg/m3 to 34.70 µg/m3 (max); 30.77 µg/m3 to 33.53 µg/m3 (mean); 32.06 µg/m3 to 34.65 µg/m3 (98th percentile).

SO2 varied between 14.30 µg/m3 to 17.90 µg/m3 (min); 15.80 µg/m3 to 19.60 µg/m3 (max); 15.19 µg/m3 to 18.60 µg/m3 (mean); 15.71µg/m3 to 19.46 µg/m3 (98th percentile).

NOx varied between 17.10 µg/m3 to 21.40 µg/m3 (min); 19.10µg/m3 to 24.10 µg/m3 (max); 18.22 µg/m3 to 22.47 µg/m3 (mean) ; 19.05 µg/m3 to 24.10 µg/m3 (98th percentile).

CO varied between 230.00 µg/m3 to 510.00 µg/m3 (min); 250µg/m3 to 540µg/m3 (max); 239.58 µg/m3 to 525.21 µg/m3 (mean); 250 µg/m3 to 537.70 µg/m3 (98th percentile).

From the above mentioned results it is observed that PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOX, VOC and CO concentrations are well below the stipulated standards of CPCB/GPCB.

VOC detected at project site only and its concentration is 0.70 µg/m3 (min); 0.90 µg/m3 (max); 0.83 µg/m3 (mean); 0.90 µg/m3 (98th percentile).

HCL detected a project site only and its concentration is 130.00µg/m3 (min); 150.00µg/m3 (max); 138.13 µg/m3 (mean); 147.70 µg/m3 (98th percentile).

CL2 detected a project site only and its concentration is 60.00µg/m3 (min); 75.00µg/m3 (max); 67.08µg/m3 (mean); 75.0 µg/m3 (98th percentile).

3.6.6 INTERPRETATION OF AMBIENT AIR QUALITY DATA Based on comparative study of results for tested parameters with NAAQS, it is interpreted that ambient air quality of studied locations is good as all results are well within the limit. Test data for PM2.5 and PM10 have been found near to the standard limit. Considering this, proper air pollution control measures must be adopted by the industry. 3.7 WATER ENVIRONMENT SURFACE WATER Mindola River is the main perennial surface water source or surface water body within the study area which is in south direction of the project area. All Khadi confluence into Mindola river and lastly merge in Arabian Sea. GROUND WATER Groundwater quality in the studied area is saline (brackish to saline) and not good for cultivation purpose, saline to marginal towards eastern area at some patches and at some places towards eastern bank far from coastal bank are good and in some area quality of groundwater is not drinkable.. The quality of groundwater is slightly better when move towards eastern periphery or far from coastal bank. So, in alluvial plains & flood plains quality is slightly better and farmers are using for cultivation of two crops in a year. The depth of groundwater level is ranging between 0.10 m to 6.0 m below ground level which depends on topography as well coastal bank distance. The litho unit comprises older and younger tidal flat deposits. The general direction of groundwater flow is north east to south west or westerly or towards Arabian Sea. All nallas confluence into Mindhola river & lastly merge in Arabian Sea. Water level 0.10 m-6.0 m below ground level have been measured from none yielding/ yielding open well with saline quality but good yield. As the slope is low, runoff becomes less and as a result the seep rate increases as per flat topographical condition of the area, water seeps through top brown black soil with few silt below that kankar concentration /yellow sticky non permeable clay/silt with gravel/ sand over 125 ft depth observed at drilling under progress at which may persists over 50 m below ground level. 3.7.1 WATER QUALITY MONITORING AND RESULT Water quality survey to assess the quality of both surface and ground water has been conducted during the winter season. Sixteen samples of water drawn from different sources have been analyzed as per prescribed testing standards. The list of sampling stations is given in Table 3.9 and Figure 3.13. The analytical results of



water samples are given in Table 3.10 & 3.11 the drinking water and inland surface water standards are given in Annexure-XXX and Annexure-XXXI. TABLE 3.9 LOCATION OF WATER SAMPLING STATIONS

TABLE 3.10 EXISTING ETP INLET & OUTLET ANALYSIS

Sr. No. Parameter Unit

GPCB Standards

Result 01/12//2017

ETP Inlet Final Outlet 1 pH pH unit 6.5 to 8.5 3.29 7.34 2 Temperature °C 40 31.0 29.0 3 Colour Pt. Co. 100 190 80.0 4 TSS mg/L 300 368 82.0 5 Oil & Grease mg/L 10 4.80 1.60 6 Phenolic Compound mg/L 1 2.10 0.80 7 Sulphides mg/L 2 1.30 0.60 8 Ammonical Nitrogen mg/L 50 340 30.0 9 BOD 5

20 mg/L 400 2214 175 10 COD mg/L 3000 7000 560 11 TDS mg/L 2100 31244 1892

S. NO.

SAMPLING LOCATIONS

BEARING W.R.T. PROJECT

SITE WITH DISTANCE(KM)

Latitude/ Longitude

Source Date of sample collected

SURFACE WATER

1. Mindhola River Nr. Palsana (SW1)

2.5 km SE

21° 04'43.58"N, 72° 59'28.29"E

River (Up-Stream)

6/11/2017

2. Mindhola River Nr. Intalva (SW2)

2.7 km SW

21° 04'28.48"N, 72° 57'48.36"E

River (Down-Stream)

3. Baleshwar Pond (SW3)

1.5 km E

21° 06'25.58"N, 72° 59'00.29"E

Pond

4. Italva Pond (SW4) 2.4 km

SW 21° 04'43.45"N, 72° 57'39.61"E

Pond

5. Canal Nr.NH-8 (SW5)

0.8 km S

21° 05'21.41"N, 72° 58'38.28"E

Canal 7/11/2017

6. Vadala Pond (SW6) 2 km NW

21° 05'21.41"N, 72° 58'38.28"E

Pond

7. Khadi Nr.CETP (SW-7)

1.2 km NW

21° 06'20.90"N, 72° 58'18.03"E

Khadi (Down-Stream)

8 Khadi Nr.NH-8(SW-8)

1.7 km W

21° 05'57.41"N, 72° 57'51.20"E

Khadi (Up-Stream)

GROUND WATER

1. Project site (GW1) - 21° 05'45.58"N, 72° 58'30.46"E

Bore-well 6/11/2017

2. Palsana(GW2) 1.8 km

SE 21° 04'55.22"N, 72° 59'09.01"E

Bore-well

3. Baleshwar (GW3) 1.5 km

E 21° 06'25.58"N, 72° 59'00.29"E

Bore-well

4. Kapletha (GW4) 8.30 km

SWW 21° 03'00.88"N, 72° 54'48.64"E

Bore-well

5. Italva (GW5) 2.4 km SW

21° 04'43.45"N, 72° 57'39.61"E

Bore-well 7/11/2017

6. Taraj (GW6) 2.95 km SWW

21° 05'05.75"N, 72° 56'58.91"E

Bore-well

7. Vadala (GW7) 2.3 km NW

21° 06'50.75"N, 72° 57'54.91"E

Bore-well

8. Bhatpor (GW8) 2.7 km

E 21° 05'55.33"N, 73° 00'05.03"E

Bore-well



TABLE 3.11 SURFACE WATER RESULTS

Sr. No.

Parameter Unit Drinking Water

Standards IS 10500: 1992

(Reaffirmed 2012)

Mindhola River Nr. Palsana (Sw-1)

(Upstream)

Mindhola River Nr. Intalva (Sw-2)

(Downstream)

Baleshwar Pond

(Sw-3)

Italva Pond

(Sw-4)

Canal Nr. NH-8 (Sw-5)

Vadala Pond

(Sw-6)

Khadi Nr. CETP (Sw-7)

Khadi Nr. NH-8 (Sw-8

Desirable

Limit

Permissible

Limit

1. pH pH

Unit 6.5 – 8.5 No Relaxation 7.46 7.57 6.80 6.92 7.00 7.12 6.80 6.80

2. Temperature 0C - - 28.0 28.0 28.0 28.0 28.0 28.0 28.0 28.0

3. Odour -- Agreeable - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

4. Colour Pt/Co

method

5 15 <5 <5 60 50 <5 40 160 140

5. Turbidity NTU 1 5 0.80 0.90 5.80 6.20 4.00 5.70 32.4 30.2

6. Total Dissolved Solids

mg/l 500 2000 680 722 402 436 238 458 1088 992

7. Chemical Oxygen Demand

mg/l - - 8.00 12.0 32.0 48.0 8.00 32.0 96.0 80.0

8. BOD 3 days at 27 0C

mg/l - - 3.00 3.00 9.0 12.0 2.00 9.00 30.0 24.0

9. Dissolved Oxygen

mg/l - - 6.90 6.90 6.40 6.00 6.90 6.40 6.40 6.00

10 Ammonical Nitrogen

mg/l - - ND ND ND ND ND ND 1.27 1.12

11. Nitrate mg/l 45 No Relaxation 12.0 14.0 22.0 26.0 10.0 22.0 24.0 28.0

12. Calcium as mg/l 75 200 56.0 60.0 40.0 46.0 32.0 49.0 102.4 96.02



Ca+2

13. Magnesium as mg+2

mg/l 30 100 36.45 38.73 17.01 19.27 7.29 17.73 56.8 43.74

14. Chlorides (as Cl –)

mg/l 250 1000 75.0 87.0 65.0 78.0 25.0 76.0 210 180

15. Sulphate (as SO4

-) mg/l 200 No Relaxation 12.0 16.0 12.0 18.0 8.00 16.0 34.0 28.0

16. Iron as Fe mg/l 0.3 No Relaxation 0.08 0.10 0.10 0.14 0.06 0.12 0.20 0.16

17. Carbonate as CO3

mg/l - - 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

18. Bicarbonate as HCO3

mg/l - - 280 290 140 160 110 175 420 400

19. Total Phosphate

mg/l - - 0.06 0.05 0.20 0.15 0.09 0.12 0.28 0.32

Note: The parameters analyzed in Surface water as per IS 10500-2012 Existing ETP Sampling Inlet & Outlet Are Attached As Annexure-XVI

3.7.2 SUMMARY OF SURFACE WATER ANALYSIS The pH varied 6.80 to 7.57; Total Dissolved Solids 238 mg/L to 1088 mg/L; Chemical Oxygen Demand 8.0 mg/L to 96.0 mg/L; Biochemical Oxygen Demand for 3 days at 270C 2.0 mg/L to 30 mg/L; Nitrate 10.0 mg/L to 28.0 mg/L; Chloride 25.0 mg/L to 210 mg/L; Sulphate 8.0 mg/L to 34.0 mg/L. Turbidity 0.80 NTU to 32.4 NTU, Calcium Ca+2 32.0 mg/L to 102.4 mg/L, Magnesium mg+2 7.29 mg/L to 56.8 mg/L. 3.7.3 INTERPRETATION OF SURFACE WATER QUALITY DATA Based on test result data comparison study, it is interpreted that River water quality meets with drinking water norms as per IS 10500:2012. Results of TDS are higher then the desirable limit which indicates that water has been contaminated. It may be due to directly or indirectly contamination with sewage and effluent. This water should not be directly used in drinking purpose but it can be used in drinking after conventional treatment followed by disinfection. This water can be used in irrigation and other domestic purposes.



TABLE 3.12 GROUND WATER RESULTS

Sr. NO. PARAMETER

UNIT Drinking Water Standards IS 10500: 1992

(Reaffirmed 2012) PROJECT

SITE (GW-1)

Palsana (GW-2)

Baleshwar (GW-3)

Kapletha (GW-4)

Intalva (GW-5)

Taraj (GW-6)

Vadadala (GW-7)

Bhatpor (GW-8)

Desirable Limit

Permissible Limit

1. pH pH Unit 6.5 – 8.5 No Relaxation 7.08 6.72 6.90 6.88 7.27 6.68 6.92 6.86

2. Temperature 0C - - 28.0 28.0 28.0 28.0 28.0 28.0 28.0 28.0

3. Odour -- Agreeable - Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable Agreeable

4. Colour Pt/Co method 5 15 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5 <5

5. Conductivity µmhos/cm 1 5 1584 1472 1675 1892 2220 1024 948 830

6. Total Dissolved Solids

mg/l 500 2000 1048 978 1090 1278 1448 610 590 540

7. Chemical Oxygen Demand

mg/l - - 8.00 8.00 16.0 8.00 12.0 8.00 8.00 8.00

8. Nitrate mg/l 45 No Relaxation 6.00 12.0 16.0 15.0 24.0 8.00 10.0 12.0

9. Calcium as Ca+2 mg/l 75 200 42.0 32.0 36.0 84.0 76.0 48.0 38.0 36.0

10. Magnesium as mg+2 mg/l 30 100 22.24 24.12 26.73 36.42 31.59 29.6 27.4 26.73

11. Chlorides (as Cl –) mg/l 250 1000 240 210 240 545 500 80.0 70.0 60.0

12. Sulphate (as SO4 -) mg/l 0.05 No Relaxation 56.0 48.0 56.0 72.0 64.0 40.0 36.0 32.0

13. Iron as Fe mg/l 0.3 No Relaxation 0.18 0.08 0.09 0.10 0.10 0.06 0.05 0.08

14. Carbonate as CO3 mg/l - - 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00

15. Bicarbonate as HCO3

mg/l - - 360 430 450 320 300 280 290 260

16. Ortho Phosphate mg/l - - ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND

17. E-Coli (MPN/100ml) 0 0 Present Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent Absent

18. Coliform (/100ml) 0 0 4.5 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 <1.8 31 6.8

Note: The parameters analyzed in Ground water as per IS 10500-2012



3.7.4 SUMMARY OF GROUND WATER ANALYSIS The pH varied 6.72 to 7.27; Total Dissolved Solids 540 mg/L to 1448 mg/L; Chemical Oxygen Demand 8.0 mg/L to 16.0 mg/L; Nitrate 6.0 mg/L to 24.0 mg/L; Calcium as Ca+2 32.0 mg/L to 84.0 mg/L, Magnesium mg+2 22.24 mg/L to 36.42 mg/L; Chloride 60.0 mg/L to 545.0 mg/L; Sulphate 32.0 mg/L to 72.0 mg/L. 3.7.5 INTERPRETATION OF GROUND WATER QUALITY DATA Most of the parameters for Ground Water samples were found within the limit as per drinking water norms IS10500:2012. During the analysis it was also found that TDS for the ground water sample collected from kapletha & intalva village were found more than the desirable limits, however mostly all parameters are below permissible limits. Though the samples meet permissible limits as per IS: 10,500 however, values of Calcium, Magnesium and Chlorides in Kapletha and Intalva GW samples have been found to more than the deairable limits due to directly or indirectly contamination with sewage and effluent. Based on above data, it is interpreted that the ground water quality of all the villages meets with the drinking water norms. However this water shall be used for drinking after conventional treatment. It can directly used for domestic purposes. 3.8 NOISE ENVIRONMENT The objective of the noise pollution survey around the project site was to identify existing noise sources and to measure background noise levels. The study was carried out in the following steps: Reconnaissance, Identification of noise sources and measurement of noise levels, Measurement of noise levels due to transportation, Community noise levels,

3.8.1 RECONNAISSANCE The details of location of background and transportation noise monitoring station are given in Table-3.12, while the results of noise monitoring are given in Table-3.13. 3.8.2 EQUIVALENT SOUND LEVELS OR EQUIVALENT CONTINUOUS EQUAL ENERGY LEVEL (Leq) There is large number of noise scales and rating methods based on some sort of average of weighted average quantities derived from the detailed noise characteristics. Equivalent sound levels or Equivalent continuous equal energy level (Leq) is a statistical value of sound pressure level that can be equated to any fluctuating noise level and forms a useful measure of noise exposure and forms basis of several of the noise indices used presently. Leq is defined as the constant noise level, which over a given time, expands the same amount of energy, as is expanded by the fluctuating level over the same time. This value is expressed by the equation:

Leq = 10 log (10)Li/10 ti

Where, n = Total number of sound samples, Li = The noise level of any ith sample

ti = Time duration of ith sample, Expressed as fraction of total sample time

Leq has gained wide spread acceptance as a scale for the measurement of long term noise exposure. Hourly equipment noise levels in the identified impact zone are monitored for day and night time separately using sound level meter. All the values are reported in Leq and in case of equipment noise, Sound pressure level are monitored 1.5 m away from the machine and assessed with respect to standard prescribed in factory Act. 3.8.3 METHODOLOGY FOR NOISE MONITORING Noise standards have been designated for different types of area i.e. residential, commercial, industrial and silence zones, as per ‘The Noise Pollution (Regulation and Control) Rules, 2000, Notified by Ministry of Environment and Forests, New Delhi, February 14, 2000. Different standards have been stipulated for day time (6 am to 10 pm) and night time (10 pm to 6 am). Ambient noise level monitoring was done at same locations where ambient air monitoring was carried out within a study area. Noise monitoring locations are shown in Figure-3.13. The locations are away from the major roads and major noise sources so as to measure ambient noise levels. One time monitoring was carried out at all the locations during 9th octobr to 15th december. The frequency of monitoring was set at an interval of 15 seconds over a period of 10 minutes per hour for 24-hours. The observed Equivalent sound levels (Leq) values in dBA are given in table 3.13 for each monitoring location in distinguished form of day time (6 AM to 10 PM) and night time (10 PM to 6 AM). All measurements were carried out when the ambient conditions were unlikely to adversely affect the results.

i=n

i=1



TABLE 3.13 LOCATION OF NOISE MONITORING STATIONS

S.NO. NAME OF VILLAGE


WITH DISTANCE(KM)

LATITUDE / LONGITUDE

SELECTION CRITERIA

DATE OF SAMPLING

1. PROJECT SITE (N1)

- 21° 05'45.58"N, 72° 58'30.46"E

Industrial 9/10/2017

2. ITALVA (N2) 2.4 km SW

21° 04'43.45"N, 72° 57'39.61"E

Residential 16/10/2017

3. KAPLETHA (N3)

8.30 km SWW

21° 03'00.88"N, 72° 54'48.64"E


4. BALESHWAR (N4)

1.5 km E

21° 06'25.58"N, 72° 59'00.29"E


5. VAKTANA (N5) 5.6 km W

21° 05'59.63"N, 72° 55'22.95"E


6. BHATPOR (N6)

2.7 km E

21° 05'55.33"N, 73° 00'05.03"E


7. MAKHINGA (N7)

2.5 km S

21° 04'55.22"N, 72° 58'38.08"E


8. PALSANA (N8) 1.8 km

SE 21° 04'55.22"N, 72° 59'09.01"E


TABLE 3.14 NOISE LEVELS DURING STUDY PERIOD

TABLE 3.15 EXISTING SCENARIO OF NOISE LEVEL AT POINT SOURCE / SHOP FLOOR

S.NO. LOCATION OF POINT SOURCE WITHIN PREMISES NOISE LEVEL IN dB(A)

(24 hrs average) 1. P1. Existing Utility 75.4

2. P2. Plant Building 57

3. P3. Factory Area 80

4. P4. D.G. Set 78

S. NO. LOCATION CATEGORY

OF AREA

NOISE LEVEL (Leq) IN dBA (DAY TIME)

(06:00 TO 21:00 HRS.) (MIN-MAX)

NOISE LEVEL (Leq) IN dBA (NIGHT TIME)

(21:00 TO 06:00 HRS.) (MIN-MAX)

1. PROJECT SITE (N1) Industrial 61.00-65.00 59.40-61.30

2. ITALVA (N2) Residential 60.80-64.30 55.50-60.20

3. KAPLETHA (N3) Residential 65.30-68.80 58.40-61.50

4. BALESHWAR (N4) Residential 60.10-64.40 59.20-61.60

5. VAKTANA (N5) Residential 60.10-64.40 58.10-60.20

6. BHATPOR (N6) Residential 65.30-68.80 58.40-61.50

7. MAKHINGA (N7) Residential 60.00-66.80 58.00-60.20

8. PALSANA (N8) Residential 60.80-64.70 54.20-60.10



FIGURE 3.14 (A). NOISE LEVEL DUING DAY TIME (06:00 TO 21:00 HRS.)

FIGURE 3.14(B). NOISE LEVEL DURING NIGHT TIME (21:00 TO 06:00 HRS.)



3.8.4 SUMMARY OF NOISE LEVEL (STUDY AREA) The noise level measured in study area at different eight locations is given in Table 3.13 &Figure3.18 (A&B). The Project site is only pertaining in category of industrial area and the noise level was found between 61.00 dBA to 65.0 dBA in daytime and 59.40 dBA to 61.30dBA in night time. The noise levels varied in the residential area of the study area during day time [night time] in the range of 60.10-68.80 [54.20-61.60] dBA. CPCB recommendation for community noise exposure in different category of area i.e. residential, commercial, industrial and silence zone is enclosed as Annexure-XXXII, while Damage risk criteria for hearing loss given by occupational safety and health administration (OSHA) is enclosed as Annexure-XXXIII. The observed noise levels were below the stipulated standards of CPCB. 3.8.5 NOISE LEVELS (TRANSPORTATION) Noise levels were also measured at three different locations for transportation noise on 22nd Nov, 2017. The equivalent noise level Leq (60 min average) measured at a distance of 10 m and 20 m from the edge of the road at each of the locations are presented in Table 3.16 TABLE 3.16 NOISE LEVELS DUE TO TRANSPORTATION (NOV, 2017)

S.NO. SAMPLING LOCATION

NOISE LEVEL IN dBA TIME 10 M FROM EDGE

OF THE ROAD 20 M FROM EDGE

OF THE ROAD

1. Project Site- Main Gate of M/s. Spectrum Dyes &Chemical Pvt. Ltd.

65.2 57.9

63.5 52.1

Day Night

2. Junction of major Road

62.7 54.5

60.8 51.8

Day Night

3. At NH No. 8 at Palsana

59.6 52.3

58.2 50.1

Day Night

3.8.6 INTERPRETATION OF NOISE DATA Based on noise level data obtained during the survey for residential area it is interpreted that the equivalent noise level for the studied locations are within the limit as per MOEF&CC and in industrial area it was also found within the limit. The maximum noise level in the industrial zone sometimes exceeded the limit during the survey. Looking towards the increase in noise generating sources it is suggested that there is need to apply noise reducing devices at noise generating sources and generate public awareness. Cumulative noise modeling of the factory area, plant building, boiler is done and shown in Chapter-4. 3.9 TRAFFIC DENSITY Total 28 trucks per day would be required for the transportation of raw material and finished goods. The traffic contribution from proposed plant to the outside road network connecting SH-168 (4 lane) and NH-8 (6 lane). Capacity values of 7.5 m and 11.0 m wide road spaces, with traffic in one direction, were obtained as about 3,200 and 4,500 cars per hour respectively. The tentative capacity values, for mixed traffic, as per IRC:86-19837 (Indian Road Congress), for one-way traffic movement, on two lane (7.5 m) and three-lane (10.5 m) urban arterial are, respectively, 2,400 and 3,600 PCU per hour. Compared to the stipulated standards by IRC for traffic capacity of the roads, it can be observed that the existing road network is adequate to cater additional 28 trucks per day. 3.9.1 INTERPRETATION OF TRAFFIC STUDY Based on LOS value National Highway No. 8 is good and State Highway No.168 is good enough to take care of the additional traffic load from the proposed expansion project. 3.10 LAND (SOIL) ENVIRONMENT 3.10.1 BASELINE STATUS OF SOIL OF STUDY AREA Soil samples were collected from ten different locations within the study (0-20 cm depth) area in Nov 2017. The locations selected for collection of soil samples are presented in Table 3.17 and figure 3.14. The analysis results of soil samples collected from the study area given in Table 3.18.



TABLE 3.17 SAMPLING LOCATIONS FOR SOIL QUALITY

S. NO.

SAMPLING LOCATIONS


WITH DISTANCE (KM)

LATITUDE/ LONGITUDE

SAMPLING DATE

SELECTION CRITERIA

1 Project Site (S1) - 21° 05'45.58"N,

72° 58'30.46"E 7/11/2017 -

2 TARAJ (S2) 2.9 km SWW

21° 05'04.41"N, 72° 56'59.11"E

(Agricultural Soil)

3 BALESHWAR (S3)

1.5 km E

21° 06'25.58"N, 72° 59'00.29"E

(Non-Agriculture)

TABLE 3.18 PHYSICO-CHEMICALS CHARACTERISTICS OF SOIL Sr. NO.

PARAMETER UNIT PROJECT SITE (S1)

TARAJ (S2) (AGRICULTURAL)

BALESHWAR (S3) (NON

AGRICULTURAL)

1. pH pH Unit 7.80 7.61 7.50

2. Bulk Density gm/cm3 1.42 1.34 1.38

3. Water Holding Capacity % 29.1 28.70 30.79

4. Porosity % 41.30 42.30 42.50

5. Colour -- Brown Black Brown

6. Specific Gravity -- 2.42 2.36 2.40

7. Total Dissolved Solids mg/kg 3140 2776 2880

8. Gravel % 00 00 00

9. Course Sand % 9.20 8.90 7.80

10. Medium Sand % 35.60 34.50 38.2

11. Find Sand % 55.20 56.60 54.00

12. Total Alkalinity mg/kg 792 782 772

13. Chlorides (as Cl –) mg/kg 1310 1290 1266

14. Sulphate (as SO4 -) mg/kg 285 262 272

15. Nitrogen as Nitrate mg/kg 60.0 52.0 50.0

16. Calcium mg/kg 372 380 360

17. Magnesium mg/kg 220 200 210

18. SAR --- 27.0 25.0 14.0

19. Total Organic Carbon % 0.32 0.26 0.12

Note: Parameter analyzed as per IS 2720-1992. 3.10.2 SUMMARY OF SOIL ANALYSIS DATA Different parameters are analyzed to know the quality of soil in the study area. The porosity and water holding capacity of soils are in the range of 41.30 % to 42.50 % and 28.70 % to 30.79 %. The TDS was present in range between 2776 mg/Kg to 3140 mg/Kg. Other parameters analyzed in soil sample were observed under stipulated limit. Chemical properties like pH are in the range of 7.50 to 7.80. Nitrate and Sulphate were observed in the range of 50 mg/Kg to 60 mg/Kg and 262 gm/Kg to 285 mg/kg and alkalinity 772 mg/Kg to 792 mg/Kg. Other parameters analyzed in soil sample were observed under stipulated limit.



3.10.3 INTERPRETATION OF SOIL DATA The soil of the study area is termed as deep black soil which is originated from the decomposed Deccan Trap rock and deposited by the rivers originated from the western high lands. The soil is essentially sandy and has high porosity (>40%). Soil salinity is moderately high.. 3.11 LAND USE PATTERN

Land Use (LU) refers to man’s activities and various uses, which are carried on land. Land Cover (LC) refers to natural vegetation, water bodies, rock / soil, artificial cover and others resulting due to land transformation. Although land use is generally inferred based on the cover, yet both the terms land use and land cover are closely related and interchangeable. Information on the rate and kind of change in the use of land resources is essential to the proper planning, management and regulation of the use of such resources. Knowledge about the existing land use and trends of change is essential if the nation is to tackle the problems associated with the haphazard and uncontrolled growth. A systematic framework is needed for updating the land use and land cover maps that will be timely, relatively inexpensive and appropriate for different needs at both national and state levels. The rapidly developing technology of remote sensing offers an efficient and timely approach to the mapping and collection of basic land use and land cover data over large area. The satellite imageries are potentially more amenable to digital processing because the remote sensor output can be obtained in digital format. Land use data are needed in the analysis of environmental processes and problems that must be understood if living conditions and standards are to be improved from or maintained at current levels. It is required to carry out the land use / land cover study for the project study area (10 Km radius) to obtain the necessary environmental clearances from statutory authorities. The objective of the study is to carryout land use / land cover study for the proposed project. The LU/LC study is carried out using the Satellite Imageries (IRS RS2 LISS IV FX) in addition to Survey of India toposheets. Appropriate guidelines are followed while preparing the LU/LC map for the project study area. 3.11.1 METHODOLOGY FOR LAND USE / LAND COVER MAPPING The land use / land cover map is prepared by adopting the interpretation techniques of the satellite image in conjunction with collateral data such as Survey of India topographical maps and census records. Image classification can be done by using visual interpretation techniques and digital classification using any of the image processing software. For the present study, ERDAS 9.1 version software is used for preprocessing, rectification, enhancements and classifying the satellite data for preparation of land use land cover map for assessing and monitoring the temporal changes in land use land cover and land developmental activities. The imagery is interpreted and ground checked for corrections. The final map is prepared after field check. Flow chart showing the methodology adopted is given in the different land use / land cover categories in the study area has been carried out based on the NRSC land use / land cover classification system. Flowchart showing the Methodology adopted for land use / land cover mapping is given. For analysis and interpretation, and preparation of LU / LC map, two types of data are needed: a. Basic data b. Ground data Basic data includes:

Fused data of LISS IV MX, Toposheets on 1:25000, Local knowledge, Area map on any scale to transfer details, Reports and other literature of the study area.

Ground data: Ground data is very much essential to verify and to increase the accuracy of the interpreted classes and also to minimize the field work. Data analysis: For analysis and interpretation of satellite data, the study can be divided into three parts:

A. Preliminary work, B. Field work, C. Post field work.

A. Preliminary work includes:

To see the limitation of satellite data, To lay down the criteria for land use classification to be adopted, To fix the size of mapping units, which depends upon the scale, Interpretation of different land use/land cover classes,



Demarcation of doubtful areas, Preparation of field land use/land cover map.

B. Field work:

Type of ground data to be collected, Selection of sample area for final classification, Checking of doubtful areas, Change in land use/land cover due to wrong identification, fresh Development, nomenclature. General verification.

C. Post field work:

Reinterpretation or analysis or correction of doubtful areas. Transfer of details on base map. Marginal information. Preparation of final land use/land cover map.

FLOWCHART

Basic data

Data source

IRS LISS IV MX

Khariff season

Rabi season

Preparation of base maps

Interpretation and mapping of land use /land cover categories

Ground verification of doubtful areas and modification of thematic details

Final land use/land cover map with symbols and

colours

Development of interpretation keys based on

image characteristics.

Validation and final interpretation key

Secondary data

Transfer of Khariff and Rabi season land use/land cover details on to a

single base map.

Area estimation of each land use/land cover class.



The land use study map of study area is shown in Table 3.19 and Figure 3.16, whereas Figure 3.17 shows satellite imaginary interpretation of the study area. TABLE 3.19 LAND USE PATTERN OF BUFFER ZONE/STUDY AREA

S. NO.

LAND USE AREA (HECTARE)

%

1. AGRICULTURE CROP LAND 10513.42 33.47 2. AGRICULTURE PLANTATION 7462.65 23.75 3. AGRICULTURE FALLOW LAND 7328.09 23.33 4. BARREN/UNCULTURABLE/WASTE

LAND, SCRUB LAND 1955.61 6.23

5. WATER BODIES 173.79 0.55 6. BUILT UP LAND 1725.87 5.49 7. IND/QUARRY/KILN 2255.75 7.18

TOTAL 31415.18 100 FIGURE 3.15 LAND USE PATTERN CHART OF BUFFER ZONE/STUDY AREA



FIGURE 3.16 LAND USE LAND COVER OF STUDY



FIGURE 3.17 SATELLITE IMAGINARY INTERPRETATION OF THE STUDY AREA



3.12 SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT 3.12.1 Reconnaissance The project area falls under state Gujarat, Surat district and comprises five talukas of Surat. Actual place of project area for M/s. Spectrum Dyes and Chemicals Pvt. Ltd, Palsana, Surat, Gujarat 3.12.2 Baseline Status An assessment of socio - economic environment forms an integral part of an EIA study. Therefore, baseline information for the same was collected during the study period. The baseline socio - economic data collected for the study region, has been identified for the four major indicators viz. Demography, Civic amenities, Economy and Social culture. The baseline status of the above indicators is compiled in forthcoming sections. The data are based on 2011 Census. 3.12.2.1 Demographic Structure The details concerning the demographic structure of the survey were collected from Census record of Surat and Navsari district. Survey area covers four talukas of two districts. Demographic details such as number of persons, household, sex ratio, percentage of SC & ST population is described in Table no. 3.18. & in fig. 3.19. The salient features of population details are as follows: Demographic details: Total area in sq km is 314. Total households are 53,341 nos. in the region. The composition of the population in project area is 2,31,050 m2 & was found to be slightly skewed in

favor of male. Total males are 1,28,815 and total females are 1,02,235 Total SC population is 8,362; total ST population is 67,710.

Sex ratio (number of female per thousand male) in the surveyed area is 793 this shows that male population is higher in the region as compared with the female population.

The social development of a region is signified by many indices. One of which is literacy status of the population. The literacy rate in the project area is around 70.49%.

3.12.2.2 Infrastructure Resource Base

The infrastructure resource base of the survey area with reference to education, medical facility, water supply, post and telegraph, transportation and communication facility and power supply etc.

3.12.2.3 Economic Attributes Economic resource base of any region mainly depends upon its economically active group i.e. the working population involved in productive work. The employment pattern and main worker employment pattern of the survey area and literacy rate is described below and shown in Figure 3.20, 3.21 and 3.22 respectively.

Total main worker population is 1, 01,848 (44.08%), total marginal worker are 7,233 (3.13%) and non-worker population are 1, 21,969 (52.79%).

Around 32,007 (31.43%) of main workers are involved in agricultural labour; whereas about 6,790 (6.67 %) of main worker are engaged as cultivators.

Around 70.49 % of total populations are literate and remaining 29.51% are illiterate. 3.12.2.4 Health Status There are primary health centers, Govt. hospitals and hospital in the project area. The distance of the Govt. health care centers varies between 5to10km.The people generally are attended by doctors at local primary health centers and if necessary, they visit district places. The health centers are constrained by poor health infrastructure and weak monitoring of health related activities. People rarely travel to district place for treatment except for critical patients, since both time and cost of travel are not encouraging. The common mode of transport to a health centre or hospital is auto rickshaw. Average travel time to these health care centers varies from 10 minutes to 30 minutes, while average cost of one round trip journey is Rs. 20. In spite of distance to Govt. hospitals, the people depend on these only without consulting private practitioners or nursing homes, mainly because treatment at non-governmental health care centers is expensive. It revealed that the general prevailing diseases in the project area are Malaria, Cold Cough, Respiratory infection, Skin Disease, and viral fever. The health problems as reported could be attributed to improper sanitation, dust, mosquito nuisance and unhygienic water in the villages. There is sufficient Government health institution like Sub-center, PHC etc. as well as health workers and Asha workers doing actively work in the surveyed area.



3.12.2.5 Primary Survey A socio-economic survey on sample households: The sample households were selected from various social groups of the villages/settlements. While selecting sample households care was given to represent proportionally all the social strata of the concerned villages. Focus group discussions: were organized, in separate sessions, with groups like, youth / elders, shopkeepers / operators, women & especially vulnerable people who were available during survey in order to obtain their views on the project. Key informant interviews: were conducted with local leaders / village Panchayat functionaries and members & Senior citizen of the area to gain an insider’s views regarding specific project Group discussion sessions: were held with women who could share their experience related to their issues that are specific for the women. Their collective perceptions about project impacts and probable benefits particularly for the women were taken note of. Structured direct observations: Field observations on general socio-economic and health status need of the people, infrastructural set up or lack of it, requirement of the people in view of project road alignment, etc. were noted by the survey team. Review of secondary information: Apart from afore mentioned techniques and tools a desk review and preliminary analyses were undertaken of existing statistical records, census and gazetteers. 3.12.3 SALIENT OBSERVATIONS RECORDED DURING SURVEY IN THE STUDY AREA According to survey record, the latest feature about survey area is described below:

Gram Panchayat Building: Most of the villages have their own Grampanchayat building. Some of the villages come in group Grampanchayat.

Types of Houses: In all the villages, majority of the families live in pucca houses. These pucca houses were made of cement, bricks and tiles, others are kaccha type.

Drinking Water: There are 79 tap water, 75 well water, 39 tank water sources, 42 tube well water sources, 57 hand pump sources and 18 river water sources present in the study area.

Sports & Games Facility: There are 6 entertainment halls but no sports club facility available But there are many small organizing centers for sports and games in the villages. Teacher / guide are available to help them to improve their sporting skills. Discussions with the young people of the village brought to the fore their desire for facilities and equipments.

Major Crops Produced: Sugarcane, Bananas, Vegetables and other winter and summer crops are produced in study area.

Sources of Irrigation: The farmers in the villages mostly depend on monsoon water for agriculture. There is single season farming.

Availability of Livestock: Livestock in the villages included cows, bulls, goats, and poultry. However, milk production from the cow is very less.

Occupation: Despite all limitations like small landholdings, traditional methods of agricultural practices, average quality of seeds, single season farming, the primary occupation of the villagers continues to be agriculture. In order to meet the needs of the family, the adults in the family go out of the village in search of work as daily laborers for non-agricultural works like brick kilns, stone crushers, helpers, masons, casual labourers Surat and Navsari district. Some people in the village have also developed skills, which help them earn regularly in areas like, masonry, vehicle driver, etc.

Major Sources of Income: Occupation is mostly agriculture and day labour. Cultivation of paddy, sugarcane, vegetable, groundnut and orchard of fruits like Sapodilla (Chiku), Mango, Banana etc gives a feedback in their economy.

Life style: Most of the family keeps cows, goats and buffalos. When there is good rain there is plenty of fodder for cattle. The staple food of Gujarat consists of homemade pickles, chhaas (buttermilk); salad etc. main course includes vegetables which are usually steamed and dal.

Market Facility: There are markets with both wholesale and retail facilities in the project area. Transport facility: considered as the most basic of all civic amenities as this is the lifeline of access

to any kind of social services. In the project area transportation facility is in good condition. Most of the households have own two wheelers and there is about 104 bus stops, 82 approach- paved road, 25 Mud road, 18 foot path etc noticed within the study area.

Communication facility: Most of the villages have Post office and other telecom services in their village. There are 74 post offices, 4 telegraph offices and 4 telephone facilities available. Mobile phones are very common in the study area, because of proximity to the city of study area. Population is aware to Internet and other electronic modes for communicating.

Sanitation facility: Most of the household has sanitation facility in their house. However, Govt. encourages people to install hygienic sanitation system in house through various schemes, like low cost subsidized sanitary toilet scheme.



Education facility: Educational facilities comprising about 85 primary schools, 0 middle schools, 13 secondary schools, 4 sr. secondary school and 2 industrial school within the study area. However, the schools needed all the support to become good learning centers for the children. There is lack of basic teaching learning materials in the schools, which is essential for creating interests among the students and to create encouraging environment for joyful learning for the students. As per the findings of the survey majority of the persons are literate.

Electrification: In the study area about 95% of the villages are electrified. There are 2 power sources each for domestic & agriculture purposes.

Availability of Health Facilities: Medical facilities comprises of 3 Allopathic hospital, 3 Allopathic dispensary, 6 Ayurvedic dispensary, 2 Nursing Home, 18 family welfare centre, 3 maternity and child welfare centre, 5 primary health centre, 30 primary health sub-centre etc. are present within 10km radius.

Fuel: LPG fuel used for cooking purpose and other source is kerosene, wood. Decision making: Women in the region primarily are involved in household work, cultivation and

other agriculture activities. The decision making is largely limited and men take the major decisions Language: People speak mostly Gujrati and Hindi, while Gujrati is the official language.

3.12.3.1 Surveyed village information

1) Palasna: Palasna village comes under Palasna tehsil, total population of the village is near about 12000.Main occupation of the village is labour work, jobs in industrial areas and farming. All type of facilities like education, communication, medical, transportation facilities are presented in the village. Roads are well connected through other surrounding villages. Tap water, hand pump water is major water source of the villagers. Power facility is presented for all type of works. Villagers are aware about the industrial areas and works performed in the industries.

2) Bhutpur

Bhutpur village comes under palasna taluka, its very small village with only 600 population. Primary school and anganwad is presented in the village. Road facility is satisfactory and bus facility is available at a distance of 2 km. Tap water, well and hand pump are major water sources of drinking water. Medical facilities are available at a distance of 5 km. General diseases are malaria, typhoid etc. Sanitation facility is satisfactory with underground drainage facility. Villagers are aware about the industrial area in palasna village.

3.12.3.2 Awareness and Opinion Awareness is the state or ability to perceive, to feel, or to be conscious of events, objects or sensory patterns. In this level of consciousness, sense data can be confirmed by an observer without necessarily implying understanding. In general, an opinion is a subjective belief, and is the result of emotion or interpretation of facts. An opinion may be supported by an argument, although people may draw opposing opinions from the same set of facts. For assessing the awareness and opinion about the project activity socio-economic survey was conducted in the sampling villages during monitoring period in month of Dec-17. The salient observations drawn through survey are described below:

People also give the opinion that, no company gives permanent employment to local people, they got only labour work, contract basics etc.

All villagers want good salary as well as permanent jobs and land. Villagers wants good infrastructure facility in there region. Villagers want good transportation facility. In order to enhance economical, safe and environment

friendly movement of passenger and goods vehicles, it becomes necessary to enhance a good road network facility. This would also improve the socio-economic, industrial and agriculture activities in the region and this would simultaneously help in economic growth of the country.

The status of women in the region as a whole is marginalized. Some villagers suggested that woman empowerment programme should be made by proponent

Health problems of the villagers should be taken care of by providing basic health-care facilities through health centers.

People suggested that proponent should share information with local communities about environmental and social implications.

Some educated person says that, pay special attention to marginalized and vulnerable groups and secure their inclusion in overall public participation.

As regard to employment in the project, permanent job with the contractor was preferred over temporary job during the project implementation.



TABLE 3.20 SUMMARIZED DETAILS S.No. Particular Details 1 No. of District/s 2 2 No. of Talukas (Tahesil) 5 3 Total Household 53341 4 Total Population 231050 5 Sex Ratio 793 6 Total Male 128815 7 Total Female 102235 8 Total SC 8362 (3.62) 9 Total ST 67710 (29.30) 10 Total Literacy 162870 (70.49) 11 Main Worker 101848 (44.08) 12 Marginal Worker 7233 (3.13) 13 Non Worker 121969 (52.79) Source: Primary Censes Abstract 2011, District Surat and Navsari, State-Gujarat

FIGURE 3.18: PHOTOGRAPHS OF STUDY AREA DURING VISIT - SE



FIGURE 3.19: POPULATION DETAILS OF THE SURVEYED AREA

FIGURE - 3.20 EMPLOYMENT PATTERN IN THE STUDY AREA (CENSUS 2011)



FIGURE - 3.21 BREAK UP OF MAIN WORKER (CENSUS 2011)

FIGURE.3.22: LITERACY RATE OF THE SURVEYED AREA



3.12.4 INFRASTRUCTURE FACILITIES AVAILABLE IN STUDY AREA Infrastructure resource base of the surveyed villages with reference to education, medical, water resources, post and telegraph, communication and power supply. There are 83 villages within study area of 10 km radius of plant site which is presented in following Table-3.19. Significant observations with respect to availability of amenities in study area are as follows:

All of the villages have primary schools and some villages have both primary and secondary education schools.

Medical facilities like Hospitals and Dispensaries are available in the villages of the study area. In the study area drinking water facilities are good as tap water is available almost in all the villages. Post office facility is available in few villages while telephone facility is available in all villages. All the villages are well connected through a network of Pucca road. Bus, auto rickshaw and train is

the main mode of transportation and is available in study area. All the villages get electricity for all purpose i.e. domestic, agriculture and industrial.

TABLE.: 3.21 LISTS OF VILLAGES IN STUDY AREA.

S. NO. VILLAGE NAME TALUKA DISTRICT 1 Amalsadi Palsana Surat 2 Ambheti Palsana Surat 3 Bagumara Palsana Surat 4 Baleshvar Palsana Surat 5 Bhutpor Palsana Surat 6 Chalthan Palsana Surat 7 Dastan Palsana Surat 8 Dhamdod Palsana Surat 9 Ena Palsana Surat

10 Erthan Palsana Surat 11 Gangpor Palsana Surat 12 Ghaluda Palsana Surat 13 Gotiya Palsana Surat 14 Haripura Palsana Surat 15 Intalva Palsana Surat 16 Isroli Palsana Surat 17 Jolva Palsana Surat 18 Kadodara Palsana Surat 19 Kanav Palsana Surat 20 Karala Palsana Surat 21 Karan Palsana Surat 22 Kareli Palsana Surat 23 Kharbhasi Palsana Surat 24 Lakhanpor Palsana Surat 25 Lingad Palsana Surat 26 Makhinga Palsana Surat 27 Malekpor Palsana Surat 28 Palsana Palsana Surat 29 Pardipata Palsana Surat 30 Pisad Palsana Surat 31 Puni Palsana Surat 32 Sanki Palsana Surat 33 Siyod Palsana Surat 34 Soyani Palsana Surat 35 Talodara Palsana Surat 36 Tantithaiya Palsana Surat 37 Tantizaghda Palsana Surat 38 Taraj Palsana Surat 39 Tundi Palsana Surat 40 Vadadala Palsana Surat 41 Vanesa Palsana Surat



42 Vankaneda Palsana Surat 43 Vanzolia Palsana Surat 44 Bhatia Chorasi Surat 45 Bonand Chorasi Surat 46 Deladva Chorasi Surat 47 Eklera Chorasi Surat 48 Goja Chorasi Surat 49 Kachholi Chorasi Surat 50 Kapletha Chorasi Surat 51 Khambhasla Chorasi Surat 52 Kharvasa Chorasi Surat 53 Lajpor Chorasi Surat 54 Mohni Chorasi Surat 55 Pardi Kanade Chorasi Surat 56 Popda Chorasi Surat 57 Ravla Alias Vaktana Chorasi Surat 58 Sachin Chorasi Surat 59 Samrod Chorasi Surat 60 Saniya Kanade Chorasi Surat 61 Timbarva Chorasi Surat 62 Vanz Chorasi Surat 63 Ninat Bardoli Surat 64 Alak Jalapore Navsari 65 Asana Jalapore Navsari 66 Chokhad Jalapore Navsari 67 Dabhel Jalapore Navsari 68 Kalakachha Jalapore Navsari 69 Kuched Jalapore Navsari 70 Pardi (Alak) Jalapore Navsari 71 Ponsara Jalapore Navsari 72 Ranodra Jalapore Navsari 73 Sadodra Jalapore Navsari 74 Sandalpor Jalapore Navsari 75 Simlak Jalapore Navsari 76 Sisodra (Alak) Jalapore Navsari 77 Vesma Jalapore Navsari 78 Wada Jalapore Navsari 79 Asundar Navsari Navsari 80 Dhaman Navsari Navsari 81 Parthan Navsari Navsari 82 Sarai Navsari Navsari 83 Vejalpor Navsari Navsari

3.12.5 INTERPRETATION OF SOCIO ECONOMIC DATA Literacy rate of the study region is 70%. When compared to other places, these villages exhibit avg. rate of literacy thus there is need to promote education among more people. Almost all the villages have more than 52.79 % people as non-workers. It indicates that the problem of unemployment can be solved by providing proper training and education. There is also need to establish more industries so that maximum number of employment can be generated. The average QoL index value for the study area is leading to satisfactory level due to satisfactory facilities for educational facilities, employment opportunities, and better road condition. Sanitation, health facility and transportation facilities were inadequate in the study area; improvement in these areas is needed. QoL are estimated in Chapter-4.



3.13 DESCRIPTION OF THE BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 3.13.1 INTRODUCTION The proposed expansion in dyes & chemical manufacturing unit is located within the project premises of M/s Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. at Palsana in Surat district, Gujarat, India. The plot is already under the use of the same industry and hence there is going to be little change in the land use. There are no ecologically sensitive areas like Wildlife Sanctuaries, National Parks, Biosphere Reserves, or Wetlands of National or International Importance or Important Bird areas (IBAs). There are no reserve forests or large water bodies. Thus, the area under consideration is not ecologically sensitive. Further, it is located in an industrial area and there are several industrial units around the industry. The proposed site is located at Palsana town in Surat district, Gujarat, India, as already mentioned. The land use pattern in the buffer zone reveals preponderance of Sugarcane fields. Natural and wild habitats are confined to very limited area such as wastelands and roadsides. Trees in the study area are restricted to homestead/farmland /road side plantation. These tree cover is termed by Forest Survey of India (FSI) as ‘Trees Outside Forests” (TOF), in the form of small woodlots and block plantations as trees along linear features, such as roads, canals bunds, etc. and scattered trees on farmlands, homesteads, community lands and urban areas. Growing trees in homestead, farmlands, sacred places, along the courses of water bodies and roads is an old age practice in India. Such trees have been important source for timber, fuel wood, fruit, fodder shade and shelter. As the maximum crop occupied in this area is sugarcane, farmland plantation which is the major share of the tree cover is mostly used as a shade during the scorching summer months by farmers as well as animals. Besides trees for shelter and shade, Teak (Tectona grandis) is commonly grown along the boundary of the mango and Chikku orchards for Timber. The dominant farmland plantations are Mango, coconut and Cheeku(Achras sapota). Besides Sugarcane, Paddy is another as major crop. There are also a few fish pondsand village water tanks in the buffer zone. Mindhola River is passing through the study area but it is located outside the zone of influence from this project activities. 3.13.2 SCOPE, AIM AND OBJECTIVES This is a A category project, as per the EIA Notification of 2006. The aim of the survey and study is to collect baseline data relating to the Ecology, Biodiversity, Flora and Fauna of the project site and its buffer zone of 10Km as per the approved Terms of Reference (ToRs). As far as the flora is concerned, only primary data is collected though field level survey and sampling while the fauna is finalized based on both primary and secondary data after careful versification. The objective is to find out whether there are any ecologically sensitive areas within the study area and whether there are any rare or endangered or threatened species or species that are included in Schedule I of the Indian Wildlife (Protection) Act 1972. To predict the impacts of the proposed project and its activity on the Ecology and Biodiversity of the study area. Based on the perception of threat, to prepare a management plan (EMP). 3.13.3 STUDY AREA AND PERIOD OF THE STUDY The study area includes the project site of 25,932 Sq.m plot (Plot No. 491-492/P) located between 21° 05’ 24.35” N latitude and 72° 58’ 28.71” E longitude at Palsana town in Surat district, Gujarat, India; where the Unit is located & is referred to hereafter as the core area and a buffer zone of 10 Km radius. The project site is a part of the site of the existing industry. 1. Project Site / Core Zone and Buffer Zone: The Project site or the core area is an area of 25,932 Sq.m located in Plot No. 491-492/P, located between 21° 05’ 24.35” N latitude and 72° 58’ 28.71” E longitude at Palsana town in Surat district, Gujarat, India. The buffer zone is an area located within a radius of 10 Km from the Project site. 2. Ecological Sensitivity / Habitats of the Study Area: There are no ecologically sensitive areas like Wildlife Sanctuaries, National Parks, Biosphere Reserves, or Wetlands of National or International Importance or Important Bird areas (IBAs). There not reserve forests or large water bodies. Thus, the area under consideration is not ecologically sensitive. Further, it is located in an industrial area There are several industrial units around the industry. The core area is a part of an existing industry located in an Industrial area, while buffer zone includes croplands, plantations and residential areas but no eco-sensitive areas.



3. Forest /National Park / Sanctuary: There are no Wildlife Sanctuaries, National Parks, Biosphere Reserves, or Wetlands of National or International Importance or Important Bird areas (IBAs). There not reserve forests or large water bodies. 3.13.4 METHODOLOGY The entire core area was extensively surveyed and all the plants (cultivated as well as wild) found in the core area were listed. But in the buffer zone, a total of 20 quadrates of 20m x5 m were chosen at random and all the plant species found in the all the samples were listed. Further, the list includes every plant found in the buffer zone during the survey. As far as the fauna was concerned, extensive literary survey was carried out to get a fair idea of the fauna of the study area. The information thus gathered was cross checked with the primary survey. A final list is prepared based after carefully verifying whether that particular species is ever reported from that region / area and whether it is likely to occur in the given habitat. Secondary data: In case of Fauna, both primary and secondary data are used. In most cases, there won’t be any authentic data relating to the study area. We have information or data base for the entire State and rarely for the entire district. Therefore, information about the biogeographical information systems, State level data base or regional data base and scientific publications if any are used to only to know about what is likely to be present in the study area. With such an idea, the expert during the filed survey looks for any direct, indirect and circumstantial evidence regarding the probable presence of any Mammal, bird, reptile, amphibian etc. If there is no authentic information, forest officials (if there are forests in the study area), local people, especially teachers, bird watchers, nature lovers, sheppards shall be contacted to solicit the information that they may provide. Visits to the local markets where local products are sold is also considered if there are such markets. Such data / information is accepted only when it is in conformity with the scientific information (relating to the region or the district or the State). That is how verification and cross checking is done. Shannon Weiner Index (H) is calculated as follows: H = -SUM[(pi) * ln(pi)] E=H/Hmax Where, SUM = Summation, pi= Number of individuals of species i/total number of samples S = Number of species or species richness, Hmax = Maximum diversity possible and E= Evenness =H/Hmax

Thus, H is influenced by the species richness (S) and evenness (E). As the S and E increase, H attains higher value and vice versa. If two communities have the same number of species (S), the H depends of the E value. In any community, as the evenness increases, dominance decreases. When the dominance (D) is higher, E becomes lower and the H will be lower. However, in order to calculate H, quantitative data through scientific sampling is required. It is not appropriate for man-made ecosystems of monocultures. One can easily calculate H by using free Software of the Easycalculation. com from https://www.easycalculation.com/statistics/learn-shannon-wiener-diversity.php It calls for sampling and quantification. Without quantitative data , we can only calculate the H’Max as the measure of lnS, where in is the normal logarithmic value and S is the species richness or number of species found in the area under consideration. Further these indices do not make any sense in man-made ecosystems like croplands, plantations, orchards and human habitations. In the present project, no quantitative data was collected as it was beyond the scope of the T.O.R and hence H can’t be calculated except as HMax.

Simpson's Diversity Index is a measure of diversity which takes into account both richness and evenness. The term 'Simpson's Diversity Index' can actually refer to any one of 3 closely related indices. Simpson's Index off dominance (D) measures the probability that two individuals randomly selected from a sample will belong to the same species (or some category other than species). It is calculated by the formula D = ∑(n / N)2,

where n = the total number of organisms of a particular species and N = the total number of organisms of all species

Palmer Pollution Tolerance Index was developed in 1969 by Palmer. It is used to measure the Organic pollution by employing algae that tolerate organic pollution. It is also known as Palmer algal pollution index. In the study under report, no microflora or microfauna was surveyed. It is beyond the scope of the approved T.o.R.



3.13.5 Field study and Secondary Literature Review & its source: Based on Zoogeographical information and distribution of mammals, birds, reptiles, amphibians etc a fair idea of the site and its fauna could be obtained. The following books and literary resources were used for cross checking and verification of the data.

1. David Hill, Matthew Fasham, Graham Tucker, Michael Shewary and Philip Shaw (2005) Eds. Handbook of Biodiversity Methods: Survey, Evaluation and Monitoring, by Published by Cambridge University Press.

2. Wildlife Crime Control Bureau (2011). A Manual on Wildlife species in Trade by Wildlife Crime Control Bureau, Ministry of Environment and Forests, New Delhi

3. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. 2016 4. Fauna of Gujarat (Part I vertebrates) by the Zoological Survey of India

(http://faunaofindia.nic.in/PDFVolumes/sfs/042/index.pdf) 5. Avibase – Bird Checklist of the World. Gujarat by Birdlife International (http://avibase.bsc-

eoc.org/checklist.jsp?region=INnwgj&list=howardmoore) 6. A Review of Reptile Studies in Gujarat State by Raju Vyas.(2014). Zoos Print Journal 15: 386-390

(https://www.researchgate.net/publication/242402268_A_review_of_reptile_studies_in_Gujarat_State)

3.13.6 Field Data Collection / Inventory & its source: As far as the flora is concerned, only primary data was collected through the survey of the project site and survey cum sampling studies in the buffer zone. All the plants (both wild and cultivated) found in the project site were listed. Similarly, all plant species found in the buffer zone were listed through survey cum sampling (using 20 random quadrats of 20m x5m). 3.13.7 BIOLOGICAL DIVERSITY 3.13.7.1 HABITATS DESCRIPTION OF THE BUFFER ZONE OF 10 KM RADIUS: The proposed site is located at Palsana town in Surat district, Gujarat, India. As already mentioned, the land use pattern of this region was predominated by Sugar cane fields. Natural habitats has confined to very limited area. Trees in the study area are restricted to homestead/farmland /road side plantation. These tree cover is termed by Forest Survey of India (FSI) as ‘Trees Outside Forests” (TOF), in the form of small woodlots and block plantations as trees along linear features, such as roads, canals bunds, etc. and scattered trees on farmlands, homesteads, community lands and urban areas. Growing trees in homestead, farmlands, sacred places, along the courses of water bodies and roads is an old age practice in India. Such trees have been important source for timber, fuel wood, fruit, fodder shade and shelter. As the maximum crop occupied in this area is sugarcane, farmland plantation which is the major share of the tree cover in other parts of Gujarat; mostly used as a shade during the scorching summer months for farmers as well as animals, is almost not observed in this region. This locality is characterised by the large scale plantation of Teak along the boundary of the mango orchards and Chikku orchards. The dominant farmland plantation was coconut along the agriculture fields practising rice as major crop. The river passing through the study area is MindholaRiver & is located outside the zone of influence from this project activities. FIGURE 3.23 PHOTOGRAPHS OF STUDY AREA DURING VISIT - EB



3.13.7.2 PLANTS FOUND IN THE STUDY AREA The dominant trees in the study area were generally planted either as farmland plantation or homestead plantation or along the road sides. The list of plants species found in the core area is enlisted in the Table3.22 Total 68 plant species were enumerated from the study area. TABLE 3.22 LISTS OF PLANTS FOUND IN THE CORE AREA:

Sr. No. Name of species Common name Family 1. Acacia auriculiformis Australian wattle Mimosaceae 2. Acacia nilotica Kala Babul Mimosaceae 3. Achras sapota Cheeku / Sapota Sapotaceae 4. Alamanda cathartica Golden trumpet wine Apocynaceae 5. Albizia lebbeck Kala siris Mimosaceae

6. Alternanthera repens Paper thorn Solanaceae 7. Artocarpus heterophyllus Jack fruit Moraceae 8. Asclepias curassavica Milk weed Asclepiadaceae 9. Bignonia capreolata Crossvine Bignoniaceae 10. Caesalpinia pulcherrima Peacock Flower Caesalpiniaceae 11. Calotropis gigantea Arka Asclepiadaceae 12. Calotropis procera Mudar Asclepiadaceae 13. Casuarina equisetifolia Casuarina Casuarinaceae 14. Celosia argentea Cockscomb Amaranthaceae 15. Chamaedorea sefritzii Bamboo Palm Arecaceae 16. Chromolaena odorata Siam weed Asteraceae 17. Clerodendrum inerme Bataj, Lanjal Verbenaceae 18. Cocos nucifera Coconut Arecaceae

19. Cynodon dactylon Turf grass Poaceae 20. Cyperus rotundus Sedge Cyperaceae 21. Dalbergia sissoo Shesum Fabaceae 22. Delonix elata Sandsro Caesalpiniaceae 23. Digitaria ciliaris Fodder grass Poaceae 24. Duranta repens Golden Dew Drops Verbenaceae 25. Eremopogon foveolatus Fodder grass Poaceae 26. Euphorbia hirta Asthma plant Euphorbiaceae 27. Ficus benjamina Weeping fig Moraceae 28. Ficus benghalensis Banyan Moraceae 29. Ficus racemosa Cluster fig Moraceae 30. Ficus religiosa Peepal Moraceae 31. Furcraea foetida Giant Cabuya Agavaceae 32. Gliricidia sepium Mexican Lilac Fabaceae 33. Heliotropium indicum Indian Heliotrope Boraginaceae

34. Hyptis suaveolens Vilaiti Tulsi Lamiaceae 35. Imperata cylindrica Uloo or Cotton grass Poaceae



36. Ipomoea alba White Morning Glory Convolvulaceae 37. Ipomoea carnea Bush Morning Glory Convolvulaceae 38. Ipomoea pes-caprae Goat foot vine Convolvulaceae 39. Lantana camara Lantana Verbenaceae 40. Leptochloa chinensis Fodder grass Poaceae 41. Leucaena leucocephala Subabul Mimosaceae 42. Mangifera indica Mango Anacardiaceae 43. Moringa oleifera Drum stick Moringaceae 44. Muntingia calabura Singapore Cherry Muntingiaceae 45. Musa paradisiaca Banana Musacae 46. Nerium odorum Oleander Apocynaceae 47. Peltophorum pterocarpum Copper pod Caesalpiniaceae 48. Phoenix sylvestris Khajur or Kharek Arecaceae 49. Phyllanthus emblica Amla Euphorbiaceae 50. Pithecellobium dulcis Manila tamarind Mimosaceae 51. Plumeria alba White Frangipani Apocynaceae 52. Plumeria pudica White Frangipani Apocynaceae 53. Plumeria rubra Frangipani Apocynaceae 54. Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka Annonaceae 55. Polyalthia pendula Ashoka Annonaceae 56. Pongamia pinnata Karanj Fabaceae 57. Portulaca grandiflora Table rose / Luni Portulacaceae 58. Prosopis juliflora Mesquite / Gadobaval Mimosaceae 59. Prosopis spicigera Shami Mimosaceae 60. Punica granatum Pomegranate Lythraceae 61. Roystonea regia Royal Palm Arecaceae 62. Samanea saman Rain tree Mimosaceae 63. Tamarix aphylla Athel pine Tamricaceae 64. Tamarix gallica Jhau / Indian Tamarix Tamricaceae 65. Thespesia populnea Portia Tree Malvaceae 66. Urochloa mutica Para grass Poaceae 67. Vitex negundo Nirgundi Verbenaceae 68. Ziziphus nummularia Ber Rhamnaceae

3.13.8 SECONDARY DATA COLLECTION & IT’S SOURCEAs far as the flora is concerned, only primary data is used . In case of fauna, based on Zoogeographical information and distribution of mammals, birds, reptiles, amphibians etc a fair idea of the site and its fauna could be obtained. The following books and literary resources were used for cross checking and verification of the data.

1. David Hill, Matthew Fasham, Graham Tucker, Michael Shewary and Philip Shaw (2005) Eds. Handbook of Biodiversity Methods: Survey, Evaluation and Monitoring, by Published by Cambridge University Press.

2. Wildlife Crime Control Bureau (2011). A Manual on Wildlife species in Trade by Wildlife Crime Control Bureau, Ministry of Environment and Forests, New Delhi

3. The IUCN Red List of Threatened Species. 2016 4. Fauna of Gujarat (Part I vertebrates) by the Zoological Survey of India

(http://faunaofindia.nic.in/PDFVolumes/sfs/042/index.pdf) 5. Avibase – Bird Checklist of the World. Gujarat by Birdlife International (http://avibase.bsc-

eoc.org/checklist.jsp?region=INnwgj&list=howardmoore) 6. A Review of Reptile Studies in Gujarat State by Raju Vyas.(2014). Zoos Print Journal 15: 386-390

(https://www.researchgate.net/publication/242402268_A_review_of_reptile_studies_in_Gujarat_State)

A list of trees, shrubs and perennial climbers found in the study area is given in Table 3.23

Table 3.23: List of trees and tree like plants found in the study area. 1 Acacia catechu Khair Mimosaceae



2 Acacia auriculiformis Australian wattle Mimosaceae 3 Acacia nilotica Kala Babul Mimosaceae 4 Achras sapota Cheeku / Sapota Sapotaceae 5 Agave americana Ketaki Agavaceae 6 Albizia lebbeck Kala siris Mimosaceae 7 Artocarpus heterophyllus Jack fruit Moraceae 8 Azadirachta indica Neem Meliaceae 8 Balanites aegyptica Ligorio Balanitaceae 10 Borassus flabellifer Toddy palm Arecaceae 11 Capparis aphylla Karir Capparidaceae 12 Capparis decidua Karda Capparaceae 13 Carissa spinarum Jangli Karonda Apocynaceae 14 Casuarina equisetifolia Casuarina Casuarinaceae 15 Chamaedorea sefritzii Bamboo Palm Arecaceae 16 Cocos nucifera Coconut Arecaceae

17 Colubrina asiatica Asian Snakewood Rhamnaceae 18 Cordia subcordata Glueberry Boraginaceae 19 Dalbergia sissoo Shesum Fabaceae 20 Delonix elata Sandsro Caesalpiniaceae 21 Euphorbia antiquorum Triangular spurge Euphorbiaceae 22 Euphorbia tirucalli Indian tree spurge Euphorbiaceae 23 Ficus benjamina Weeping fig Moraceae 24 Ficus benghalensis Banyan Moraceae 25 Ficus glomerata Uumar, gular, uamaro Moraceae 26 Ficus racemosa Cluster fig Moraceae 27 Ficus religiosa Peepal Moraceae 28 Furcraea foetida Giant Cabuya Agavaceae 29 Gliricidia sepium Mexican Lilac Fabaceae 30 Leucaena leucocephala Subabul Mimosaceae 31 Mangifera indica Mango Anacardiaceae 32 Moringa oleifera Drum stick Moringaceae 33 Muntingia calabura Singapore Cherry Muntingiaceae 34 Peltophorum pterocarpum Copper pod Caesalpiniaceae 35 Phoenix sylvestris Khajur or Kharek Arecaceae 36 Phyllanthus emblica Amla Euphorbiaceae 37 Pithecellobium dulcis Manila tamarind Mimosaceae 38 Plumeria alba White Frangipani Apocynaceae 39 Plumeria rubra Frangipani Apocynaceae 40 Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka Annonaceae 41 Polyalthia pendula Ashoka Annonaceae 41 Pongamia pinnata Karanj Fabaceae 42 Prosopis juliflora Mesquite / Gadobaval Mimosaceae 43 Prosopis spicigera Shami Mimosaceae 44 Punica granatum Pomegranate Lythraceae 45 Roystonea regia Royal Palm Arecaceae 46 Salvadora oleoides Mithijal Salvadoraceae 47 Salvadora persica Kharijal / Tooth brush tree Salvadoraceae 48 Samanea saman Rain tree Mimosaceae 49 Scutia myrtina Cat-thorn Rhamnaceae 50 Tamarix aphylla Athel pine Tamricaceae 51 Tamarix aphylla Athel pine Tamricaceae 52 Tamarix gallica Jhau / Indian Tamarix Tamricaceae 52 Tamarix gallica Jhau / Indian Tamarix Tamricaceae 53 Thespesia populnea Portia Tree Malvaceae 54 Vitex negundo Nirgundi Verbenaceae 55 Ziziphus nummularia Ber Rhamnaceae



A list of shrubs and perennial climbers found in the study area is given in Table 3.24

Table 3.24: List of shrubs and perennial climbers found in the study area. 1 Abrus precatorius Gunj Fabaceae 2 Agave americana Ketaki Agavaceae 3 Alamanda cathartica Golden trumpet wine Apocynaceae 4 Alhagi camelorum Camel thorn Fabaceae 5 Ampelocissus indica Wild grape Vitaceae 6 Bignonia capreolata Crossvine Bignoniaceae 7 Breynia retusa Cup saucer plant Euphorbiaceae 8 Breynia vitis-idaea Mountain coffee bush Euphorbiaceae 9 Caesalpinia pulcherrima Peacock Flower Caesalpiniaceae 10 Calotropis gigantea Arka Asclepiadaceae 11 Calotropis procera Mudar Asclepiadaceae 12 Canavalia ensiformis Sword bean Fabaceae 13 Capparis aphylla Karir Capparidaceae 14 Capparis decidua Karda Capparaceae 15 Carissa spinarum Jangli Karonda Apocynaceae 16 Cassia auriculata Tanner’s Cassia Caesalpiniaceae 17 Cassytha filiformis Amrvel / Aakaashvel Lauraceae 18 Cayratia trifolia Bush grape / Fox grape Vitaceae 19 Chromolaena odorata Siam weed Asteraceae 20 Cissus quadrangularis Hadjod Vitaceae 20 Clerodendrum inerme Bataj, Lanjal Verbenaceae 21 Coccinia grandis Ivy gourd Cucurbitaceae 22 Duranta repens Golden Dew Drops Verbenaceae 23 Ipomoea alba White Morning Glory Convolvulaceae 24 Ipomoea carnea Bush Morning Glory Convolvulaceae 25 Ipomoea pes-caprae Goat foot vine Convolvulaceae 26 Lantana camara Lantana Verbenaceae 27 Leptadenia reticulata Dodi Asclpiadaceae. 28 Mucuna pruriens Velvet bean Fabaceae 29 Nerium odorum Oleander Apocynaceae

A list of herbs found in the study area is given in Table 3.25

Table 3.25. List of herbs and herbaceous plants found in the study area. Name of species Common / Common name Family Achyranthes aspera Chirchita Solanaceae Aeschynomene indica Didhen / Phulan Fabaceae Alternanthera ficoidea Joseph’s coat Solanaceae Alternanthera sessilis Garundi / Sessile Joyweed Solanaceae Argemone mexicana Pharangi dattura Papavaraceae Blumea amplectans Dog tobacco Asteraceae Blumea obliqua Blumea Asteraceae Blumea oxyodonta Spiny leaf Blumea Asteraceae Blumea virens Dog tobacco Asteraceae Brachiaria mutica Para grass or buffalo grass Poaceae Carex cruciata Carex Cyperaceae Chrozophora rottleri Suryavarthi Euphorbiaceae Chrysopogon aciculatus False bead grass Poaceae Conyza stricta Bat Dawana Asteraceae Cressa cretica Kherdi Convolvulaceae Crotalaria burhia Zipto Fabaceae Croton bonplandianum Kala Bhangra Euphorbiaceae Cymbopogon caesius Lemon scented grass Poaceae Cymbopogon coloratus Lemon scented grass Poaceae



Cymbopogon flexuosus Lemon scented grass Poaceae Cynodon dactylon Turf grass Poaceae Cyperus bulbosus Sedge Cyperaceae Cyperus nutans False sedge Cyperaceae Cyperus rotundus Nut grass Cyperaceae Cyperus rotundus Nut grass Cyperaceae Digitaria ciliaris Fodder grass Poaceae Echinochloa colona Jungle rice Poaceae Echinochloa crus-galli Barnyard grass Poaceae Echinops echinatus Indian Globe Thistle Asteraceae Eclipta alba Bhringaraj Asteraceae Eclipta prostrata Bhringaraj Asteraceae Emilia sonchifolia Hirakhuri Asterace Eremopogon foveolatus Fodder grass Poaceae Euphorbia hirta Asthma plant Euphorbiaceae Fimbristylis miliacea Grass like Fimbry Cyperaceae Glinus oppositifolius Bitter cumin Aizoaceae Hyptis suaveolens Vilaiti Tulsi Lamiaceae Imperata cylindrica Uloo or Cotton grass Poaceae Iseilema laxum Musal grass Poaceae Leptochloa chinensis Fodder grass Poaceae Leucaena leucocephala Subabul Mimosaceae Malachra capitata Pardesi bhindo Malvaceae Merremia gangetica Kidney-leaf Morning glory Convolvulaceae Oxalis corniculata Wood sorrel Oxalidaceae Parthenium hysterophorus Congress weed Asteraceae Paspalidium geminatum Egyptian panic grass Poaceae Phaseolus mungo Urad Fabaceae Phragmites karka Tall reed Poaceae Polycarpaea spicata Polycarpaea Caryophyllaceae Pongamia pinnata Karanj Fabaceae Portulaca grandiflora Table rose / Luni Portulacaceae Portulaca quadrifida Luni Portulacaceae Saccharum spontaneum Kans grass Poaceae Schoenoplectus articulatus Bulrush Cyperaceae Senna uniflora One leaf Senna Caesalpiniaceae Sesbania bispinosa Prickly Sesban Fabaceae Sesbania procumbens Trailing Sesban Fabaceae Tribulus terrestris Gokhru Zygophyllaceae Typha angustata Cattail Typhaceae Urochloa mutica Para grass Poaceae Urochondra setulosus Grass Poaceae

A list of climbers and twiners found in the study area is given in Table 3.26

Table 3.26: List of trees shrubs and perennial climbers found in the study area. 1 Abrus precatorius Gunj Fabaceae 2 Alamanda cathartica Golden trumpet wine Apocynaceae 3 Ampelocissus indica Wild grape Vitaceae 4 Bignonia capreolata Crossvine Bignoniaceae 5 Canavalia ensiformis Sword bean Fabaceae 6 Cassytha filiformis Amrvel / Aakaashvel Lauraceae 7 Cayratia trifolia Bush grape / Fox grape Vitaceae 8 Cissus quadrangularis Hadjod Vitaceae 9 Coccinia grandis Ivy gourd Cucurbitaceae 10 Ipomoea alba White Morning Glory Convolvulaceae 11 Ipomoea carnea Bush Morning Glory Convolvulaceae



12 Ipomoea pes-caprae Goat foot vine Convolvulaceae 13 Leptadenia reticulata Dodi Asclepiadaceae. 14 Mucuna pruriens Velvet bean Fabaceae 15 Wattakaka volubilis Sneeze wort Asclepiadaceae.

Agriculture and Horticulture : Major Crops, Minor crops, Vegetables, Major horticultural crops

The core area or the project site is located in an industrial area and it has been under the industrial use and as such the original vegetation and flora has been modified with the introduction of flowering plants, fruit and avenue trees from nurseries. But no such changes have taken place in the buffer on a large scale. On account of assured (canal) irrigation, Sugarcane and Paddy are grown extensively in lands with irrigation facility and in drier areas Mango and Cheeku fruit trees are grown. A list of agriculture, horticulture, major and minor crops grown in the buffer zone is given in Table 3.27:

Table 3.27: List of agriculture, horticulture, major and minor crops grown in the buffer zone

Name of the crop Name of the crop plant Major use Status in the area Mango Mangifera indica Fruit tree Prominent Cheeku Achras sapota Fruit tree Prominent Pomegranate Punica granatum Fruit tree Minor Guava Psidium guajava Fruit tree Minor Papaya Carica papaya Fruit tree Minor Banana Musa paradisaca Fruit tree Prominent Watermelon Citrullus lanatus Fruit plant Minor Sugar cane Saccharum officinarum Commercial crop Major Paddy Oryza sativa Food Major Corn or Maize Zea mays Food Minor

Sorghum Sorghum bicolor Food & fodder Minor Cotton Gossypium hirsutum Textile fibre Minor Tomato Solanum lycopersicon Vegetable Minor Beans Dolochos lablab Vegetable Minor Brinjal Solanum meloongena Vegetable Minor Bottle gourd Lagenaria siceraria Vegetable Minor Ridge gourd Luffa acutangula Vegetable Minor Bitter gourd Momordica charantia Vegetable Minor Sword bean Canavalia gladiata Vegetable Minor Cabbage Brassica oleracea var.capitata Vegetable Minor Cauliflower Brassica oleracea var botrytis Vegetable Minor Radish Raphanus sativus Vegetable Minor Beetroot Beta vulgaris Vegetable Minor Carrot Daucus carota Vegetable Minor Onion Allium cepa Vegetable Minor Coconut Cocos nucifera Commercial crop Minor Roses Rose sp Horticulture Minor Chrysanthemum Chrysanthemum indicum Horticulture Minor Mary gold Tagetus erecta Horticulture Minor Land use and land cover of the buffer zone reveals the absence of any reserved forests, Biosphere reserves, National Parks, Wildlife Sanctuaries, other protected areas such as the important bird areas (IBAs) within a distance of 10 Km from the buffer area. There are croplands of Sugarcane, Paddy, Okra, Banana, Jowar, Fodder grasses; Orchards of Mango and Cheeku; Commercial plantations of Coconut, Cashew nut and plantations of Teak, Casuarina, Eucalyptus, and Australian Wattle (Acacia auriculiformis) among others in the



buffer zone. There are common tropical avenue trees as well as common wild shrubs and climbers. However, a large area in the western part forms the extension of the creek and it is covered by sea water. The natural and wild vegetation is confined to roadsides, wastelands and grazing lands. A list of trees, shrubs and perennial climbers found in the buffer zone is given in Table 3.22, 3.23, 3.24. There are no rare or endangered or threatened (RET) species and all the species are common and of widespread occurrence.

3.13.9 CULTIVATED PLANTS IN THE STUDY AREA The major agriculture activities of this region are Sugarcane (Saccharumofficinarum) cultivation. In some villages paddy is cultivated as major crop. The crop occupying the highest percentage of the sown area of this region is taken as the major crop and all other possible alternative crops which are sown in this region either as substitutes of the base crop in the same season or as the crops which fit in the rotation in the subsequent season, are considered as minor crop.

Major Crops: Major crops in the study area are Sugarcane (Saccharumofficinarum L) and Paddy (Oryza sativa). Minor crops: The minor crops of this region is Jowar (Sorghum bicolar). Vegetable: The vegetables grown in the study area are, Ladies finger (Abelmoschusesculentus),Riganor Egg Plant (Solanum melongena), and Tomato (Lycopersiconesculentum) Horticulture Practices and fruits grown: Orchards of Mango and Chikoo, Cultivation of Banana and Papaya are the major horticulture activity of these villages.

3.13.10 RARE AND ENDANGERED FLORA IN THE STUDY AREA The IUCN Red List is the world's most comprehensive inventory of the global conservation status of plant and animal species. It uses a set of criteria to evaluate the extinction risk of thousands of species and subspecies. These criteria are relevant to all species and all regions of the world. With its strong scientific base, the IUCN Red List is recognized as the most authoritative guide to the status of biological diversity. Among the enumerated flora in the study area, none of them were assigned any threat category, by RED data book of Indian Plants. (Nayar and Sastry, 1990) and Red list of threatened Vascular plants (IUCN, 2010, BSI, 2003). None of the plant species found either in the core area or the buffer zone come under the RET category. 3.13.11 ENDEMIC PLANTS OF THE STUDY AREA De candolle (1855) first used the concept of endemic, which is defined as an area of a taxonomic unit, especially a species which has a restricted distribution or habitat, isolated from its surrounding region through geographical, ecological or temporal barriers. Among recorded plant species, during the survey period, none of the plants found in the study area were either endemic or have restricted distribution. 3.13.12 STATUS OF FOREST AND THEIR CATEGORY IN THE STUDY AREA No natural forest land was observed in the study area except few scattered scrub cover in the barren lands and area demarcated for grazing. 3.13.13 FAUNAL BIODIVERSITY IN THE STUDY AREA As the animals, especially vertebrates and the winged invertebrates move from place to place in search of food, shelter, mate or other biological needs, separate lists for core and buffer areas are not feasible. As such there are no forests or wildlife habitats and as the study area has been under human use for agricultural, horticulture, industry, residential uses, there are no chances of occurrence of any rare or endangered or endemic or threatened (REET) species within the core or buffer area. There are no Sanctuaries, National Parks, Tiger Reserve or Biosphere Reserve or Elephant Corridor or other protected areas within 10 Km of radius from buffer area. It is evident from the available records, reports and circumstantial evidence that the entire study area including the core and buffer areas were free from any endangered animals. Among the Mammals, only Squirrels, Mongoose, Rats and Bandicoots were seen occasionally during the survey. Monkeys were also rare. Among the reptiles, Lizards, Garden lizards were very common. Rat snake was said to be common but not noticed during the survey. Other reptiles were very rare. The amphibians listed were fairly common. There were no resident birds other than Crows, Parrots, Doves, and Weaver birds, Swifts, Quails and Mynas. It is apparent from the list that none of the species with the sole exception of Peacock either spotted or reported is included in Schedule I of the Wildlife Protection Act. Peacocks are fairly common in these areas. They do not come under the threatened category of the IUCN. Further it is easy to multiply Peacocks and they can be easily domesticated if permitted. For the documentation of the faunal biodiversity of



the study area with respect to birds, reptiles, amphibians, and butterfly species, a baseline survey had been conducted. 3.13.13.1 BIRDS OF THE STUDY AREA The most commonly spotted bird species of this area were; Cattle Egret, Little Egret, Brahmny Myna, Black Drongo and White-breasted Water hen. Systematic account of the birds in the study area with the status of occurrence is given in the Table 3.28. TABLE 3.28 LISTS OF BIRDS IN STUDY AREA WITH RESIDENTIAL STATUS Sr. No. Scientific name Common name WPA Schedule

1. Accipiter badius Shikra IV 2. Acridotheres tristis Common Myna IV 3. Anthropoides virgo Demoiselle Crane IV 4. Acrocephalus aedon Thickbilled Warbler IV 5. Acrocephalus dumetorum Blyth's Reed Warbler IV 6. Acrocephalus melanopogon Moustached Warbler IV 7. Acrocephalus stentoreus Clamorous Reed Warbler IV 8. Aegithina tiphia Common Iora IV 9. Aethopyga siparaja Crimson Sunbird IV 10. Alcedo atthis Common Kingfisher IV 11. Amauromis phoenicurus White breasted Water hen IV 12. Anthus trivialis Tree Pipit IV 13. Apus affinis House Swift IV 14. Butastur teesa White-eyed Buzzard IV 15. Buteo buteo Common Buzzard IV 16. Cacomantis merulinus Indian Plaintive Cuckoo IV 17. Caprimulgus asiaticus Indian Night jar IV 18. Caprimulgus indicus Grey Nightjar IV 19. Carpodacus erythrinus Common Rose finch IV 20. Celeus brachyurus Rufous Woodpecker IV 21. Ceryle rudis Pied Kingfisher IV 22. Ceyx erithacus Oriental Dwarf Kingfisher' IV 23. Chaetomis striatus Bristled Grass bird IV 24. Chalcophaps indica Emerald Dove IV 25. Charadrius dubius Little Ringed Plover IV 26. Charadrius hiaticuln Common Ringed Plover IV 27. Chlidonias hybridus Whiskered Tern IV 28. Chlidonias leucopterus White winged Tern IV 29. Chlidonias niger Black Tern IV 30. Columba livia Rock Pigeon IV 31. Copsychus malerbaricus Indian Shama IV 32. Copsychus saularis Oriental Magpie Robin IV 33. Coracias benghalensis Indian Roller IV 34. Corvus corax Common Raven IV 35. Corvus macrorhynchos Large-billed Crow IV 36. Corvus ruficollis Brown necked Raven IV 37. Corvus splendens House Crow V 38. Cotumix cotumix Common Quail IV 39. Cuculus micropterus Indian Cuckoo IV 40. Cuculus poliocephalus Lesser Cuckoo IV 41. Cuculus varius Common Hawk Cuckoo IV 42. Cypsiurus balasiensis Asian Palm Swift IV 43. Dicrurus adsimilis Black Drongo IV 44. Dicrurus leucophaeus Ashy Drongo IV 45. Dryocopus javensis White-bellied Woodpecker IV 46. Emberiza melanocephala Black-headed Bunting IV



47. Emberiza pusilla Little Bunting IV 48. Emberiza stewarti White-capped Bunting IV 49. Emberiza striolata House Bunting IV 50. Eremopterix grisea Ashy-crowned Sparrow-Lark IV 51. Erithacus brunneus (Luscinia brunnea) Indian Blue Robin IV 52. Erithacus svecicus(Luscinia svecica) Blue throat IV 53. Eudynamys scolopacea Asian Koel IV 54. Francolinus francolinus Black Francolin IV 55. Francolinus pictus Painted Francolin IV 56. Francolinus pondicerianus Grey Francolin IV 57. Fulica atra Common Coot IV 58. Gallicrex cinerea Water cock IV 59. Gallinago gallinago Common Snipe IV 60. Gallinula chloropus Common Moorhen IV 61. Grus grus Common Crane IV 62. Halcyon pileata Black-capped Kingfisher IV 63. Halcyon symensis White-breasted Kingfisher IV 64. Haliastur indus Brahminy Kite IV 65. Hemiprone coronata Crested Tree Swift IV 66. Hippolais caligata Booted Warbler IV 67. Hirundo daurica Red-romped Swallow IV 68. Hydrophasianus chirurgus Pheasant-tailed Jacana IV 69. Hypothymis azurea Black-naped Monarch IV 70. Ictinaetus malayensis Black Eagle IV 71. Lanius cristatus Brown Shrike IV 72. Larus argentatus Yellow-legged Gull IV 73. Larus fuscus Lesser Black-backed Gull IV 74. Larus minutus Little Gull IV 75. Larus ridibundus Black-headed Gull IV 76. Limosa limosa Black-tailed Godwit IV 77. Locustella naevia Grasshopper Warbler IV 78. Lonchura malacca Black headed Munia IV 79. Lonchura striata White-rumped Munia IV 80. Megalaima haemocephala Coppersmith Barbet IV 81. Megalaima viridis White-cheeked Barbet IV 82. Megalaima zeylanica Brown-headed Barbet IV 83. Melophus lathami Crested Bunting IV 84. Milvus migrans Black Kite IV 85. Milvus milvus Red Kite IV 86. Mirafra cantillans Singing Bush Lark IV 87. Mirafra erythroptera Indian Bush Lark IV 88. Motacilla alba White Wagtail IV 89. Motacilla flava Yellow Wagtail IV 90. Muscicapa latirostris(M. dauurica) Asian Brown Flycatcher IV 91. Muscicapa parva(Ficedula parva) Red-throated Flycatcher IV 92. Nectarinia asiatica Purple Sunbird IV 93. Oenanthe desertii Desert Wheatear IV 94. Orthotomus sutorius Tailor Bird IV 95. Pandion haliaetus Osprey IV 96. Passer domesticus House Sparrow IV 97. Pavo cristatus Indian Peafowl I (LC) 98. Pellomeum ruficeps Puff-throated Babbler IV 99. Pericrocotus cinnamomeus Small Minivet IV 100. Pericrocotus flammeus Scarlet Minivet IV 101. Phylloscopus aphinis Tickell's Warbler IV 102. Phylloscopus collybita Conunon Chiff-chaff IV 103. Phylloscopus griseolus Sulphur-bellied Warbler IV



104. Phylloscopus inomatus Yellowbrowed IV 105. Phylloscopus occipitalis Western Crowned Warbler IV 106. Phylloscopus trochiloides Greenish Warbler IV 107. Phylloscopus tytleri Tytler's Leaf Warbler IV 108. Pitta brachyura Indian Pitta IV 109. Ploceus benghalensis Black-breasted Weaver IV 110. Ploceus manyar Streaked Weaver IV 111. Ploceus philippininus Baya Weaver IV 112. Podiceps nigricolis Black-necked Grebe IV 113. Podiceps ruficollis Little Grebe IV 114. Pomatorhinus schisticeps White-browed Scimitar Babbler IV 115. Prinia socialis Ashy Prinia IV 116. Prinia sylvatica Jungle Prinia IV 117. Psittacula krameri Rose-ringed Parakeet IV 118. Pseudibis papillosa Indian Black ibis IV 119. Pycnonotus cafer Red-vented Bulbul IV 120. Pycnonotus jocosus Red-whiskered Bulbul IV 121. Pycnonotus leucogenys leucotis (P.leucotisWhite-eared Bulbul IV 122. Pycnonotus luteolus White-browed Bulbul IV 123. Rhipidura albicollis White throated Fantail IV 124. Rhipidura aureola White browed Fantail IV 125. Rynchops albicollis Indian Skimmer IV 126. Saxicoloides fulicata Indian Robin IV 127. Sterna albifrons Little Tern IV 128. Sterna acuticauda Black bellied Tern IV 129. Sterna hirundo Common Tern IV 130. Streptopelia chinensis Spotted Dove IV 131. Streptopelia decaocto Eurasian Collared Dove IV 132. Streptopelia senegalensis Laughing Dove IV 133. Streptopelia tranquebarica Red Collared Dove IV 134. Stumus vulgaris Common Starling IV 135. Sumiculus lugubris Drongo Cuckoo IV 136. Sylvia althaea (S.curruca) Lesser Whitethroat IV 137. Sylvia communis Whitethroat IV 138. Sylvia nana Desert Warbler IV 139. Treron phoenicoptera Yellow-footed Green Pigeon IV 140. Treron pompadora Pompadour Green Pigeon IV 141. Tringa hypoleucos Common Sandpiper IV 142. Tumix sylvatica Small Buttonquail IV 143. Turdoides caudatus Common Babbler IV 144. Turdoides malcolmi Large Grey Babbler IV 145. Turdoides striatus Jungle Babbler IV 146. Tyto alba Barn Owl IV 147. Vanellus indicus Red-wattled Lapwing IV 148. Zosteropspalpebrosus Oriental White eye IV

3.13.13.2 BUTTERFLIES FROM THE STUDY AREA Butterflies observed during the present study are documented in the Table 3.29. TABLE 3.29 BUTTERFLIES IN THE STUDY AREA Sr.No. Scientific name Common name 1. Papiliopolytes Common Mormon 2. Euremahecabe Common Grass yellow 3. CatopsiliaPomona Common Emigrant 4. Catopsiliapyranthe Mottled Emigrant 5. Ixias mariane White orange tip 6. Ixias pyrene Yellow orange tip



7. Danaus genutia Stripped Tiger 8. Hypolimanasmisippus Danaid egg fly 9. Mycalesisperseus Common bush brown 3.13.13.3. HERPETOFAUNA List of Amphibians & Reptiles either found or reported from the study area are documented in the Table 3.30. The species spotted in the core area are indicated by * TABLE 3.30 AMPHIBIANS& REPTILES IN THE STUDY AREA Sr. No.

Scientific name Common name WPA Schedule

AMPHIBIANS 1 Bufomelanostictus Common Indian Toad IV 2 Fejervaryalimnocharis Asian grass frog IV 3 Polypedatesleucomystax Common tree frog IV 4 Rana breviceps Rain frog IV Reptiles (V: stands for venomous ) 1 Ahaetulla nasuta Green Wine Snake II 2 Bungaruscaeruleus Common Krait (V) II 3 Calotes versicolor Garden lizard IV 4 Eryxconicus Common Sand boa II 5 Eryxjohnii Indian Sand Boa II 6 Hemidactylus maculatus Spotted Leaf-toed Gecko IV 7 Hemidactylusbrooki Brookes’s House Gecko IV 8 Hemidactylusflaviviridis Yellow Bellied House Gecko IV 9 Hemidactylusleschenaulti Leaf-toed Gecko IV 10 Mabuyacarinata Common Gecko IV 11 Macropisthodonplumbicolor Lead Keelback / Green Keelback II 12 Najanaja Cobra (V) II 13 Natrix piscator Checkered Keelback II 14 Oligodonarnensis Common Kukri / Banded Kukri II 15 Ptyasmucosus Dhaman / Oriental Rat Snake II 16 Typhlopsbraminus Brahminy bind snake II 17 Viperarusseli (=Daboia russeli) Russel’s Viper (V) II 3.13.13.4. Mammals The wild mammals either found or reported from the study area are documented in the Table 3.31. The species spotted in the core area are indicated by * Table 3.31: MAMMALS IN THE STUDY AREA Latin name Common name WPA

Schedule Anourosorexsquamipes Mole shrew IV Fulvous fruit bat Rousettus leschenaulti IV Funambuluspalmarum Three striped squirrel IV Herpestesedwardsii Common mongoose IV Herpestesfuscus Brown mongoose IV Herpestesjavanicus Small Indian mongoose IV Macacamulatta Rhesus macaque IV Mus booduga Common Indian field mouse IV Nosokiaindicaindica Bandicoot rat IV Soriculusleucops Indian long-tailed shrew IV Suncusmurinus House shrew/musk shrew IV 3.13.13.5. AQUATIC FLORA AND FAUNA: There are no perennial water bodies in the study area. Mindhola River is located within a distance of 2 Km from the core area but it is a small seasonal rivulet. There are many small stagnant water ponds and irrigation



distribution canals in the buffer zone. A list of aquatic macrophytes found in the buffer zone is given in Table 3.30. A few aquatic birds found in the buffer zone are included in Table 3.26. A list of fishes either caught to reported from the water bodies of the buffer zone are given in Table 3.32. It may be mentioned that these fishes are edible but the buffer zone hardly contributes any commercial fish production.

Table 3.32: LIST OF AQUATIC OR SEMI AQUATIC MACROPHYTES FOUND IN THE STUDY AREA: Sr. No. Scientific Name Family

1. Alternanthera philoxeroides Solanaceae

2. Alternanthera sessilis Solanaceae 3. Azollapinnata Azollaceae 4. Brachiariamutica Poaceae 5. Carexcruciata Cyperaceae 6. Centellaasiatica Apiaceae 7. Chrysopogonaciculatus Poaceae 8. Cynodondactylon Poaceae 9. Cyperusnatans Cyperaceae 10. Cyperusrotundus Cyperaceae 11. Echinochloacolona Poaceae 12. Eichhorniacrassipes Pontederiaceae 13. Fimbristylismiliacea Cyperaceae 14. Hydrilla verticillata Hydrocharitaceae 15. Imperatacylindrical Poaceae 16. Ipomoea aquatic Convolvulaceae 17. Ipomoea carnea Convolvulaceae 18. Ludwigiaperennis Onagraceae 19. Marsiliaquadrifoliata Marsiliaceae 20. Nelumbo nucifera Nelumbiaceae 21. Nymphaea nauchali Nympheaceae 22. Nymphaea stellata Nympheaceae 23. Otteliaalismoides Hydrocharitaceace 24. Oxalis corniculata Oxalidaceae 25. Paspalidiumgeminatum Poaceae 26. Phragmites karka Poaceae 27. Pistiastratoides Araceae 28. Saccharumspontaneum Poaceae 29. Schloenoplectusarticulatus Cyperaceae 30. Schoenoplectusarticulates Cyperaceae 31. Typha angustata Typhaceae 32. Vallisneria spiralis Hydrocharitaceae

Table 3.33: LIST OF FRESH WATER FISHES EITHER CAUGHT BY THE FISHERMAN OR REPORTED FROM THE STUDY AREA: S.No. Scientific Name Common name 1. Hetyeropneustesfossilis Cat fish 2. Mystusvittatus Cat fish 3. Catlacatla Catla 4. Glossogobiusgiuris Gobids 5. Platycephalus sp. Gobids 6. Anguilla bengalensis Indian Mottled Eel 7. Cirrhinusmrigala Mrigal 8. Channa punctatus Murrel 9. Channastriatus Murrel 10. Macrobrachiummalcolmsonii Prawn 11. Macrobrachiumrosenberghii Prawn 12. Labeorohita Rohu 13. Siloniasilonia Silonia



14. Mastecembalusarmatus Spiny eel 15. Oreochromis niloticus Tilapia 16. Wallago attu Wallago 3.13.14. RARE AND ENDANGERED FAUNA OF THE STUDY AREA 3.13.14.1 As per IUCN RED (2010) List The IUCN Red List is the world's most comprehensive inventory of the global conservation status of plant and animal species. It uses a set of criteria to evaluate the extinction risk of thousands of species and subspecies. These criteria are relevant to all species and all regions of the world. With its strong scientific base, the IUCN Red List is recognized as the most authoritative guide to the status of biological diversity. No sighted fauna fall under any threat category of IUCN. 3.13.14.2 As per Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972, as amended on 17th January 2003, is an Act to provide for the protection of wild animals, birds and plants and for matters connected therewith or ancillary or incidental thereto with a view to ensuring the ecological and environmental security of the country. Some of the sighted fauna were given protection by the Indian Wild Life (Protection) Act, 1972 by including them in different schedules. Among the birds in the study area, Pea fowl (Pavocristatus) is included in schedule I of Wildlife Protection Act (1972), while the other birds are included in schedule IV except common crow. Among the reptiles, all snakes are in Schedule-II of Wildlife protection act, (1972). Among mammals; Common Mongoose (Herpestesedwardsi), is a schedule –II mammals. Hares and five stripped squirrels are included in schedule IV of Wild Life Protection act 1972 are shown in Table 3.34. TABLE 3.34: SPECIES PROVIDED PROTECTION AS PER WILD LIFE PROTECTION ACT 1972

Group Species Schedule

Birds Pea fowl (Pavocristatus), schedule I Most of other listed birds Schedule-IV

Reptiles Snakes Schedule-II Most of other listed Reptiles Schedule-IV

Amphibians All listed amphibians Schedule-IV

Mammals Bandicoot rat (Nosokiaindicaindica) Schedule-V Common Indian field mouse (Mus booduga) Schedule-V Most of other listed mammals Schedule-IV

3.13.15 STATUS OF THREATENED AND ENDEMIC BIODIVERSITY In order to ascertain whether a species belong to any of the IUCN categories of threat or the BSI or ZSI or the WPA status, appropriate authentic and latest information from the websites was gathered. From the search, it is evident that none of the plant species found either in the core area nor in the project area belongs to a threatened or endemic category. There is no evidence of presence of any endemic species in the study area. The habitat features and the land use pattern in the study area are not conducive to any REET species. Thus, there are no chances of occurrence of any rare or endangered or endemic or threatened (REET) species within the core or buffer area. There are no Sanctuaries, National Parks, Tiger Reserve or Biosphere Reserve or Elephant Corridor or other protected areas within 10 Km of radius from core area. It is evident from the available records, reports and circumstantial evidence that the entire study area including the core and buffer areas were free from any endangered animals. Among the Mammals, only Squirrels, Mongoose, Rats and Bandicoots were seen occasionally during the survey. Monkeys were also rare. Among the reptiles, Lizards, Garden lizards were very common. Rat snake was said to be common but not noticed during the survey. Other reptiles were very rare. The amphibians listed were fairly common. A list of Mammals, Reptiles and Amphibians either found or reported from the area is given in Table 3. A list of birds is given in Table 4. There were no resident birds other than Crows, Parrots, Doves, and Weaver birds, Swifts, Quails and Mynas. It is apparent from the list that none of the species with the sole exception of Peacock either spotted or reported is included in Schedule I of the Wildlife Protection Act. Peacocks are fairly common in these areas. They do not come under the threatened category of the IUCN. Further it is easy to multiply Peacocks and they can be easily domesticated if permitted.



3.13.16 INTERPRETATION OF DATA PRIMARY & SECONDARY 3.13.16.1 PRIMARY DATA: In the report under consideration, as far as the flora is concerned, only primary data was used. Primary data is the one which is original, actual, factual and it is collected by the expert (S) based on the survey /sampling of the project site and the buffer zone. Literary resources are used only where there is a doubt about the name of the species and for cross checking or verification of the same. Published works such as the district floras, and web resources such as the Virtual herbarium, Flowers of India (http://www.flowersofindia.net/catalog/slides/Periwinkle.html) etc are used for finding he common names. As far as the flora is concerned only primary data is used except where there is a Wildlife sanctuary or National park. In such cases, the data relating to the sanctuary or Park prepared by the Forest and wildlife department, working plans of the forest department etc are used since no sampling is allowed in such areas without special permission from the National Wildlife Board. In the project under consideration, no such secondary data was used as far as the flora is concerned. 3.13.16.2 SECONDARY DATA: SOURCES, CROSS CHECKING AND AUTHENTICATION / GROUND VALIDATION In case of Fauna, both primary and secondary data are used. In most cases, there won’t be any authentic data relating to the study area. We have information or data base for the entire State and rarely for the entire district. Therefore, information about the biogeographical information systems, State level data base or regional data base and scientific publications if any are used to only to know about what is likely to be present in the study area. With such an idea, the expert during the filed survey looks for any direct, indirect and circumstantial evidence regarding the probable presence of any Mammal, bird, reptile, amphibian etc. In the present case, local people, especially factory workers, teachers, bird watchers, nature lovers, were contacted to solicit the information that they could provide. Visits to the local markets where local products were sold was also considered. Such data / information is accepted only when it is in conformity with the scientific information (relating to the region or the district or the State). That is how verification and cross checking is done. 3.13.17 INTERPRETATION OF EB The site under consideration is in the west Coast of India and it is not a hill station. Seasonal changes are mostly influenced by the rainfall and temperature but temperature variations are not extreme. There are no freezing winters and the temperature is favourable for growth of all plants and crops throughout the year provided there is water. During the rainy season from June to September, most of the productive lands turn green due to the growth of weeds, herbs and cultivated crops. Rainy season is followed by a short transition period during October when the Southwest monsoon withdraws and most annuals complete their life cycle. From November to February, we have a relatively cool and dry season and it is also suitable for plant growth provided there is water. Winter is followed by the hot and humid summer season lasting till the onset of monsoon. Summer is also good for plant growth if there is no shortage of water. Seasons in the study area much like any other plains of India. They can influence the phenological events and phenological calendar of plants but practically all plants can grow throughout the year if there is no shortage of water. But due to the shortage of water during the post monsoon period, landscape changes under natural conditions. Most of the annuals die and wither away. But the perennials remain. Vegetation can influence the fauna, especially the short lived invertebrate fauna of the area to a great extent. Long-lived vertebrates remain and they are not going to vanish in any season. In the buffer zone, wild flora was restricted to a few small areas which are open to grazing. Due to agriculture and anthropogenic impacts, the flora is dominated by cultivated plants and weeds associated with them. On account of irrigation, weeds were dominated by wetland species. But none of the plant species found in the area belong to any RET category.

CHAPTER-4

ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS & MITIGATION MEASURES



CHAPTER – 4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 4.1 IDENTIFICATION OF IMPACTS Prediction of impacts is the most important component in environmental impact assessment process as it is the process of deriving contribution from the proposed project in the surrounding region. Several mathematical/statistical techniques and methodologies are available for predicting impacts due to developmental activities on physico-chemical, ecological and socio-economic components of environment. The results obtained from the predictions are to be superimposed over the baseline (pre-project) status of environmental quality to derive the ultimate (post-project) scenario of environmental quality status. The quantitative impacts derived from prediction are also essential to delineate pragmatic environmental management plan (Pollution control measures) for implementation during construction and operation phases of proposed activities for minimizing the adverse impacts on environmental quality. Mathematical models are the best tools to quantitatively describe cause - effect relationships between source of pollution and different components of environment. In case, mathematical models are either not available or it is not possible to identify/validate models for a particular situation, predictions are arrived at through available scientific knowledge, experience and judgments. The mathematical models used for carrying out predictions in the present study included, steady state Gaussian Plume Dispersion model designed for multiple point sources for air quality. In case of water, land, biological and socio-economic environments, the predictions have been made based on the available scientific expertise and judgments, ALOHA for RH, biodiversity indices for prediction on EB. 4.2 PREDICTIONS AND EVALUATION OF IMPACTS Evaluation is an absolute term used for assessment and prediction by means of numerical expression or value. Assessment is the process of identifying and interpreting the environmental consequences of the significant actions. Prediction is a way of mapping the environmental consequences of the significant actions. Significant action depicts direct adverse changes caused by the action and its effects on health of biota including flora, fauna and man, socio-economic conditions, landforms and resources, physical and cultural heritage properties and quality of bio-physics surrounds. Prediction requires scientific skill drawn from many disciplines. Prediction of ecological components is often uncertain, because their response to environmental stress cannot be predicted in absolute terms. The assessor (one who does the assessment) and decision maker (one who take the decision after adequate analysis of assessment report) is expected to be aware of the degree of uncertainty. The assessor generally uses the following methods and resources for impact assessment.

Field surveys and monitoring, Guideline and modeling, Literature surveys and interviews, Qualification and experience.

An impact can be defined as any change in physical, chemical and biological, cultural and or socio economic environment that can be attributed to activities related to alternatives under study for meeting the project needs. Impact methodology provides an organized approach for prediction and assessing these impacts. Impact assessment is based on conceptual notions on how the universe acts that is intuitive and/or explicit assumption concerning the nature of environmental process. In most of cases the predictions consists of indicating merely whether there will be degradation, no change or enhancement of environment quality. In other cases, quantitative ranking scales are used. The selection of indicator is crucial in assessment because impacts are identified and interpreted based on impact indicator. An impact indicator is a parameter that provides a measure (in at least some qualitative or numerical sense) of the significance and magnitude of the impact. In India indicator are developed by the Central Pollution Control Board (CPCB) in the form of primary water quality criteria, biological water quality criteria, and national ambient quality criteria for air and noise. The impact of the proposed project on the environment has been considered based on the information provided by the proponents and data collected at the site. The environmental impacts have been categorized as long or short term and reversible or irreversible. Primary impacts are those, which are attributed directly by the project while secondary impacts are those, which are indirectly induced. These typically include the associated investment and changed pattern of social and economical activities by the proposed action. The operational phase of the proposed project comprises several of which have been considered to assess the impact on one or another environmental parameters.



Scientific techniques and methodologies based on mathematical modeling are available for studying impacts of various project activities on environmental parameters. The nature of the impacts due to said project activities are discussed here in detail. Each parameter identified in proceeding chapters, is singularly considered for the anticipated impact due to various activities listed. The impact is quantified using numerical scores 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 in increasing order of activity. In order to assess the impact accurately, each parameter is discussed in detail covering the following:

a. Project activities like to generate impact, b. Quantification and prediction of impact.

Minor and temporary impacts are expected due to the construction activities. All the impacts of construction phase will be short term only and it is very limited as minor construction work is anticipated for requirement of project. Operation of the project may have potential to affect quality of life, air, noise, water, land, flora, fauna and human by increasing air, noise and water pollution, by increase in hazardous waste generation, by pollution from spillage/surface run-off, by disturbance to flora and fauna, by loss of trees resulting from increased assess, by increase in land values threatening agriculture, etc. During the operation phase, the following activities are considered significant.

a. Air emission (Significant), b. Noise generation (Minor), c. Hazardous waste generation (Significant), d. Water use and waste water discharge (Significant), e. Employment Generation (Significant).

4.3 AIR ENVIRONMENT 4.3.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES The construction activities of the proposed project will be limited to an area of 3666.29m2 within the plant premises hence; the impacts will be restricted to the plant premises except transportation of construction materials. The impacts identified during construction are listed below: IMPACTS:

Particulate matter and health impact on people of nearby area due to dust & flue gas emission from DG Set.

Flue gas generation from D.G set which will increase pollutant in air. Chances of accident due to inhalation of dust during construction work. Stomatal index may be minimized due to dust deposit on leaf from construction activities and

transportation. 35 kg/day openly disposed garbage will create nuisance due to odor generation. Generation of top soil to the extent of 3.84 Tons.

MITIGATION MEASURES: Transportation vehicles will maintain speed limit at all times to avoid excessive dusting. Transportation vehicles will be covered with tarpaulin sheet while transporting materials. Construction materials must be stored in covered shed. D. G. Set Will be operated only during power failures and provided with stack height (11 m) has been

provided along with stack monitoring facility. Regular water sprinkling will be done to reduce dust level. Total 2 Nos. of bins (25 kg each) with cover lid will be provided for storing Garbage/ wastes and will

be disposed off adequately as per MSW rule, 2016. Top soil will be stored separately and used for greenbelt development.

4.3.2 OPERATION PHASE IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES The dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere is a function of several meteorological parameters viz. temperature, wind speed and direction, mixing depths, inversion level, etc. A number of models have been developed for the prediction of pollutant concentration at any point from an emitting source. The Industrial Source Complex-Short Term (ISCST3) dispersion model is a steady-state Gaussian plume model. It is most widely accepted for its interpretability. It gives reasonably correct values because this obeys the equation of continuity and it also takes care of diffusion, which is a random process. For the present study, this model is used for the prediction of maximum ground level concentration (GLC). With respect to operation phase impact, proposed air emission from Flue gas stack generate Particulates Matter, Sulphur dioxide, Nitrogen Oxide. Adequate measures must be taken to minimize air pollution from process by providing air pollution control equipment. D.G. set will be installed as standby to be used during emergency, in case of power failure. Flue gases are discharged from stacks at adequate height (as per GPCB norms). The site specific



and monitored details considered for input data for the software “ISC-AERMOD View” by Lakes Environmental, Canada for prediction of impact on air environment. The site-specific hourly meteorological data measured at site is given in Annexure-XXVIII In order to conduct a refined air dispersion modeling using ISCST3 and ISC-PRIME short-term air quality dispersion U.S. EPA PCRAMMET and U.S. EPA AERMET programs. Site specific Mixing height data were not available, mixing height data from the Atlas of Hourly Mixing Height and Assimilative Capacity of Atmosphere in India by Environmental Monitoring and Research Centre, India Meteorological Department are considered. The air pollution caused by the gaseous emissions from a single or small group of stacks is a local phenomenon. Its impacts will occur at a distance ranging from within the immediate vicinity of the stack to several kilometers away from the stack. Maximum ground level concentration will occur within this range. All plumes at more downwind distances from the source by stack emission become so diluted by diffusion in the ambient atmosphere, that concentrations of pollutants become negligible. The maximum ground level concentration for different parameters is given in Table 4.4. Equal concentration contour plots for the SPM, SO2 and NOx are given in Figure 4.1 to 4.3. The details of emission form the stack are shown in Table 4.2, which is input data for the ISCST3 model. Based on CPCB limit of pollutant, calculated ground level concentration is superimposed on existing ambient air quality to obtain proposed scenario for the purpose of prediction and evaluation of impact of stack and process emission on surrounding environment. Summary of ISCST3 model output for SPM, SO2 and NOx are shown in Table 4.3. TABLE 4.1: DETAILS OF STACKS

A FLUE GAS STACKS : [EXISTING] Stack No.

Stack Attached To

Stack Height

Stack Diameter Fuel Pollutants

Permissible value APC Attached

1



PM Sox

Nox

150mg/Nm ³

100 ppm 50 ppm




Nox

150mg/Nm ³

100 ppm 50 ppm


3 HAG 34 M 1000 mm Coal,

Lignite

PM Sox Nox

150mg/Nm ³

100 ppm 50 ppm


4



150mg/Nm ³

100 ppm 50 ppm


5



PM Sox Nox

150mg/Nm ³

100 ppm 50 ppm


6



PM Sox Nox

150mg/Nm ³

100 ppm 50 ppm




150mg/Nm ³

100 ppm 50 ppm




150mg/Nm ³

100 ppm




50 ppm



150mg/Nm ³

100 ppm 50 ppm




Stack Attached To

Stack Height

Stack Diameter

Fuel Pollutants Permissible

value APC Attached

1 Steam Boiler 10 MTPH ** 36 M

1450 mm

Coal,

Lignite

PM Sox

Nox


ESP (Combine Stack and APC for boiler and HAG) 2 HAG


B PROCESS STACKS :[EXISTING] Stack No.

Stack Attached To

Stack Height

Stack Diameter


APC Attached

1 Spray Dryer No. 3

21.4 M 700 mm

NG / Steam (HAG)

Afer Expansion

PM Sox Nox

150 mg/Nm ³ 40 mg/Nm ³ 25 mg/Nm ³


2 Spray Dryer No. 4

18.4 M 450 mm Steam PM Sox Nox

150 mg/Nm ³ 40 mg/Nm ³ 25 mg/Nm ³


3 Spray Dryer No.5

21.4 M 1200 mm

NG / Steam (HAG)

Afer Expansion

PM Sox Nox

150 mg/Nm ³ 40 mg/Nm ³ 25 mg/Nm ³


4 Spray Dryer No.6


PM Sox Nox

150 mg/Nm ³ 40 mg/Nm ³ 25 mg/Nm ³


5 Spray Dryer No.7


PM Sox Nox

150 mg/Nm ³ 40 mg/Nm ³ 25 mg/Nm ³


6 Spray Dryer No.8


PM Sox Nox

150 mg/Nm ³ 40 mg/Nm ³ 25 mg/Nm ³



16.5 M 250 mm -

Cl2 Hcl Br2 Hbr




16.5 M 250 mm -

Cl2 Hcl Br2 Hbr


30 m g/Nm ³


9


16.5 M 250 mm -

Br2 So2







# indicate that in proposed expansion, we will use our existing DD1 scrubber for Mono-Azo plant and install new scrubber for DD1 Plant

B Process Stacks : [Proposed]

Stack No.

Stack Attached To

Stack Height

Stack Diameter Fuel Pollutants

Permissible value APC Attached

1 Spray Dryer No.9


PM Cyclone + Wet Scrubber

2 Scrubber At NKS Plant

2.5 M 250 mm - So2 -


3


6.0 M 250 mm -

Cl2 Hcl Br2 Hbr

-


4 Scrubber At DD2 Plant (Coupling)

5.3 M 650 mm - So2 -


5


2.0M 250 mm - Br2, So2, Cl2

-



6.0 M 150 mm - Br2, So2, Cl2

- Venturi scrubbers followed by packed columm scrubber

7


5.6 M 450 mm - So2 Cl2



5.6 M 450 mm - So2 Cl2 -

Packed columm scrubber

8 Scrubber At NEW DD1 Plant (Diazo)

5.5 M 650 mm -

Cl2 Hcl Br2 Hbr

-


9


5.5 M 1000 mm -

Cl2 Hcl Br2 Hbr

-


10

Primary Treatment

Plant (Equalization

tank)

3.5 M 355 mm -

Cl2 Hcl Br2 Hbr




TABLE 4.2: QUALITY OF AIR EMISSIONS FROM STACK

S. No. PARAMETERS UNIT LIMIT

Proposed Stack No.1 (10 TPH Boiler + HAG )

1 Temperature of Flue Gas 0C - 180 2 Average Flue Gas Velocity m/sec - 8

Emission Rate (g/s)

3

Suspended Particulate Matter (With ESP)

mg/Nm3 150 1.3116

Suspended Particulate Matter (Without ESP)

52.4650

4 SO2 ppm 100 0.8744 5 NOx ppm 50 0.4372


Proposed Stack No.2 (Spray Dryer No.9)

1 Temperature of Flue Gas 0C - 90 2 Average Flue Gas Velocity m/sec - 6.5

Emission Rate (g/s) 3 Suspended Particulate Matter mg/Nm3 150 0.9124


Proposed Stack No.3 (DD Plant (Diazo))

Before / Without Scrubber 1 Temperature of Flue Gas 0C - 40 2 Average Flue Gas Velocity m/sec - 2.0

Emission Rate (g/s) 3 HCL mg/Nm3 20 0.0077


Proposed Stack No.3 (DD Plant (Diazo))

With Scrubber 1 Temperature of Flue Gas 0C - 40 2 Average Flue Gas Velocity m/sec - 2.0

Emission Rate (g/s) 3 HCL mg/Nm3 20 0.0022



FIGURE 4.1 EQUAL CONCENTRATION CONTOUR PLOT FOR SPM (With APCM)



FIGURE 4.2 EQUAL CONCENTRATION CONTOUR PLOT FOR SPM (Without APCM)



FIGURE 4.3 (CONTD) EQUAL CONCENTRATION CONTOUR PLOT FOR NOX



FIGURE 4.4 (CONTD) EQUAL CONCENTRATION CONTOUR PLOT FOR SO2



FIGURE 4.5 (CONTD) EQUAL CONCENTRATION CONTOUR PLOT FOR HCL (WITHOUT SCRUBBER)



FIGURE 4.6 (CONTD) EQUAL CONCENTRATION CONTOUR PLOT FOR HCL (WITH SCRUBBER)



TABLE 4.3 SUMMARY OF ISCST3 MODEL OUTPUT FOR SPM, SO2 ,NOX & HCL

S. N. LOCATIONS

COORDINATES (X, Y)

CONCENTRATION

SPM (g/m3)

SPM* (g/m3)

NOx

(g/m3) SO2

(g/m3) HCL

(g/m3) HCL** (g/m3)

1. PROJECT SITE (A1) (0.0, 0.0) 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0

2. ITALVA (A2) (-2000.0, -1000.0) 1.21110 21.89429 0.17679 0.35359 0.02098 0.07205

3. KAPLETHA (A3)

(-7000.0, -4000.0) 0.36657 6.88688 0.05582 0.11164 0.00224 0.00780

4. BALESHWAR (A4)

(1000.0,3000.0) 0.13350 3.09742 0.02533 0.05067 0.00216 0.00737

5. VAKTANA (A5)

(-5000.0, 2000.0) 0.04116 0.95842 0.00784 0.01568 0.00004 0.00016

6. BHATPOR (A6) (3000.0,2000.0) 0.59434 10.42348 0.08402 0.16803

0.00435

0.01497

7. MAKHINGA (A7) (0.0, -1000.0) 3.57979 62.74133 0.50569

1.01139 0.07355 0.23794

8. PALSANA (A8) (1000.0, 0.0) 2.46820 47.72012 0.38680 0.77360 0.10558 0.32760

SPM* IS WITHOUT ESP HCL** IS WITHOUT APCM TABLE 4.4 MAX. GLC’S FOR SPM, SO2,NOX & HCL (AVERAGE PERIOD: 24 HOURS)

S. NO.

X, Y CO-ORDINATES

MAXIMUM CONCENTRATION

PM (g/m3)

(With APCM)

PM (g/m3)

(Without APCM)

SO2

(g/m3) NOx

(g/m3)

HCL (g/m3)

(Without APCM)

HCL (g/m3)

(With APCM)

1. (0.00, -1000.00) 3.5797 62.7413 -- -- -- --

2. (0.00, -1000.00) -- -- 1.01139 -- -- --

3. (0.00, -1000.00) -- -- -- 0.50569 -- --

4. (1000.00,0.00) -- -- -- -- 0.3276 0.1063

TABLE 4.5 AVG INCREASE (INCREMENTAL) GLC’S DUE TO PROPOSED ACTIVITY

SR. NO.

LOCATION/ DIRECTION/ DISTANCE FROM SITE

POLLUTANT CPCB LIMIT (g/m3)

AV. MONITOR

ED BASELINE

CONC. (g/m3)

INCRIM-ENTAL GLC’S (g/m3)

TOTAL PREDICTIVE

GLC’S DUE TO PROPOSED ACTIVITY

(g/m3) 1. Project

Site/00/00 PM 150 65.20 00 65.20 PM * 150 65.20 00 65.20 SO2 100 19.46 00 19.46 NOx 50 23.31 00 23.31 HCL 20 147.70 00 147.70 HCL** 20 75.00 00 75.00

2. Italva / 2.4 km (SW)

PM 150 63.40 1.21110 64.6111 PM (Without ESP) 150 63.40 21.89429 85.29429 SO2 100 15.71 0.35359 16.06359 NOx 50 19.05 0.17679 19.22679

3. Kapletha /8.30 km (SWW)

PM 150 60.65 0.36657 61.01657 PM (Without ESP) 150 60.65 6.88688 67.53688



SO2 100 17.10 0.11164 17.21164 NOx 50 19.11 0.05582 19.16582

4. Baleshwar/ 1.5 km (E)


5. Vaktana / 5.5 km(W)


6. Bhatpor / 2.7 km (E)


7. Makhinga / 2.5 km (S)


8. Palsana / 1.8 km (SE)


PM* IS WITHOUT ESP HCL** IS WITHOUT APCM Impacts:

Release of flue gas emission like PM, SO2 and NOx from diesel operated vehicles and existing D.G. Set and its impact to surrounding area, plants & humans in temrs of health.

Various particulate matter constituents taken up by plants from the soil can reduce plant growth and productivity and can cause physical damage to plant surfaces via abrasion.

Exposure to nitrogen oxides (NOX) and sulphur oxides (SOX) can irritate the lungs, reduce lung function, and increase susceptibility to allergens in people with asthma. Both NOX and SOX are also precursors of fine particulate matter (PM2.5), and contribute to the formation of smog.

Air emission due to coal feeding system and its impact to surrounding area, plants & humans in temrs of health.

Release of flue gas & process gas emission like PM, SO2, Nox, HCL, HBr, Br2, NO2 etc from existing & Proposed Steam Boilers , HAG & Process.

In case of failure of APCD, GLC of pollutants like PM, SO2 and NOx in surrounding area will be increased above CPCB limit.

Mitigation Measures During operation phase following Mitigation measures for air quality impacts are proposed.

In case of failure of APCD, we will establish automatic production cutoff system – which is requirement of CPCB standards. Also we will plan schedule for regular preventive maintenance of pollution control system.

Stacks with adequate height and diameter will be provided as per the statutory requirements; Well-designed APC system like ESP etc. will be installed as required; Automatic Coal feeding system , with covered/closed conveyer system, will be provided to reduce

the air emissions; Proper operating procedures will be followed during startup and shutdown of steam boiler and

Thermic fluid heater; Proper periodic maintenance of APC system will be done to ensure its efficient operation; Vehicle manifest shall be maintained; PUC Certified vehicles will be used; Traffic management will be ensured; Internal road are of concrete work hence no chance of fugitive dust due to vehicle movement.



Proper PPE like dust masks will be provided to workers and its use ensured; The engines and exhaust systems of all vehicles and equipment used will be maintained as such,

that exhaust emissions are low and do not breach statutory limits set for the concerned vehicle/equipment type.

Conclusion: Comparing the incremental ground level concentrations of pollutants with the CPCB limits and Allowable limits as per factories act, it can be concluded the following:

At no receptors (nearby villages) incremental GLC’s shall exceed the permissible limit; Air impact is not expected to cause any effect on vegetation and human settlements in the vicinity

of the project site with pollution control systems in place. 4.3.3 DETAILS OF AIR POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES 4.3.3.1 STACK The existing facilities have total nine stacks out of which four stacks are operational and five stacks are on standby equipments. The unit has proposed one more flue gas stacks on proposed 10 TPH steam boiler + HAG & 10 nos. process gas stack. The stacks are provided with the following:

Sampling point. Platform at sampling point. Ladder till chimney top. Manhole. Drain point. Lightning arrestor with conductor strip. Aviation Lamp. SS-304 top edge of 300 mm height to avoid edge corrosion.

4.3.3.2 ESP INSTALATION Fig 4.7 ESP



TABLE NO. 4.6 ESP SPECIFICATION SL NO UNIT

1 GENERAL INFRMATION 1.1 Client Boiler burning Indonesian/Safrican

coal or lignite 1.2 ESP TYPE DRY horizontal flow type 1.3 Flue gas flow AM3/hr 15000+18000+18000 1.4 Fuel considered Imported coal or lignite 1.5 Gas temperature Inlet Deg C 180 1.6 Number of fields in series Nos 2 1.7 Treatment Time Seconds 11.52+12+12

1.8 Collection efficiency % 99.17 1.9 Inlet dust concentration Gms/Nm3 6 gms max 1.10 Outlet dust concentration Mgms/nm3 Less than 75

2 Colleting electrode 2.1 Type VPM double v profile 2.2 Material CRCA SHEET,IS -513 GR D 2.3 Electrode thickness Mm 1.25 2.4 Spacing between electrodes Mm 400 2.5 No of Gas passages Nos 4nos+5nos+5nos 2.6 Active height of electrode M 5 2.7 Specific collecting area m2/m3/sec 57.60+60+60 2.8 Total nos of electrode plates vertical Nos 60+72+72nos 2.9 Aspect ratio 1.44 2.10 Total collecting area M2 240+300+300

3 Discharge Electrodes 3.1 Type Pipe & pike type 3.2 Total nos of electrodes Nos 48+60+60 3.3 Spacing of electrodes Mm 500 3.4 Fixing arrangement Rigid frame with bottom CG

loading 4 Rapping system- collecting electrode 4.1 Type Tumbling hammer type 4.2 Gear box rpm Rpm/kw 2/.33kw 4.3 Total nos of hammers Nos 2 nos x8 +2nos x 5 nos

impactors 4.4 Controller Common through Transformer

controller with sequential timer and power of rapping

5 High tension support Insulator 5.1 Type Conical 5.2 Material High alumina based porcelain 5.3 Leakage distance mm 550 5.4 Maximum flash over voltage 150 KV 5.5 Location Individual drum enclosures on

top of ESP roof



5.6 Numbers /field 2 nos 6 Transformer rectifier unit 6.1 Type Horizontal bushing type out door 6.2 Rating 150 mamps 6.3 Peak KV Rating KV 110 KV dc 6.4 Numbers Nos 1 for each path

Transformer rectifier controller unit 7.1 Nos Nos 3 7.2 Type of cabinet Self standing 7.3 Voltage controlled Thyristor with voltage feed back 7.4 Arc and spark suppression Yes 7.5 Ambient design temperature 45 7.6 Power supply V, Phase ,hz 415±15%,2 phase,50 hz

8 Casing 8.1 Plate Thickness Mm 5 8.2 Design temperature Deg c 250 8.3 - pressure withstanding capacity Mmwc (-) 350 8.4 Construction Prefabricated and full welded at


9 Dust hoppers 9.1 Plate Thickness mm 5 9.2 Design temperature Deg c 250 9.3 - pressure withstanding capacity mm wc (-) 350 9.4 Construction Prefabricated and full welded at

site 9.5 Material IS-2062 GR – A 9.6 Type Pyramidal 9.7 Hopper valley angle Degrees 60 9.8 Flange outlet to RAV mm x mm 300x 300

10 Rotary airlock valve 6 nos 10.1 Geared motor Kw 75 kw 10.2 Rpm Rpm 7 Rpm can be adjusted with chain

sprocket on site 12 Perforated Gas distribution screen Nos 3+3 12.1 Perforated gas screen One at inlet and outlet

13 Pressure drop across ESP mmWC 15-35

14 Approximate overall Footprint 8 m X 6.4 m wide + 2.5 meters

For inlet outlet ducting



4.3.3.3 SCRUBBER INSTALLATION SCRUBBER SPECIFICATIONS Nature of feed Process gases with moisture.(HCL, NOX, CL2 , SO2 etc) Type of process Two stage venturi scrubber followed by packed column scrubber

Type of scrubber Wet Scrubber

Scrubbing media 18-20% Cuastic Solution (Water + NaOH)

Type of operation Batch / Continuous

Operating temperature Less than 50 Degree Centigrade

Design temperature 100 Degree Centigrade

Method of spraying Through High Pressure Jet Spray Nozzles

Inlet gas flow rate 50 Kg/hr

Inlet gas temp. 95-98 Degree Centigrade

Detailed scrubber specification are attached as Annexure-XV 4.3.3.4 CONTROL OF FUGITIVE EMISSION Fugitive emission as air pollutants released to the air other than those from stacks or vents; looking to nature of the proposed Expansion project of M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd., negligible fugitive emissions during usage, handling and transportation of Waste & chemicals as the inventory is less, following mitigation measures will be taken to control or prevent fugitive emission.

All pumps, Compressors and Agitator must be mechanically sealed. All process pumps must be provided trays to collect probable leakage. More weightage on selection of MOC of piping must be given to avoid leakage/spillage. Proper system must be provided for decontamination and effective cleaning of drums. Face mask must be provided to all workers to avoid odor nuisance. Developing appropriate green belt Vehicular speed will be limited to reduce airborne fugitive dust;

4.4 WATER ENVIRONMENT With respect to water environment, three aspects are generally considered in EIA, the raw water availability, consumption and wastewater generation that will be disposed. The first priority in water quality assessment is to maintain and restore the desirable level of water quality in general. 4.4.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES During construction phase of the project, the water requirement will be negligible as RMC will be used for civil construction. The drinking water requirement will be met from the existing bore well. Hence, the impacts during this phase will not be significant. Some of the impacts identified are listed below: IMPACTS IDENTIFIED:

The drainage pattern and water supply system of overland water flow can be changed due to the site preparation activities.

Surface water quality during this phase could arise from dust emissions (from vehicles and disturbance of soil), high-suspended solids (from storm water runoff) and sanitary waste.

MITIGATION MEASURES

Suspended solids can be controlled by sprinkling water and by employing enclosures to construction area to allow the particles to settle down, prior to get dispersed.

Had provided well designed internal drainage system with adequate slope. Explore the possibility of recycle / reuse of treated water.



4.4.2 OPERATION PHASE IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES The operational phase will have significant impacts on water environment in terms of water consumption and wastewater generation. The impacts identified are listed below: IMPACTS IDENTIFIED:

Spillage or leakage of any raw material or product may have accidental contaminate to nearby areas if drained into the sewer which will ultimately impact the aquatic life.

There are chances of surface water contamination if the water used for cleaning the plant floor and Plant equipments is disposed off in surface water without treating it. The water contamination will have impact on the aquatic life and benthic environment.

Generation of sewage (75 KLD). Impact on water if untreated sewage will be disposed. The impact will result in contamination of surface water which may affect the aquatic life.

Pollution load on water environment in term of generation of large quantity of effluent from plant. MITIGATION MEASURES:

Proper storage, loading and unloading practice as per the SOP is/will be done. Regular maintenance of process equipment‘s and machineries is/will be done. Had provided well designed internal drainage system with adequate slope connected to ETP. Generated sewage after expansion will be disposed off through septic tank. Industrial effluent 2185 KLD after expansion which will be treated in in-house ETP of 2500.0

KLD capacity. Treated water (2245.0 kl/day) will be discharged in to CETP of M/s. NPICSL, Palsana.

4.4.3 GROUND WATER ABSTRACTION AND ITS IMPACT ON WATER RESOURCE M/s Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd is going to withdraw groundwater to the tune of 2700 kl/day which will be equal to 98.550 ham/ year and is almost 0.35 % of net annual available groundwater within the buffer area. The draft by the industry will consume a large share (11%) of groundwater allotted for domestic and industrial requirement for the next 25 years (since 2009) which is computed as 480 Ham for the buffer area. Due to construction of impermeable structures for the industry groundwater recharge will reduce and its long term impact might be reflected in the depletion of groundwater level. Impact on geology The civil construction to be carried out will have little impact on the local or regional geology as it will not involve any major change in landscape or depositional environment. 4.5 SOIL ENVIRONMENT The main source of impact on land and soil environment will be due to hazardous waste generated during construction and operation activities. 4.5.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES IMPACT IDENTIFIED:

The construction activities will be carried out in the empty plot in the factory premises which will generate top soil to the extent of 3.84 Tons.

Generated Construction waste if disposed on open land may detoriate the soil quality. Soil degradation due to garbage waste disposal on open land.

MITIGATION MEASURES: Maintained vehicles will be used for preventing spillage of oil and loaded material. Excavation activity will be carried out for expansion project as vertical expansion of existing

building. Construction waste will be categorized in to recyclable and non-recyclable and stored separately.

Recyclable construction waste will be sent for recycling and non-recyclable waste will be sent to authorize dealers for disposal.

Disposal on open land will not be allowed. Garbage/wastes will be stored in existing storage yard and will be disposed adequately, as per GPCB norms/authorization.



4.5.2 OPERATION PHASE IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES IMPACT IDENTIFIED:

Hazardous waste will be generated from manufacturing processes, boiler & ETP. Improper handling and disposal of used oil and discarded containers; sludge of wet scrubber,

process inorganic waste, distillation Residue, fly ash and ETP waste may lead to occupational hazard.

Spillage leakage from storage area may degrade the quality of soil / soil fertility, if not taken stored properly.

MITIGATION MEASURES Process waste generated having high value will be sent to end users as byproduct whereas empty

bags and drums will be sent to authorize vendor. The fly ash will be sent to brick/ cement manufactures. The used oil will be re-used as lubricants in the machineries within the premises only and ETP sludge will be collected and sent to TSDF site of Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd.,

Saurashtra Enviro Projects Ltd., Recycling Solutions Pvt. Ltd., Ecocare Infrastructure Pvt. Ltd., etc.Sludge will be sent to all this TSDF As and when required basis.

Concreted flooring with leaked material collection system with connection to ETP. Wastes will be handled/disposed according to the Waste Management Rules, 2016.

4.6 NOISE ENVIRONMENT 4.6.1 CONSTRUCTION PHASE IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES IMPACT IDENTIFIED:

Decreases the efficiency of workers due to exposure of continuous noise. Noise due to construction machineries, vehicles and D.G. sets may impact on surrounding area at

day time and night time as well as increase at work going on in night it will impact at night time also.

Surrounding/ nearby area habitat daily activities may be impacted due to continuous noise. MITIGATION MEASURES:

Adequate noise control measures such as mufflers, silencers at the air inlet/outlet, anti vibration pad for equipment with high vibration, earmuff and earplugs to the operators etc. would be provided.

Housing / casing must be provided for all noise generating machines. Pump operators are generally exposed to higher noise level for short duration.

High noise generating activity will be avoided during nighttime and their frequency to be minimized to avoid continuous noise exposure.

DG set will be equipped with acoustic enclosures and it will be used during power failures only. Existing green belt may act as a noise barrier.

4.6.2 OPERATION PHASE IMPACT AND MITIGATION MEASURES During the operational phase of the project, major impact due to noise environment will be shop floor workers due to continuous exposure of noise levels while working in the plant. The identified impacts are listed as below: IMPACT IDENTIFIED:

The main sources of noise pollution in the plant would be blower, diesel generator and Compressors. The exposure of high noise levels may result in lower productivity due to change in behavior and irritation of the shop floor workers at high noise level areas.

Vehicular movements during operation phase for loading/unloading of raw material and other transportation activity may increase noise level. Pump operators are generally exposed to higher noise level for short duration. However, it will be reversible in nature.

Exposure of continuous noise will lead to decrease of work efficiency and also may lead to any dangerous accident.

Continuous noise exposure may impact on ETP operator hearing capacity. Reduction in noise waves to the receptors serving as a noise barrier.



MITIGATION MEASURES: Transportation activity is been carried out during day time only and same will be continued. Regular maintenance & lubrication of utilities, equipments and vehicles is been carried out and

same will be continued to reduce noise levels. PUC Certified vehicles will be used. Less noise creating machineries and motors is/will be used for manufacturing process. Provision of ear muffs and ear plugs to prevent continuous noise exposure risk to employees

working on site. Rotation of plant operation is/will be done. Vibration pads is been installed for all pumps, motors, blowers, process machineries and D.G sets. Preventive maintenances of pumps, motors and blowers is/will be done periodically. Regular maintenance of greenbelt is been done and will be continued.

TABLE 4.7 EXISTING SCENARIO OF NOISE LEVEL AT POINT SOURCE

S.NO. LOCATION OF POINT SOURCE WITHIN PREMISES NOISE LEVEL IN dB(A) (24 hrs average)

1. P1. Existing Utility 75.4

2. P2. Plant Building 57

3. P3. Factory Area 80

4. P4. D.G. Set 78

TABLE 4.8 SUMMARY OF MODEL dhwaniPRO OUTPUT FOR NOISE LEVEL

S.NO. LOCATIONS LAT/LONG

NOISE LEVEL IN DB(A)

DIST, DIRECTION

EXISTING PROPOSED

1. R1- Near Factory Gate 21°05'42"N, 72°58'35"E

0.12, E 63 71

2. R2- Near Gate of GETPL

21°05'52"N, 72°58'33"E

0.26, N 67 73

3. R3- Near SD Jain School

21°05'23"N, 72°58'42"E

0.72, SSE 61 69

4. R4- Ultra Denim

21°05'34"N, 72°58'10"E

0.77, SWW 57 64

5. R5- Stuti Processor Pvt. Ltd.

21°05'47"N, 72°58'05"E

0.61, NWW 48 56

6. R6- Hotel Decent

21°05'29"N, 72°58'35"E

0.50, S 48 58

The various noise levels along with contour at selected receptors, due to proposed project activities, are shown in Figure 4.5 & 4.6 respectively.



FIGURE 4.8 NOISE LEVEL AT SELECTED RECEPTORS DUE TO PROPOSED ACTIVITY

FIGURE 4.9 CONTOUR PLOT FOR NOISE LEVEL WITHIN 500 METERS



4.7 LAND ENVIRONMENT Land environment is important as it provides food and shelter to the habitats. The project activities may have direct and/or indirect impacts on land, particularly the immediate surroundings of the project. Keeping in view, the impacts have been identified as below and suggested preventive /mitigative measures. 4.7.1 IMPACT OF LAND USE

1. The current land use type of project site is single crop field covered by industry and this land converted in to industrial area. There will be no major change in the land use because it is an expansion cum addition of new products project.

2. According to project site 3666.29 sq. mt areas will be utilize which is already acquired as industrial land.

3. Mindhola River is about 2.6 Km S from project site which proximity could affect the pollution levels of the river, under careless conditions, which may affect the aquatic life of the river..

4. Surrounding area crop lands could be affected resulting in reduced yields, contaminated produce could spread diseases due to uncontrolled leakages and pollutants.

5. As per land break up single crop land and double crop lands are the major land use type covering the study area. Only Double crop land is influencing factors to the environment.

6. Single crop land can influence the ground water and soil due to fertilizers and pesticides being used for the crops.

7. Crop lands can help to reduce air pollution as well as it can protect soil erosion. 8. Palsana, Baleshwar, and Bhutpor towns are the major settlement in the study area. It has also been

observed that settlements are established along the road and river covered by in the study area. Settlement also has their impact on air, water and soil environment.

4.7.2 MITIGATION MEASURES PROPOSED FOR MAINTENANCE

As surrounding area nearby project site are mainly cropping land area, company will take care of Air, Water and Soil environment and will take steps for the conservation of environment.

No process or flue gas emission. Seepages, percolation of project site water / flooding of the site need to be strictly controlled

through constructions of peripheral wall around the site. The trade effluents are sent to CETP of M/s. NPICSL, hence now onward, treated effluents will

also be sent to CETP of M/s. NPICSL, Palsana for further treatment and disposal through u/g drainage system after primary treatment whereas other pollutants will be controlled in such a way that no leakage / seepage within the project premises or within the study area.

4.7.3 INFRASTRUCTURE AND SERVICES As a result of development of industry, the neighboring areas will be developed for commercial use. The infrastructure services e.g. roads, state transport, post and telegraph, communication, education and medical facilities, housing, etc. will be improved in the surrounding areas. 4.8 ENVIRONMENTAL HAZARD Raw material such as Acetic Acid, Acetone, Formaldehyde, and HCL etc; will be transported by road and appropriate storage capacities placed in the project facility in compliance with the Hazardous Waste Management and Handling Rules The project proponent must consider all the safety aspects in planning, designing and operation of the plant as per standard practices. Hence, no adverse impact on this account is anticipated. However, accidental release and/or discharge of chemicals may affect the soil quality, ambient air and water quality of the nearby area. This may have impact on the flora and fauna of the area. This may also impact workers in the plant vicinity. 4.9 ECOLOGICAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT 4.9.1 ECOLOGY The impact due to operation of the project and its activities on the ecological parameters like natural vegetation, cropping pattern, fisheries and aquatic life, forests and species diversity is summarized below. 4.9.2 NATURAL VEGETATION Proposed project is coming inside the land premise which is an industrial plot. There will not be any cutting of the plantation. On the contrary, the project proponent will increase green belt area surrounding periphery.



Since the effluents and emissions generated from the project activities shall be treated and disposed as per the EMP provisions, adverse impact over any of the ecological components of the environment is reduced to minimum. 4.9.3 CROPS Since, the proposed project activities are on existing industrial non-agricultural land, it does not alter the cropping production of the area. Further, the necessary environmental protection measures have been planned under EMP e.g. air pollution control systems designed to take care of even emergency releases of the gaseous pollutants like SPM, SO2, NOx and regular environmental surveillance, etc ; so as not to have any short-term or cumulative effect on the crops and the natural vegetation of the area. 4.9.4 FISHERIES AND AQUATIC LIFE No commercial fishery activities are observed within 10 Km radius of the project site. The treated wastewater will be sent to CETP for further treatment; hence minor impact or insignificant may be envisaged on aquatic life if EMP will be followed. 4.9.5 AESTHETIC ENVIRONMENT The proposed activities and plantation will enhance the aesthetic environment.



TABLE 4.9 ECOLOGICAL IMPACT ASSESSMENTS

Ecological Criteria

Identified Impacts Ecological significance of Impact

Magnitude Duration /Timing/

Frequency

Reversibility Mitigation Cumulative Impact

Construction Phase Zone of Influence

Project site habitat Due to Site clearance.

The Project site is located in Palsana, Surat. As the proposed activity for manufacturing dyes will be located within the industrial primises; with 49824.52sq.m.(Existimg+Proposed).The proposed green belt development (33%) as the part of this project will mitigate the ecological impact due to this, restricted vegetation clearing.

No impact -

- - No Cumulative

impact

Zone of Influence

Ecological Impact Surrounding habitat due to fugitive emission.

Not much impact on the surrounding habitat is envisaged due to the construction activity except some fugitive emission

Temporary Impact

Only during the

construction activity

Reversible As given in EMP chapter The existing green belt surrounding the industrial area will restrict the fugitive emission

No cumulative

impact

Accessibility Ecological Impact due to road construction

No Road construction is required to assess the project site. The existing internal Roads network of area are connected the project site and to the existing State highway 168 & NH No.8

No impact No Impact

Operation Phase Zone of Influence

Ecological Impact on Surrounding Eco sensitive habitat due to emission sources from the proposed activity:

The Project site is located in already developed. The SPM, SO2, NOx, emission from the stacks attached to Steam Boiler, HAG and D.G sets can reduced the photosynthesis.

Moderate Impact

During operation

Phase

No The SPM, SO2, NOx, Green belt development in the premises considering the predominant wind

No significant Impact



direction will further reduce the impact emission with respect to the magnitude and distance.

Zone of Influence

Ecological Impact on Surrounding Eco sensitive habitat due to waste water generated from the project activity.

During operation phase daily water requirement of M/s. SDCL will be 2700.0 KLD of which is sourced from 4 existing + 3 proposed bore wells and Domestic sewage 75.0 KLD generated will be treated in Secondary Treatment Plant. Generated 2170.0 KLD industrial effluents will be treated in proposed ETP. Existing process effluent is sent to CETP of M/s. NPICSL, hence now onward, treated effluents will also be sent to CETP of M/s. NPICSL, Palsana for further treatment and disposal No waste water will be discharged in the nearby area. No adverse impact of proposed project activities is envisaged.

No Impact

During operation

Phase

No Part of the Industrial waste water will go for forced evaporation and remaining will be discharged in to CETP after adequate treatment in in-house ETP.

No impact

Zone of Influence

Ecological Impact on Surrounding Eco sensitive habitat due to Noise generated from the project activity.

The Noise level during the operation phase is around 75 dB. The impact on ambient noise level will be restricted only on the factory premises The ambient air quality of the surrounding villages may not have any significance increase due to the project activity

No impact on Flora and fauna

During operation Phase

No As given in The EMP section

No impact



4.10 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT Prediction of impacts is based both on the direct and indirect; short-term as well as long-term; irreversible and irreversible impacts that are most likely to occur owing to the proposed activity during establishment and operation. The ecological factors that are considered most significant as far as the impact on flora and fauna are concerned: 1. Whether there shall be any reduction in species diversity? 2. Whether there shall be any habitat loss or fragmentation? 3. Whether there shall be any additional risk or threat to the rare or endangered or endemic or threatened (REET) species? 4. Whether there shall be any impairment of ecological functions such as (i) disruption of food chains, (ii) Decline in species population and or (iii) alterations in predator-prey relationships? 4.10.1 TERRESTRIAL ECOLOGY: Anticipated impacts of the proposed project and its activity on the Terrestrial Ecology and Biodiversity is given in Table 4.10 TABLE 4.10: Anticipated impacts of the proposed project and its activity on the Terrestrial Ecology and Biodiversity Parameter Anticipated impact Frequency and

magnitude of the impact

Whether the impacts are manageable

Change in land use No change Very low Yes Cutting of trees No tree is going to be cut down Not applicable (N.A) N.A Denudation of vegetation Due to fabrication and erection of

machinery Limited to the period of construction

Yes

Impacts on the biodiversity of the buffer zone

The project has no potential to influence the buffer zone in any manner

Only in an unlikely even of worst case like fire and explosion.

Yes, unless everything goes wrong.

Impacts on eco-sensitve areas

There are no eco-sensitve areas N.A N.A

Threat to any RET flora and Fauna

No RET flora and fauna N.A N.A

Indirect impacts due to stack and air pollution

Emission inventory and stack emission modelling do not indicate any major deviation in any place of the study area at anytime

Any adverse impacts could be noticed within the premises .

Yes

Impacts due to discharge of untreated industrial effluents

No untreated effluents shall be discharged. All rules and standards of the CPCB and the SPCB shall be complied.

Even in the worst case, the industrial effluents are not going to cause flooding or pollution of land or water

Yes

Risk and hazard due to non-compliance of toxic and hazardous substances

Hazardous management and handling rules are strictly enforced.

Even in a worst case, the materials handled by industry are not going to pose any major threat

Yes

Positive contribution to biodiversity

Owing to the development of greenbelt, avenue plantations, gardens and parks, the ambience of the core area improves

Continuous and significant positive impact

Yes

Mitigation Measure: As the anticipated impacts are minor and the final our come of the impacts on the receptors of the environment are within the permissible limits / standards, no specific management plant for conservation of biodiversity are anticipated. However, the following mitigation measures are in place (Table Mitigation measures that are internalized as a part of the EMP are listed in Table 4.11)



TABLE 4.11 Mitigation measures in place for management of the anticipated adverse impacts of the proposed project. Type of impact Mitigation measures Worst case scenario

Pollution of air Air pollution control systems When the APC systems fail, the unit is stopped

Failure of the ETP It is designed to take care of the worst cases. Standby motors, pumps and spare parts are stocked.

Within 3 to 4 hours, the system is made operational and there is surplus capacity to take of emergency situation.

Loss of carbon sequestration

Greenbelt development Not expected

TABLE 4.12 List of anticipated impacts on aquatic biodiversity Parameter Most likely scenario Worst case scenario Pollution of water bodies by the airborne pollutants like SOx and NOx.

Only 25 Tonnes of coal is going to be used for the boilers in addition to the present 50 Tonnes. The air quality is not going to change significantly on account of the proposed activity

The unit has no potential to cause severe pollution and contamination of water bodies.

Pollution and contamination of water bodies due to discharge of untreated effluents

Untreated effluents will never be discharged. The treatment system can be put back into action within 3 to 4 hours and there is additional capacity.

The ETP is incapable of causing any deluge or a calamity. In the worst case, it may kill a few weeds but not a tree.

Mitigation Measures: TABLE 4.13 Mitigation measures in place for managing the adverse impacts on aquatic ecosystems. Source Impact Most likely scenario Mitigation measures Pollution of water bodies due to effluents and pollutants

No effluents and pollutants beyond the limits of the National standards are permitted

Air pollution control equipment. Effluent treatment plant. Regula monitoring of the performance of the EMP and remedial measures.

Spillages/ leakages of law materials / products

All toxic and hazardous materials are handled and stored in accordance with the storage and handling of hazardous material rules. Accidental damage shall be restricted and confined.

Regular monitoring, training of the personal, periodic mock drills, emergency preparedness are some of the preventive measures in place. Fire fighting systems are in place.

4.11 IMPACT ON SOCIO-ECONOMIC ENVIRONMENT Expansion in existing facilities and addition of new products will provide direct employment to the villagers. In addition to direct employment to the extent of 122 Nos., indirect employment will generate ancillary business to some extent for the local population. There is a positive effect due to improved communication and health services, which have led to economic prosperity, better educational opportunities and access to better health and family welfare facilities. There has been a beneficial effect on human settlement due to employment opportunities from various industries in addition to this unit. There will be no displacement of population in plant area. Any major activity that may lead to resettlement of the people is considered as permanent impact. Hence, there is no permanent impact on this account. The increasing industrial activity will boost the commercial and economical status of the locality up to some extent. 4.11.1 DEMOGRAPHY, ECONOMICS, SOCIOLOGY AND HUMAN SETTLEMENT M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. will provide direct employment to the affected villagers. In addition to direct employment to the extent of 122 Nos, indirect employment will generate ancillary business to some extent for the local population. There is a positive effect due to improved communication and health



services, which have led to economic prosperity, better educational opportunities and access to better health and family welfare facilities. There has been a beneficial effect on human settlement due to employment opportunities from various industries in addition to M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. There will be no displacement of population in plant area. Any major activity that may lead to resettlement of the people is considered as permanent impact. Hence, there is no permanent impact on this account. The increasing industrial activity will boost the commercial and economical status of the locality up to some extent. 4.11.2 FOREST, NATIONAL PARKS / SANCTUARIES There is no reserved forest, national park or sanctuary within 10 km radius of the plant and so no impact on the same. 4.11.3 PLACES OF ARCHAEOLOGICAL/ HISTORICAL/ RELIGIOUS/ TOURIST INTEREST There is no place of archaeological, historical, religious or tourist interest within the study area i.e.10 km radius of plant site. Hence, there is/will no impact on places of interest. 4.11.4 POSITIVE IMPACTS The Positive impacts identified from project would be as follows: Due to industrialization the region would progress in terms of develop housing, education, medical,

health, sanitation, power supply, electrification and transport in the area, which may improve the quality of life in the region.

The company activity would generate indirect employment opportunities as contract labours / daily wage workers, regular employment in the industry and its allied small scale industries, hotels, workshops, service station, petrol pumps, shops etc. and for transportation activities

Infrastructure facilities like housing, sanitation, health may improve on temporary basis for the population engaged in project work.

The region would be looked upon as potential developmental hub by Indian as well as foreign investors due to enhance infrastructure and already rich in mineral, coal, steel and availability of man power.

. 4.11.5 NEGATIVE IMPACTS The company activity would generate indirect employment opportunities as daily wages as a labours

work and for transportation activities, which would increase influx of population in the region and may cause strain on existing infrastructure facilities.

Increased demand on services and facilities in local communities will minor increase social conflict in the region.

Increased transportation facility may raise the risk of accidents and injury and increase in occupational health hazards

4.11.6 MITIGATIOSN MEASURES Sustainable livelihood is today foremost demand from the development point of view of the people in the region which can be attained by arranging the following services:

Implementation of the schemes like self employment programme and organized training camp for rural youths. Provide educational and vocational training to unemployed youth.

Conduct different goal oriented programme related to health with specialized team so that the health status of the people will be improved. The programs such as: Awareness camp on different ailments according to the foremost demand of the region. Program on hygienic conditions in the form of lecturer, exhibition, role play, street play etc. Qualitative medical services should be provided through medical and Para medical staff Free medical treatment and distribution of medicines to the people below poverty line

(BPL). Training programs for untrained midwifes (dais) and other medical staff. Special care towards the maternal and reproductive child health. Mobile van services for the emergency cases and for the people who find difficulty for

accessing the medical services. Mobilized loan to poor i.e. BPL (below poverty line) people for the development of poultry or dairy

farm activities Sanitation facilities in rural area are inadequate. The insanitary condition causes health problems.

Therefore, it is necessary that following activities should be undertaken on priority basis.



Develop the drainage system Regular cleaning of sewerage and open drains Mosquito control operation must be followed in the villages If possible construction of toilet be partially funded or subsidized by Govt. and Industrial

group Must arrange different programmes for enhancing cleanliness and reducing unsanitary

conditions. Company authority will maintain Roads properly by undertaking repairs of the damaged roads

regularly and proper planning while laying new roads. There all company will make good education institute including technical education. Then there

will be the percentage increasing education. Local people will able for work in company. Company will take training based programme about technical skills for the young generation, form

that they will provide job opportunities for that. There will be proper steps for village development. For that purpose, they create some social

promoters who will be helping the villagers for their development. Preventive measures will be taken controlling the pollution which is dust, air, water, noise and soil. To control the environment pollution there will be new technique and method implemented so that

air, water, noise, pollution level will decrease. Company will give their attention towards welfare activities such as woman developmental programmes, just like, they are deprived from education and they have not get all facility which is related to daily needs. There should be some women development programme from the companies i.e. small scale industries or self help group (SHG) formation, self employment program etc.

4.11.7 QUALITY OF LIFE

Definition of Quality of life

Quality of life (QoL) is a term, which indicates overall status of socio-economic environment in a given area. Quality of life (QoL) is defined as a function between “objective conditions” and “subjective attitudes” involving a defined “area” of concern

Quality of life index is based on a unique methodology that links the results of subjective life satisfaction surveys to the objective determinants of quality of life across countries. The “objective conditions” are defined as numerically measurable artifacts of a physical, sociological event or economic event. Objective conditions may be defined as any number, which stands for a given quantity of a variable of interest so long as it is independent of subjective opinion. Subjective attitude” is primarily concerned with affective and cognitive dimensions. It is specifically concerned with ‘how aspects of cognition vary as objective conditions vary.

Once objective measures are obtained for each factor, they are transformed to a normal scale varying from 0 to 1 (value function curve) in which 0 corresponds to the lowest or least satisfaction.

Actuary measure and 1 corresponds to the highest satisfaction level. The weights are assigned to each factor by ranked-pair wise technique (by the expert group) based on the secondary data and general observations.

For each objective measure, a corresponding subjective measure is developed for each individual of the sample population by asking him to rate his satisfaction scale (value function curve). In addition, it is used such that 0 corresponds to the lowest level of attitudinal satisfaction and 1 corresponds to the highest level of satisfaction. Weights are assigned to each factor using ranked - pair wise comparison techniques.

The Socio-economic Indicators for QoL Assessment are: 1. Income 2. Employment and Working Conditions 3. Housing 4. Food 5. Clothing 6. Water Supply 7. Sanitation 8. Health 9. Energy & Fuel 10. Transportation 11. Communication



12. Education 13. Environment and Pollution 14. Recreation 15. Social Security 16. Human Rights

Subjective QoL calculations are as follows:

QoL(s) = 1/p QIij X Wi i =1 j=1 Where, QoL(s) = Subjective quality of life index p = No. of respondents, j = 1, ......, p m = No. of factors, i = 1... m QIij = Subjective quality index for ith factor assigned by jth respondent Qiij = Subjective quality index for ith factor assigned by all respondents in an area Wi = Relative weightage of the ith factor

Objective QoL calculations are as follows: i=n QoL(o) = QIi X Wi

i=1 Where, QoL (o) = Objective quality of life index n = No. of QoL Factors i = 1... n

QIi = Satisfaction level (assigned by the expert group) for the ith objective indicator

Wi = Normalized weight for its factor The cumulative index of QoL calculations is as follows: QoL(c) = QoL o + QoL s 2

Thus, the average QoL index values are estimated as:

QoL (s) = 0.52

QoL (o) = 0.54

QoL (c) = 0.53

The average QoL index value for the study area is leading to satisfactory level due to satisfactory facilities for educational facilities, employment opportunities, and better road condition. Sanitation, health facility and transportation facilities were inadequate in the study area; improvement in these areas is needed.

4.12 MATRIX REPRESENTATION The parameters discussed are presented in the form of a matrix in table 4.10. The impact matrix relating to the activities operation phase is presented. Potential impact and mitigation measures of operation are given in table 4.11. The quantification of impact is done using numerical scores 0 to 5 as per the following criteria. Score Severity criteria 0 No impact 1 No damage 2 Slight/ Short-term effect 3 Occasional reversible effect 4 Irreversible/ Long-term effect 5 Permanent damage



4.12.1 CUMULATIVE IMPACT CHART The total negative impact of various activities on any one parameter is represented as a cumulative score and the cumulative scores of various parameters are given in the form of a cumulative impact chart. Any particular parameter having an individual score greater than 4 or cumulative score of 20 implies serious effects due to the project and calls for suitable mitigation measures. It is evident from the matrices that the resultant impact is beneficial to the local population and due to export and import substitution the resultant impact is beneficial to our country. TABLE 4.14 IMPACT IDENTIFICATION MATRIX

Activities During Operation Phase

Air Quality

Noise andOdor

Water Quality

Land Use

Infrast-ructure

Env. Hazards

Terrestrial Ecology

Socio- Economic

Status

Aquatic Ecology

Resource Depletion

Water Requirement - - - - - -

Raw material storage/ Handling

- - - - -

Gaseous/ Fugitive Emissions

- - -

Utilities - - -

Liquid Effluent Discharge

- - - - - - - - - -

Solid/hazardous Waste Disposal

- - -

Product Storage/ Handling

- - - - - - - - - -

Shutdown/ Startup - - - - -

Spills & Leaks - - -

Equipment Failures - - - - - -

Plant Operations -

Transportation - - - - -

Resource Consumption - - - - - -

TABLE 4.15 POTENTIAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATIVE MEASURES

ENVIRONMENTAL COMPONENTS

POTENTIAL IMPACTS

SOURCES OF IMPACT

MITIGATIVE MEASURE REMARKS

Water Quality Deterioration of water quality

Construction and operation activity.

Proper management of surface water runoff

must be made.

Insignificant adverse impact.

Air Quality Increase in SO2, NOX, PM,

concentrations in ambient air.

Odor nuisance.

During construction

fugitive emission.

Fugitive

emissions, Utility stack emissions.

Control of fugitive emissions

(water sprinkling). Adequate stack height with APC equipment.

Regular monitoring of stack must be carried out.

Negligible impacts on ambient air

quality.

Socio-Economic Overall growth and

development of area, increased employment,

Project activities.

--- Beneficial change.



improvement in infrastructure.

Noise Increased noise level.

Project operation.

Noise abatement at generation point and

green belt before receptor. PPEs to be provided to workers working near noise

generating equipments.

Marginal impact.

Infrastructure and Services

Improved communication,

transport facilities.

Social activities of company.

Development has been gradual.

Beneficial impact.

Environmental Hazards

Risk to environment

and neighboring population.

Handling and storage of

chemicals and fuels.

Risk assessment plan and Safe practices.

Insignificant adverse impact.

TABLE 4.16 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT MATRIX

Activities During Operation Phase

Air Quality

Noise and

Odor

Water Quality

Land Use

Infrast-ructure

Env. Hazards

Terrestrial Ecology

Socio- Economic

Status

Aquatic Ecology

Resource Depletion

Water Requirement 0 0 2 1 0 0 0 2 0 1

Raw material storage/ Handling 2 2 2 0 1 3 0 0 0 0

Gaseous/ Fugitive Emissions

2 1 1 0 0 2 1 1 1 0

Utilities 2 1 1 1 1 2 0 0 0 1

Liquid Effluent Discharge 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Solid/hazardous Waste Disposal 2 1 0 1 2 1 1 0 0 1

Product Storage/ Handling

0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0

Shutdown/ Startup 1 3 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 0

Spills & Leaks 1 1 2 0 0 2 1 1 1 0

Equipment Failures 2 1 1 0 0 2 0 0 0 0

Plant Operations 2 1 1 0 1 1 1 1 1 1

Transportation 1 2 0 0 1 1 0 1 0 0

Resource Consumption 0 0 2 1 1 0 0 0 0 1

TABLE 4.17 CUMULATIVE IMPACT CHART

ENVIRONMENTAL PARAMETER TOTAL CUMULATIVE SCORE

Water Requirement 6

Raw material storage/ Handling 10

Gaseous/ Fugitive Emissions 9

Utilities 9

Liquid Effluent Discharge 0

Solid/hazardous Waste Disposal 9



Product Storage/ Handling 0

Shutdown/ Startup 7

Spills & Leaks 9

Equipment Failures 6

Plant Operations 10

Transportation 6

Resource Consumption 5 Significance of impacts can be calculated based on Cumulative Score. The maximum cumulative score will be 25. The significance has been calculated as below:

- 0 to 10 : Adequate - 10 to 15 : Adequate - 15 to 20 : Inadequate - 20 to 25 : Inadequate

It is seen from the Table 4.13, cumulative impact chart that the cumulative score of each of the environmental parameters for all activities are well within the limit. Therefore it is concluded that, if the proper mitigation measures are taken for identified impacts, no adverse cumulative impact is envisaged due to proposed project. Table 4.14 shows the legends for cumulative score. TABLE 4.18 LEGENDS FOR CUMULATIVE SCORE

Sr. No.

Large-scale industries

Small/medium-scale industries

Common facilities for Pollution control

Score

1 Adequate Adequate Adequate 0 2 Adequate Adequate Adequate 5 3 Adequate Adequate Inadequate 10 4 Adequate Inadequate Inadequate 15 5 Inadequate Inadequate Inadequate 20



INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

CHAPTER-5

Analysis of alternatives

(Technology & Site)

M/s. SPECTRUM DYES & CHEMICALS PVT. LTD., PALSANA, SURAT, GUJARAT (EIA/EMP Report for Expansion In Dyes & Chemical Manufacturing Facility)


Report No. 1718A058

CHAPTER – 5

ANALYSIS OF ALTERNATIVES (TECHNOLOGY & SITE)

5.1 ALTERNATIVE TECHNOLOGIES (BEST AVAILABLE TECHNOLOGY) The project proponent is using the production technology taking into consideration the best available technology including waste minimization. Hence, no alternate Technologies are considered as the proposed project is expansion in dyes & chemical manufacturing unit. 5.2 ALTERNATIVE SITE Since the proposed project is an expansion within the project site, not alternative site has been considered for the expansion project. All the infrastructure facilities are already available within the site.

CHAPTER-6

ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME


EN-VISION ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, SURAT. JUNE -2018 6-144

Report No. 1718A058

CHAPTER – 6 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME 6.1 INTRODUCTION Regular monitoring of important parameters is of immense importance to assess the status of environment during plant operation. With the knowledge of baseline conditions, a properly planned monitoring program can serve as an indicator for assessment of any deterioration in environmental conditions. This will facilitate undertaking suitable measures to mitigate adverse impacts during the operation of the plant and further help to protect the environment in the area. The main attributes for which monitoring shall be carried out are:

Ambient air Quality, Stack Emission, Wastewater Quality, Noise Level.

The characteristics of the effluent from the plant would be maintained so as to meet the requirements of the State Pollution Control Board. Environmental monitoring provides feedback about the actual environmental impacts of a project. Monitoring results help judge the success of mitigation measures in protecting the environment. They are also used to ensure compliance with environmental standards, and to facilitate any needed project design or operational changes. An environmental monitoring program is important as it provides useful information and helps to:

1. Assist in detecting the development of any unwanted environmental situation, and thus, provides opportunities for adopting appropriate control measures.

2. Define the responsibilities of the project proponents, contractors and environmental monitors and provides means of effectively communicating environmental issues among them.

3. Define monitoring mechanism and identify monitoring parameters. 4. Evaluate the performance and effectiveness of mitigation measures proposed in the Environment

Management Plan (EMP) and suggest improvements in management plan, if required. 6.2 PROPOSED SCHEDULE OF ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING Environmental monitoring programme is a vital process of any management plan of the development project. This helps in assessing the potential problems that result from the proposed project activities, changes in environmental conditions and effectiveness of implemented mitigation measures. Proposed schedule of environmental monitoring for the proposed expansion project is given in following table 6.1. STACK MONITORING: Provision of sampling platform as per CPCB norms to collect stack samples from the chimney for monitoring the air pollutants, as and when required. Holes need to be provided on chimney as per standard CPCB norms, following diametric calculations. TABLE 6.1 PROPOSED ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING FOR FLUE GAS / PROCESS GAS STACK Sr. No

Parameter Location Frequency

1 Total particulate matter Stack emissions Continuous / Once in Month through third party. 2 HCl Stack emissions Once in Month through third party. 3 Cl2 Stack emissions Once in Month through third party. 4 SO2 Stack emissions Continuous / Once in Month through third party. 5 NOx Stack emissions Continuous / Once in Month through third party. 6 Br2 Stack emissions Once in Month through third party. 7 HBr Stack emissions Once in Month through third party.

TABLE 6.2 PROPOSED ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PLAN (GENERAL)

Sr. No.

AREA OF MONITORING

SAMPLING LOCATIONS

PARAMETERS TO BE ANALYSED

FREQUENCY OF

SAMPLING

RESPONSIBILITY

1. Meteorology Admin block Temp., Relative Humidity, Wind

Speed, Wind

Hourly in-house through whether

station.

Through third party, NABL accredited

lab.



Report No. 1718A058

Sr. No.

AREA OF MONITORING

SAMPLING LOCATIONS


FREQUENCY OF

SAMPLING

RESPONSIBILITY

Direction, Rain Fall

2. Ambient Air Quality

Project location and at

upwind, downwind and

at three stations at 120° angle

PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx

Monitoring Once a season

(except monsoon)


lab. HCl, Cl2, HBr, Br2

VOC, Twice in a year (Pre & Post Monsoon)

3. Ground water Two sampling locations in 10

Km radius.

pH, Color, EC, Turbidity (NTU), SS,

TDS, TOC, COD, Heavy metals (such as

Pb, Cd, Cu, Zn, Cr, Hg, Ni), Fe, CN, F, As and Mn, Cl, NO3, SO4,

TKN, Total Alkalinity, Total

hardness and Total Pesticides

Once in a quarter.


lab.

4. Surface water Two sampling locations in 10

Km radius.

pH, Colour, EC, Turbidity (NTU), SS,

TDS, TOC, DO, BOD, COD, Heavy metals (such as Pb, Cd, Cu, Zn, Cr, Hg,

Ni), Fe, CN, F, As and Mn, Cl, NO3, SO4,

TKN, Total Alkalinity, Total

hardness

Once in a quarter.


lab.

5. Soil Two sampling locations in Impact Area

As per consent of SPCB or pH, Water

holding capacity, Particle size

distribution, Total hardness, calcium, magnesium, Bulk density, Specific

gravity, chlorides, alkalinity

Once in a quarter.


lab.

6. Noise Noise generating

units Four sampling

locations within Plant

Premises

Sound Pressure Levels (Leq)

Once in month. Through third party, NABL accredited

lab.

7. Occupational Health

Monitoring

Pre employment

Check up

Vision, Audiometry, Spirometry, chest Skiagram, Urine, RBS, T.B. cancer,

AIDS, etc.

Once at time of appointment.

Outside Pathological Lab.



Report No. 1718A058

Sr. No.

AREA OF MONITORING

SAMPLING LOCATIONS


FREQUENCY OF

SAMPLING

RESPONSIBILITY

Spirometry, Urine, RBS,

LFT, complete blood count, dental X ray, Anemia, etc.

Age <30 yrs. Once in five years

Age 31-40 yrs. Once in four years

Age 41-50 yrs. Once in two years

Age Above >50 yrs. once every year

Outside Pathological Lab.

Vision, Audiometry, Spirometry,

chest Skiagram,

Urine, RBS, T.B. Cancer, AIDS, etc.

Once before relieve. Outside Pathological Lab.

Compliance of CC& A is given as Annexure VII and Compliance of earlier EC is given in Annexure V.

CHAPTER - 7

ADDITIONAL STUDIES



Report No. 1718A058

CHAPTER – 7

ADDITIONAL STUDIES 7.1 PUBLIC HEARING Public hearing is applicable for the proposed unit as stipulated in ToR Letter No: IA-J-11011/517/2017-IA-II(I) Dated: 9/12/2017 issued by MoEF. Public hearing was conducted on 25th May 2018, at Palsana, Surat and MOM of public hearing, issues raised and commitments made by the project proponent during public hearing with action plan in tabular chart Annexure- XLII. 7.2 GENERAL M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Private Limited was incorporated in the year 1989 for manufacturing Disperse Dyes. Spectrum has a fully integrated installed plant for manufacturing Disperse dyes and Intermediates and is the second largest disperse dyestuff manufacturing company in India. Spectrum has a strong customer base. Besides the local Surat market, the company is selling its products all across India and abroad. Spectrum follows stringent quality controls in the manufacturing process and sourcing of all the raw materials. These products are manufactured in compliance to the international standards acceptable in Dyes and Intermediates industry. Spectrums’ Research & Development Department is equipped with the latest equipments. In a proactive measure, experienced scientists continually research on improvements in existing products and processes as well as innovation for higher efficiency and newer products. One such step is to improve technologies to minimize impact on environment.

7.3 RISK ASSESSMENT AND DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN AND OBJECTIVE Industrial accidents results in great personal and financial loss. Managing these accidental risks in today’s environment is the concern of every industry, because either real or perceived incidents can quickly jeopardize the financial viability of a business. Many facilities involve various manufacturing processes that have the potential for accidents which may be catastrophic to the plant, work force, environment, or public. The main objective of risk assessment study is to propose a comprehensive but simple approach to carry out risk analysis and conducting feasibility studies for industries and planning and management of industrial prototype hazard analysis study. It is essential to achieve and maintain high standards of plant integrity through good design, management and operational controls. However, accidents do occur and these can cause serious injury to employees or to the public, and damage to property. Most disastrous events like the Bhopal tragedy have emphasized the need to address both on-site and off-site safety. The public concern at such events invariably leads to call for additional control at national and international levels. It is against this background that the various Section and Rules under the Environment Protection Act, 1986, the Factories Act, 1948 and other Acts specify the requirements for a safe and reliable working of an industry. These require carrying out various studies and analysis to assess and mitigate hazards prevalent in the factory in line with the above goal of safe and reliable working. The main objectives of the Risk Assessment Studies are :

1. To define and assess emergencies, including risk hazard assessment. 2. To control and contain incidents. 3. To safeguard employees and people residing in vicinity of the company. 4. To minimize damage to property and environment through appropriate installed mitigating procedures. 5. To be ready for mutual aid if need arise to help neighboring units. Normal jurisdiction of an OEP (ON-

SITE EMERGENCY PLAN) is to control events in own premises only. When it comes to the mutual aid it requires catering to Mutual Aid Partners also.

The study includes predictions of the WORST CASE SCENARIO (catastrophic failure) and MAXIMUM CREDIBLE ACCIDENT SCENARIO along with damage distances and preparedness plan for effectively combating such situations. The report also discusses and demarcates the vulnerable zones. No plan is complete or total of its requirements and its scope of improvement is a continuous process. Hence, the Risk Assessment Report is to be reviewed and updated as and when:

• Any expansion, alteration, or extension of the plant is planned / implemented



Report No. 1718A058

• An incident has occurred and been dealt with, based on feedback gathered on any shortcomings in the handling of the situation

• Any feedback is received from the users of the report Risk Assessment is therefore defined as a continuous and integrated process of identification, evaluation, and measurement of risks, along with their potential impact on the organization. 7.4 TOOLS & SOFTWARE USED FOR CALCULATIONS 7.4.1 ALOHA (Areal Locations of Hazardous Atmospheres): ALOHA is a computer program designed especially for use by people responding to chemical accidents, as well as for emergency planning and training. ALOHA can predict the rates at which chemical vapors may escape into the atmosphere from broken gas pipes, leaking tanks, and evaporating puddles. It can then predict how a hazardous gas cloud might disperse in the atmosphere after an accidental chemical release. ALOHA is an air dispersion model, which one can use as a tool for predicting the movement and dispersion of gases. It predicts pollutant concentrations downwind from the source of a spill, taking into consideration the physical characteristics of the spilled material. ALOHA also accounts for some of the physical characteristics of the release site, weather conditions, and the circumstances of the release. Like many computer programs, it can solve problems rapidly and provide results in a graphic, easy-to-use format. This can be helpful during an emergency response or planning for such a response. ALOHA provides output as amount of chemical discharged from the source as well as its concentration in air it takes in to account different levels of concentrations for a specified chemical. Different concentration levels are given below: ERPG 1: is the maximum airborne concentration below which it is believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing other than mild transient adverse health effects or perceiving a clearly defined, objectionable odor. ERPG 2: is the maximum airborne concentration below which it is believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing irreversible or other serious health effects or symptoms which could impair an individual's ability to take protective action. ERPG 3: is the maximum airborne concentration below which it is believed that nearly all individuals could be exposed for up to 1 hour without experiencing or developing life-threatening health effects. IDLH: The Immediately Dangerous to Life or Health (IDLH) level. A chemical's IDLH is an estimate of the maximum concentration in the air to which 7.5 ELEMENTS OF THE RH STUDY 7.5.1 ELABORATED QUALITATIVE & QUANTITATIVE RISK ASSESSMENT (METHODOLOGY) Identification, analysis and assessment of hazard and risk are very useful in providing information to risk management. It provides basis for what should be the type and capacity of its, on-site and off-site emergency plans. Risk analysis is carried out considering storage and handling of various hazardous raw materials, manufacturing process and storage of hazardous finished goods. 7.5.2 TOXIC EFFECTS OF CHEMICAL SUBSTANCES. WHAT ARE THE LIMITS? Toxic chemicals are substances that may cause harm to an individual if it enters the body. Toxic chemicals may enter the body in different ways. These ways are called the route of exposure. The most common route of exposure is through inhalation (breathing it into the lungs). Another common route of entry is through skin contact. Some chemicals can easily pass through unprotected skin and enter the body. Ingestion is another, less common, route of exposure in the workplace. Ingestion often occurs accidentally through poor hygiene practices. Below shows Toxicity limits by enters the body in different ways.

SR. NO

TOXICITY ORAL TOXICITY LD50(MG/KG)

DERMAL TOXICITY LD50(MG/KG)

INHALATION TOXICITY LC50(MG/L)

1. Extremely toxic > 5 <40 < 0.5



Report No. 1718A058

2. Highly toxic >5-50 >40-200 < 0.5 - 2.0 3. Toxic >50-200 > 200-1000 >2-10

7.5.3 ASSESSMENT OF FLAMMABILITY & EXPLOSIVE PROPERTIES. FLAMMABLE CHEMICALS: what law interprets and gives limits. (1) Flammable gases: Gases which at 20oC and at standard pressure of 101.3KPa are :-

(a) Ignitable when in a mixture of 13 percent or less by volume with air, or; (b) Have a flammable range with air of at least 12 percentage points regardless of the lower

flammable limits. Note: The flammability shall be determined by tests or by calculation in accordance with methods adopted by International Standards Organization ISO Number 10156 of 1990 or by Bureau of Indian Standard ISI Number 1446 of 1985.

(2) Extremely flammable liquids: Chemicals which have flash point lower than or equal to 23oC and boiling point less than 35oC.

(a) Very highly flammable liquids: Chemicals which have a flash point lower than or equal to 23oC and initial boiling point higher than 35oC.

(b) Highly flammable liquids : Chemicals which have a flash point lower than or equal to 60oC but higher than 23oC.

(c) Flammable liquids : Chemicals which have a flash point higher than 60oC but lower than 90oC.

(3) Explosives: Explosives mean a solid or liquid or pyrotechnic substance (or a mixture of substances) or an article.

(a) Which is in itself capable by chemical reaction of producing gas at such a temperature and pressure and at such a speed as to cause damage to the surroundings?

(b) Which is designed to produce an effect by heat, light, sound, gas or smoke or a combination of these as the result of non-detonative self sustaining exothermic chemical reaction?

7.5.3.1 TOXIC HAZARDS OF SUBSTANCES Toxic substances affect in three ways by ingestion, absorption & inhalation. Adequate provision of safety along with personal protective equipment will be made; emergency kit shall be provided at various locations of the installation. Intoxication – Analytical Analysis. The consequences from inhalation of a toxic vapour/gas are determined by the toxic dose. This dose D is basically determined by: - Concentration of the vapour in air; - Exposure duration. Furthermore, of course, the breathing rates of the victim, as well as the specific toxic mechanism unto the metabolism play an important role.

The dose is defined as D = Cn.t, with:

C = concentration of the toxic vapour, in [ppm] or [mg/m3]; t = exposure duration, in [sec] or [min]; n = exponent, mostly > 1.0; this exponent takes into account the fact that a high concentration

over a short period results in more serious injury than a low concentration over a relatively longer period of exposure. The value of n should be greater than zero but less than 5.

The given definition for D only holds if the concentration is more or less constant over the exposure time; this may be the case for a (semi) continuous source. In case of an instantaneous source, the concentration varies with time; the dose D must be calculated with an integral equation: D = Cn.dt For a number of toxic materials, so-called Vulnerability Models (V.M.) have been developed. The general equation for a V.M. (probit function) is: Pr = a + b.ln (Cn.t), with Pr = probit number, being a representation of the percentage of people suffering a certain kind of

damage, for instance lethality Pr = 2.67 means 1% of the population; Pr = 5.00 means 50% of the population; a and b material dependent numbers; Cn.t = dose D, as explained above.



Report No. 1718A058

The values for a and b are mostly derived from experiments with animals; occasionally, however, also human toxicity factors have been derived from accidents in past. In case only animal experiments are available, the inhalation experiments with rats seem to be best applicable for predicting the damage to people from acute intoxication. Although much research in this field have been done over the past decades, only for a limited number of toxic materials consequence models have been developed. Often only quite scarce information is available to predict the damage from an acute toxic exposition. Data transformation from oral intoxication data to inhalation toxicity criteria is sometimes necessary. Generally, in safety evaluations pessimistic assumptions are applied in these transformation calculations. The calculated damage (distance) may be regarded as a maximum. For the purposes of a response to a major incident, the IDLH value level has been chosen for the ‘wounded‘ criteria. This type of injury will require medical attention. 7.5.3.2 FLAMMABILITY HAZARDS OF SUBSTANCES Since the Stone Age term 'fire' is associated with fear. Fire destroys everything when not controlled. It is very dangerous if occurs in uncontrolled manner. It should be clearly understood that when a liquid is used having flash point (Beginning of transformation phase from liquid to vapor) below the normal ambient temperature, it could, in suitable circumstances, liberate a sufficient quantity of vapor to give rise to flammable mixtures with air. Any source of ignition will transform the vapor to fire.

Heat Radiation – Analytical Analysis Parameters. The consequence caused by exposure to heat radiation is a function of:

The radiation energy onto the human body [kW/m2];

The exposure duration [sec]; The protection of the skin tissue (clothed or naked body). The limits for 1% of the exposed people to be killed due to heat radiation, and for second-degree burns

are given in the table herein: Damages to Human Life Due to Heat Radiation

Exposure Duration

Radiation for 1% lethality (kW/m2)

Radiation for 2nd degree burns(kW/m2)

Radiation for first degree burns, (kW/m2)

10 Sec 21.2 16 12.5

30 Sec 9.3 7.0 4.0 Since in practical situations, only the own employees will be exposed to heat radiation in case of a fire, it is reasonable to assume the protection by clothing. It can be assumed that people would be able to find a cover or a shield against thermal radiation in 10 sec. time. Furthermore, 100% lethality may be assumed for all people suffering from direct contact with flames, such as the pool fire, a flash fire or a jet flame. The effects due to relatively lesser incident radiation intensity are given below. Effects Due To Incident Radiation Intensity

INCIDENT RADIATION – kW/m2

TYPE OF DAMAGE

0.7 Equivalent to Solar Radiation

1.6 No discomfort for long exposure

4.0 Sufficient to cause pain within 20 sec. Blistering of skin (first degree burns are likely)

9.5 Pain threshold reached after 8 sec. second degree burns after 20 sec.

12.5 Minimum energy required for piloted ignition of wood, melting plastic tubing etc.

7.5.3.3 EXPLOSION HAZARDS Release of energy in a rapid and uncontrolled manner gives rise to explosion. Explosion is very dangerous because it has the potential to spread the flammable material and fire on low flammable substances also. This effect of spreading fire instantaneously at different installations due to explosion is called “DOMINO EFFECT”.



Report No. 1718A058

Explosion –Analytical Analysis Parameters In case of vapour cloud explosion, two physical effects may occur:

* A flash fire over the whole length of the explosive gas cloud; * A blast wave, with typical peak overpressures circular around ignition source.

As explained above, 100% lethality is assumed for all people who are present within the cloud proper. For the blast wave, the lethality criterion is based on:

* A peak overpressure of 0.1 bar will cause serious damage to 10% of the housing/structures. * Falling fragments will kill one of each eight persons in the destroyed buildings.

The following damage criteria may be distinguished with respect to the peak overpressures resulting from a blast wave: Damage Due To Overpressures

PEAK OVERPRESSURE DAMAGE TYPE

0.83 bar Total Destruction

0.30 bar Heavy Damage

0.10 bar

0.03 bar

Moderate Damage

Significant Damage

0.01 bar Minor Damage

From this it may be concluded that p = 0.17 E+5 pa corresponds approximately with 1% lethality. Furthermore it is assumed that everyone inside an area in which the peak overpressure is greater than 0.17 E+ 5 pas will be wounded by mechanical damage. For the gas cloud explosion this will be inside a circle with the ignition source as its centre. 7.5.3.4 CORROSION HAZARDS Corrosion is a chemical reaction-taking place at the surface of metal. It is also the effects of tissue damage caused to human beings when contacted accidentally. All substances pH 0-5 & 8.0-12.0 are corrosive. Most corrosive substances will produce chemical burns, while certain chemical substances produce deep ulceration. The effect will be for internal organs also when the fumes are inhaled/ ingested. Other damages are, has a detailing effect on skin and may cause dermatitis. On contact with metals, corrosive substances will oxidize the load bearing columns, beams and truss structure and bring down the stability factor of the buildings. 7.5.3.5 REACTIVITY HAZARDS Reactivity is a property of causing a violent chemical reaction when TWO OR MORE compatible materials coming in contact. The resulting impetus shall release energy in the form of heat, detonation, vapors/gases. The criteria of avoiding reactivity type hazards is to follow the REACTIVITY MATRIX for storing materials. (Enlarge to view and read)



Report No. 1718A058

INCOMPATIBLE STORAGE RECOMMENDATIONS. CHEMICAL SEGREGATION BY CHEMICAL GROUP

CLASS 1 2 3 4 5 6

EXPLOSIVES 1

1.0

EXPLOSIVE

SEGREGATE

FROM

SEGREGAT

E FROM

SEGREGAT

E FROM

SEGREGAT

E FROM

SEGREGAT

E FROM

SEGREGAT

E FROM SEGREGATE FROM

SEGREGAT

E FROM

FLAMMABLE LIQUIDS 2

SEGREGATE

FROM

KEEP

APART KEEP APART KEEP

APART

FLAMMABLE SOLIDS

3

READILY

COMBUSTIBLE

SEGREGAT

E FROM

KEEP

APART KEEP APART

SPONTENEOUSL

Y COMBUSTIBLE

SEGREGATE

FROM

SEGREGATE

FROM

KEEP

APART KEEP APART

KEEP

APART DANGEROUS

WHEN WET

SEGREGATE

FROM

SEGREGATE

FROM

OXIDIZING SUBSTANCES

4

OXIDIZING

SUBSTANCE

SEGREGAT

E FROM

SEGREGAT

E FROM KEEP APART

KEEP

APART

ORGANIC

PEROXIDE

SEGREGATE

FROM

SEGREGATE

FROM

KEEP

APART KEEP APART KEEP

APART

TOXIC SUBSTANCES

5

SEGREGATE

FROM

KEEP

APART

KEEP

APART

KEEP

APART

KEEP

APART

KEEP

APART

SEGREGATE

FROM

KEEP

APART

KEEP

APART

KEEP

APART KEEP

APART

KEEP

APART

CORROSIVE SUBSTANCES

6

SEGREGATE

FROM

KEEP

APART

KEEP

APART

KEEP

APART KEEP

APART

KEEP

APART



Report No. 1718A058

7.6 STORAGE AND HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS MATERIALS Both hazardous and non-hazardous materials generated within the project facility shall be temporarily accommodated in designated storage units within the project facility built/made in line with the safety, health and environmental standards. Size of these temporary units would depend on the quantity and type of hazardous waste materials with appropriate storage capacities placed in the project facility in compliance with the Hazardous Waste Management and Handling Rules. Each unit in the facility should have fire hydrant system to handle fire hazards. A. LIQUID RAW MATERIALS A.1 IN STORAGE TANKS - Stored in multiple units of same chemical when the quantity is very large in

a tank-farm. A.2 IN STORAGE TANKS - Stored in a single tank, with other material tanks in a tank –farm. (Mixed materials tank-farm. A.3 IN STORAGE TANKS - Specific material stored in A TANK / TANKS in a tank-farm demarcated

and isolated storage ,Licensed and separated with minimum safe distances.

A.4 IN STORAGE SHEDS- Separate storage sheds made for storing specifically raw materials in drums and carboys. B. SOLID RAW MATERIALS B.1 IN SILOS - Large quantities of powder / Granules are stored in silos. The handling of materials

are done pneumatically. The quantity dispatch in terms of weight are measured with the provision of load cells.

B.2 IN BAGS & - Solid raw materials are received in bags and boxes are stored in closed sheds as per the BOXES compatibility norms.

C. GASEOUS RAW MATERIALS C.1 IN TONNERS & GAS CYLINDERS.- Flammable and toxic raw materials are stored in demarcated

and isolated storage in Licensed premises. C.2 IN PIPELINES - Received in pipelines up to the unit and parameters processed in the skid for end

use. All the above systems of storage are practiced in M/s. SPECTRUM DYES&CHEMICALS PVT.LTD. Materials that are employed in different processes of Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd., Palsana, Surat plant, together with their hazardous characteristics are listed in following table 7.1.



Report No. 1718A058

TABLE 7.1 PHYSIO-CHEMICAL PARAMETERS OF HAZ-CHEM: RAW MATERIALS IN TANKFARMS HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS USED IN M/S. SPECTRUM DYES & CHEMICALS PVT. LTD, PALSANA, SURAT.

HAZARD PARAMETERS CHART.- RAW MATERIALS IN TANKFARMS.- HAZARD PARAMETERS

HIGHLY FLAMMABLE HIGHLY TOXIC

S.NO NAME TPQ LIQUID/ VAPOR

TANK FARM/ YES/NO

NFPA LABEL F-H-R-O

VD LEL UEL%

F.P °C

B.P °C TLV ppm/mg/m³

IDLH ppm/mg/m³

CAS. NO UN NO

1 Acetic acid 55 L YES 2-3-0-X 2.07 5,0 16.0

40.0 118 5 50 64-19-7 2789

2 Acetic anhydride 18 L YES 2-3-1-X 3.52

2.7 10.3 49.0 139 0.5 200 108-24-7 1715

3 Acetone 33 L YES 3-1-0-x 2 2.6 12.8

-19 56.0 200 NA 67-64-1 1090

4 Acrylonitrile 13 L YES 3-4-2-X 1.9 3 17 0 77.3 107-13-1 1093

5 Ammonia 25% 9 L YES 0-2-0-X 0.62 NA NA 100 25 300 7766-41-7 1760

6 Aniline Oil 12 L YES 2-3-0-x 3.22 1.3 25 70 184.1 2 100 62-53-3 1547

7 Caustic soda Lye 48%

40 L YES 0-3-1-X 0.62 NA NA NA 2mg/m3 NA 1310-73-2 1824

8 DMF 75 L YES 2-2-0-X 2.51 2.2 15.2

67 156 2 500 68-12-2 2265

9 Formaldehyde 32 L YES 2-3-2-x 1.06 6 36.5 56-63 NA 1 20 50-00-0 1198

10 Hydrochlo ric acid

87 L YES 0-3-1-x 1.267 NA NA 110 5 NA 7647-01-0 1789

11 Methanol 34 L YES 3-1-0-x 1.1 5.5 36.5

11.1 64.5 200 6000 67-56-1 1230

12 Oleum 23% 152 L YES 0-3-2-X 2.76 NA NA 142 0.2mg/m³1 NA 8014-95-7 1831



Report No. 1718A058

13 O-Phosphoric acid

42 L YES 0-3-0-x 3.4 NA NA 158 1mg/m3 NA 7664-38-2 1805

14 Liquid Phenol 94% 19 L YES 2-3-0-x 3.2

1.7 8.6 79 100 6.3 250 108-95-2 2821

15 Sulphuric acid 206 L YES 0-3-2-w 3.4 NA NA 554 1mg/m3 15mg/ m3 7664-93-9 1830

16 NSL 30 L YES NA NA NA NA NA 1.2mg/m³ NA 7782-78 -7 2308

LIST OF HAZARDOUS LIQUID CHEMICALS STORED IN DRUMS AND CARBOYS- HAZARD PARAMETERS

S.NO NAME TPQ/M LIQUID/ VAPOR

TANK FARM/ YES/NO

NFPA LABEL F-H-R-O

VD LEL UEL%

F.P °C B.P °C TLV ppm IDLH CAS. NO UN NO

1 TOULENE 10 L NO 3-2-0-X 3.14 1.27 7.1 4.4 110.5 50 500 108-88-3 1294

2 BROMINE 6 L NO 0--3-0-0X 5.5 X X 59.4 0.033 3 7726-95 -6 1744

3 BENZOYL CHLORIDE

36 L NO 2-3-2-W 4.8 1.2 4.9

162 387 X X

4 HYDROGEN PEROXIDE 5 L NO 0-3-1-0X X X NA 150 10 75 7722-84 -1 2014

5. ALLYL CHLORIDE

30 L NO 3-3-1-X 2.64 3.3 11.2

3.8 45 2.8 250 107-105 -1 1100

LIST OF HAZARDOUS COMPRESSED GAS STORED IN TANKS & TONNERS

1 ETHYL CHLORIDE (EC)

45 GAS COMP. TONNER 4-2-0-X 2.22

3.8 15.4

(-) 14.4 12.2 300 3800 75-00-3 1037

2 ETHYLENE OXIDE (EO) 7.5

GAS COMP. TANK 4-3-3-X 1.49

3 100 -20 10.7 5 800 75-21-8 1040



Report No. 1718A058

LIST OF HAZARDOUS SOLID CHEMICALS STORED IN DRUMS –HAZARD PARAMETERS

S.NO NAME TPQ/M SOLID TANK FARM/ YES/NO

NFPA LABEL F-H-R-O

VD LEL UEL%

F.P °C B.P °C TLV ppm

IDLH CAS. NO UN NO

1 Caustic soda flakes

13 YES NO x x x x x 0.5mg/m3 10 mg/m3 1310-73-2 1823

2 Copper cyanide 5 YES NO NA x x x x 21mg/m3 NA 544-92-3 1587

3 Sodium cyanide e 5 Y NO 0-3-0-X x x x x 4mg/m³ 25mg/m³ 143-33-9 1689

4 Zinc cyanide 5 Y NO 0-3-0-X X X X x 14mg/m³ x 557-21-1 1713

5 Hydroquinone 1 Y NO 1-2-0-X x x 168 287 3.0 mg/

m³ NA 123-31-9 1713

6 Naphthalene 250 Y NO 2-2-X-0 4.4 0.9 5.9 87.7 218 15 250 91-20-3 1334

7 Iodine 0.05 Y NO X x x x 185 0.1 2 7553-56-2 3495

8 Para nitrile Aniline 36 Y NO 1-3-2-X 4.8 X 390 637 9mg/m3

300 mg/m³ 100=01-6 1661

9 P Chloro Aniline 30 y NO NA 4.41 2.2 -

113 232 6.1 mg / m3

NA 106-47-8 2018

TPQ - THRESHOLD PLANNED QUANTITY, FP – FLASH POINT, BP – BOILNG POINT, VD – VAPOR DENSITY , SG- SPECIFIC GRAVITY, LEL/UEL – EXPLOSIVE LIMITS, TLV – THRESHOD LIMIT VALUE , IDLH – IMME. DANGER TO LIFE & HEALTH, NFPA –HAZARD PARAMETERS LABEL TABLE 7.2 STORAGE HAZARDS & MITIGATION MEASURES (QUANTITIES AND TOXICOLOGICAL DATA): Sr. No.

Name of the

Hazardous Substance

No. of Container

with Quantity.

(MT)*

Place of its

Storage

State and operating Pressure&

Temp.

Types of hazards Possible (Fire,

Explosion on, Toxic Release

, Spill etc.)

Control Measures Provided

1 2 3 6 7 8 9 1 Acetic

Acid 25 MT + 35 MT

EO RM

Liquid, Pr. & Temp.

Fire, Corrosive,

1) Dyke wall having sufficient size is provided. 2) Tank, valve, pipeline are checked and maintain, in good condition.



Report No. 1718A058

2 St. Tank

SS 316

Tank Farm

Atm. Toxic 3) All Gaskets are checked periodically & being replaced by new one if found defective. 4) Joints are checked regularly for any Leakages. 5) Adequate PPEs are kept to handle the Hazard. 6) ISI Portable fire extinguisher & Hydrant line is provided. 7) Sufficient amount of sand/soil are kept to control any spillage. 8) Flame proof fitting provided. 9) Eye washer cum shower is provided near Tank-farm area. 10) Level indicator provided. 11) Spark arrester are installed on all vehicles inside the premises. 12) SCBA set, Canister mask and airline mask is provided. 13) Earthing& bonding on Tanks is provided. 14) Vent line dipped in water is provided. 15) Tanks kept on sound foundation.

2 Acetic Anhydride

18 MT

1 Tank

SS 316

EO RM Tank Farm

Liquid, Pr. & Temp.

Atm.

Fire, Corrosive

1) Dyke wall having sufficient size is provided. 2) Tank, valve, pipeline are checked and maintain, in good condition. 3) All Gaskets are checked periodically & being replaced by new one if found defective. 4) Joints are checked regularly for any Leakages. 5) Adequate PPEs are kept to handle the Hazard. 6) ISI Portable fire extinguisher & Hydrant line is provided. 7) Sufficient amount of sand are kept to control any spillage. 8) Flame proof fitting provided. 9) Eye washer cum shower is provided near Tank-farm area. 10) Level indicator provided. 11) Spark arrester are installed on all vehicles inside the premises. 12) SCBA set, Canister mask and airline mask is provided. 13) Earthing& bonding on Tanks is provided. 14) Vent line dipped in water is provided. 15) Tanks kept on sound foundation.

3 Acetone 33 MT 1 Tank

M S

Methanol Tank Farm Area U/ G

Liquid, Pr. & Temp.

Atm.

Fire 1) Separate storage Tank. 2) Flame proof fittings provided. 3) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided. 4) Sufficient amount of sand are kept. 5) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet, goggles provided

4 Acrylonitrile

13 MT 1 Tank

Acrylonitrile Tank

Liquid, Under N2

Blanketing,

Explosive, Toxic

1) Tank, valve, pipeline are checked and maintained, in good condition. 2) All Gaskets are checked periodically & if being replaced by new one if found

defective.



Report No. 1718A058

M S Farm Area

U/ G

pressure 0.1 Kg/Cm2 &

Temp. Atm.

3) Joints are checked regularly for any Leakages. 4) ISI Portable fire extinguishers are provided. 5) Sufficient amount of sand are kept to control any spillage 6) Flame proof fitting

provided. 7) Vent line dipped in water is provided. 8) Proper Earthing& Bonding provided. Earth pit resistance is checked on regular basis

and records are maintained. 9) Flame arrester with breather valve is provided on the vent line. 10) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, goggles and helmet provided. 11) NRV provided on Tanks. 12) Trained operators are employed to handle the Acrylonitrile under the supervision of

Chemist. 13) Eye washer & shower are provided near the Tank farm area 14) Tank is kept on RCC foundation. 15) Good ventilation in the area. 16) Area declared as “NO SMOKING ZONE”. 17) All vehicles are allowed to enter in the premises after installing spark arrester on

exhaust pipe. 5 Liquor

Ammonia – 25 %

9 MT

1 Tank

M S

NKS/ M.N. LIQUID T F

A

Liquid, Pr. & Temp. Atm.

Toxic, Corrosive

1) Dyke wall of sufficient size is provided. 2) Tank, valve, pipeline are checked and maintain, in good condition. 3) All Gaskets are checked periodically & being replaced by new one if found defective. 4) Joints are checked regularly for any Leakages. 5) Adequate PPE is kept to handle the Hazard. 6) ISI Portable fire extinguisher is provided. 7) Sufficient amount of sand are kept to control any spillage. 8) Flame proof fitting provided. 9) Eye washer cum shower is provided near Tank-farm area. 10) Level indicator provided. 11) Spark arrester are installed on all vehicles inside the premises. 12) SCBA set, Canister mask and airline mask is provided. 13) Vent line dipped in water is provided. 14) RCC foundation is provided. 15) Sprinkler system provided

6 Aniline Oil

12 MT

1 Tank M S

EO RM Tank Farm


Fire, Toxic 1) Dyke wall of sufficient size is provided. 2) Tank, valve, pipeline are checked and maintain, in good condition 3) All Gaskets are checked periodically & being replaced by new one if found defective. 4) Joints are checked regularly for any Leakages.



Report No. 1718A058

5) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, goggles and helmet provided. 6) ISI Portable fire extinguisher & Hydrant line is provided. 7) Sufficient amount of sand are kept to control any spillage. 8) Flame proof fitting provided. 9) Eye washer cum shower is provided near Tank-farm area. 10) Level indicator provided. 11) Spark arrester are installed on all vehicles inside the premises. 12) SCBA set, Canister mask and airline mask is provided. 13) Earthing& bonding on Tanks is provided. 14) Vent line dipped in water is provided.

7 A S C Acetanilide SULFONY

L Chloride

5.4 MT

0.050 X 108 Bags

RM Store

Solid, PR. & Temp. Atm.

Flammable 1) Separ ate place provided in store 2) Flame proof fittings provided 3) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided 4) Apron , Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet , goggles provided

8 Benzene Sulphonyl Chloride

6 MT

0.250 x 24 M S DRUM

RM Store


Corrosive 1) Separate place provided in store. 2) Flame proof fittings provided 3) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided 4) Sufficient amount of sand are kept 5) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet, goggles provided

9 Benzoyl Chloride

36 MT

0.250X 144

P P DRUM

RM Store


Toxic 1) Separate place provided in store 2) Flame proof fittings provided. 3) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided. 4) Sufficient amount of sand are kept. 5) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet, goggles provided

10 Benzyl chloride

7.920

MT0.220 X

36

Drums

RM Store

Liquid , Pr. & Temp Atm.

Corrosive &

Toxic

1) Separate place provided in store 2) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided 3) Apron , Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet, goggles & Gas mask provided

11 Bromine 6 MT

3 KG X

In Bromin

e

Liquid, Pr. & Temp.

Toxic, Corrosive

1) Separate place provided in store. 2) Flame proof fittings provided. 3) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided.



Report No. 1718A058

2000 Bottles

Store Area

Atm. 4) Sufficient amount of sand are kept. 5) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet, goggles provided.

12 Caustic soda Flakes

13 MT

0.050 X 260

Bags

RM Store Solid, Pr. & Temp. Atm.

Toxic, Corrosive

1) Separate place provided in store 2) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided. 3) Sufficient amount of sand are kept. 4) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet, and goggles provided.

13 Caustic Soda Lye 48%

68 MT

40 MT 1 Tank

M S

28 MT 1 TANK

MS

N K S TFA

EO RM TFA


Toxic, Corrosive

1) Dyke wall of sufficient size is provided. 2) Tank, valve, pipeline are checked and maintain, in good condition. 3) All Gaskets are checked periodically & being replaced by new one if found defective. 4) Joints are checked regularly for any Leakages. 5) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, goggles and helmet provided. 6) ISI Portable fire extinguisher & Hydrant line is provided. 7) Sufficient amount of sand are kept to control any spillage 8) Eye washer cum shower is provided near Tank-farm area 9) Level indicator provided 10) Vent line provided at sufficient height

14 Copper Cyanide

0.050 x 120

M S

DRUM

RM Store

Powder, Pr. & Temp. Atm.

Toxic 1) Separate storage room with lock & key arrangement is provided. 2) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided. 3) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet, goggles provided. 4) No acid handling nearby storage area.

15 D 129 3.6 MT

0.150 X 48

M S Drum

RM Store

Liquid , Pr.& Temp

Atm.

Corrosive 1) Separate place provided in store 2) Flame proof fittings provided 3) Fire hydrant 4) Sufficient amount of sand are kept 5) Apron , Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet , goggles provided

16 D E S 17 MT

1 Tank

M S

N K S Tank Farm Area

Liquid , Pr. & Temp

Atm.

Toxic 1) Dyke wall of sufficient capacity provided. 2) Tank, valve, pipeline are checked and maintain, in good condition. 3) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, goggles, canister gas mask and helmet provided. 4) ISI Portable fire extinguisher is provided. 5) Sufficient amount of sand are kept to control any spillage. 6) Eye washer cum shower is provided near Tank farm area. 7) Level indicator provided 8) RCC foundation is provided.

17 DMF 9.6 MT

RM Liquid, Pr.

Fire 1)Tank, Valve, pipeline , joint leakage checked & maintain in good condition through preventive maintenance



Report No. 1718A058

M S Drum

0.190 x 80

MS Tank U/G

34 MT &

A/G

30 M.T.

Store &

U/G Tank farm area

&Temp. Atm.

2) Fire extinguishers & fire Hydrant line are provided. 3) Flame proof electrical fittings/ installation provided 4) Proper earthing, Bonding & flange to flange jump ring is provided. 5) Flame arrester provided on vent line 6) CCE approved Separate Storage area with door having locking arrangement is

provided. 7) Spark arresters are installed on all vehicles inside the premises. 8) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, goggles & helmet provided. 9) Trained operator employed 10) Eye washer & shower provided 11) Tank's thickness measured on regular interval 12) Good ventilation provided in the

area. 13) Mayura water curtain,3% AFFF solution & Foam gun available

18 DispersantB/ REAX 89L

35 MT 0.025 X 1400

Bags

RM Store

Liquid , Pr. & Temp

Atm.

Toxic, Fire 1) Separate place provided in store 2) Flame proof fittings provided 3) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided 4) Sufficient amount of sand are kept 5) Apron , Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet , goggles provided

19 Ethylene Oxide

15.8 MT

2 Tanks M S + S S

E.O. Tank Yard

Liquid, Temp. 2oC-

8oC and under N2

Blanketing,

Pr.-3.5 Kg/Cm2

Fire, Toxic, & Explosion

1) Dyke wall having sufficient size - filled with sufficient water is provided. 2) Tank, valve, pipeline are checked and maintain, in good condition through preventive

maintenance. 3) All Gaskets are checked periodically & if found, defective are replaced by new one,

under preventive maintenance schedule. 4) Joints are checked regularly to detect any leakage under preventive maintenance

schedule 5) ISI Portable fire extinguisher & Fire Hydrant line is provided. 6) Flame proof electrical fittings / installation provided. 7) Proper earthing, bonding & flange to flange jump ring is provided. Earth pit resistance

is checked on regular basis and records are maintained 8) Sprinkler System is provided. 9) 1 No. Water monitor is provided. 10) Double Safety valve installed on each Tank. Vent line of safety valve is connected

with water pit. 11) Excess flow checks valve and NRV Provided on EO transfer line. 12) EO are always stored under Inert Gas (N2) atmosphere Blanketing 13) All vehicles are allowed to enter in the premises after installing spark arrester on



Report No. 1718A058

exhaust pipe. 14) Brine cooling system provided and alternative arrangement of child water-cooling

system is also provided to maintain temperature bellow 10 oc. 15) Double Temp. & Pressure Indicator provided and maintained good condition. 16) Magnetic level indicator provided. 17) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, goggles and helmet provided. 18) Trained operators are employed to handle EO under the supervision of Chemist. 19) Eye washer & shower provided near EO storage and handling area. 20) Tank’s

thickness measured on regular interval. 21) One Tank out of two Tanks is always kept empty for emergency purpose. 22) RCC foundation provided. 23) Railing with toe guard provided and maintained. 24) Water pit provided and maintain. Vent line connected to water pit. 25) Logbook is maintained for pressure and temperature & to verify quantity on regular

basis. 26) Good ventilation in the area. 27) Lighting arrestor is provided at the roof of tank yard. 29) Area declared as “NO

SMOKING ZONE”. 30) Auto Earthing system installed for EO Tanker Unloading. 31) Mayura water curtain,3% AFFF solution & Foam gun for any type of serious

Emergency 32) Emergency Alarm System is installed at 1st & 2nd floor

20 ET 87 3.6 MT 0.150 x 24 M S Drum

RM Store

Liquid, Pr.

&Temp. Atm.

Fire & Corrosive

1) Separate place provided in store 2) Flame proof fittings provided 3) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided. 4) Sufficient amount of sand are kept. 5)Apron , Hand gloves , gumboot , helmet & goggles provided.

21 Formaldehyde 37%

35 MT 1 Tank

MS

NKS TFA

Liquid, Pr. & Temp.

Atm.

Fire, Toxic 1) Dyke wall is provided. 2) Dyke wall of sufficient size is provided. 3) Tank, valve, pipeline are checked and maintain, in good condition. 4) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, goggles and helmet provided. 5) ISI Portable fire extinguishers & Hydrant line is provided. 8) Sufficient amount of sand are kept to control any spillage. 9) Eye washer cum shower is provided near Tank-farm area. 10) Level indicator provided.



Report No. 1718A058

22 H R D (n Hexayl Bromide)

19.2 MT

0.200 X 96 M S Drum

RM Store

Liquid , Pr. & Temp

Atm.

Hygro scopeopic

1) Separate place provided in store 2) Flame proof fittings provided 3) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided 4) Sufficient amount of sand/soil are kept 5) Apron , Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet , goggles provided

23 Hydrochloric Acid

63 MT 2 Tanks

PP

40 MT

23MT

NEW DD – 1

TFA

DD – 2 TFA


Toxic, Corrosive

1) Dyke wall will be provided. 2) Dyke wall of sufficient size will be provided in DD1 TFA. 3) Tank, valve, pipeline are checked and maintain, in good condition. 4) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, goggles and helmet provided. 5) ISI Portable fire extinguisher is provided. 6) Separate storage area are provided. 7) Scrubber system provided

24 Hydro quinone

1 M T 0.025 x 40

Bags

RM Store

Powder, Pr. & Temp.

Atm.

Toxic, 1) Separate place provided in store 2) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided. 3) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet, and goggles provided.

25 Hydrogen 2 Cylinder

Near Engg. Workshop Area

Gas, Under

pressure 150

Kg/Cm2 & Temp.

Atm.

Explosive 1) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, goggles & helmet provided 2) ISI Portable fire extinguisher & Hydrant line is provided.

3) Flame proof fitting provided. 4) Sufficient Nos. of SCBA sets & 2 No. of Air line mask. 5) Preventive maintenance on regular basis. 6) Cylinder will be stored and used under Shed to protect from direct sun light.

26 Hydrogen Peroxide

6.0 MT

0.050X120 Carboys PP

RM Store Liquid, Pr. & Temp. Atm.

Toxic, Corrosive

1) Separate place provided in store 2) Flame proof fittings provided. 3) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided. 4) Sufficient amount of sand are kept. 5) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet, and goggles provided.

27 Iodine 0.050 0.050 x 1

RM Store

Solid, Pr. &

Toxic, 1) Separate place provided in store 2) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided.



Report No. 1718A058

Corr. Box Temp. Atm.

3) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet, and goggles provided.

28 Malano Nitrile

19.2 MT 0.200 X 96 Drum

MS

RM Store

Solid, Pr. & Temp. Atm.

Toxic 1) Separate place provided in store 2) Flame proof fittings provided. 3) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided. 4) Sufficient amount of sand/soil are kept. 5) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet, goggles provided

29 M E A 70% Mono Ethyl Amine 70%

14.4 MT

0.150 X 96

M S Drum

RM Store


Toxic, Fire 1) Separate place provided in store 2) Flame proof fittings provided 3) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided 4) Sufficient amount of sand are kept 5) Apron , Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet , goggles provided

30 Methanol 34 MT

1 Tank

M S

Methanol Tank Yard Area.


Fire & Explosion

1) Tank, valve, pipeline are checked and maintain, in good condition through preventive maintenance.

2) Joints are checked regularly to detect any Leakage. 3) ISI Portable fire extinguishers & Fire Hydrant line are provided. 4) Flame proof electrical fittings / installation provided. 5) Proper Earthing, Bonding & flange-to-flange jump ring is provided. 6) Flame arrester provided on vent line. 7) CCE approved Separate Storage area with door having locking arrangement. 8) Spark arrester are installed on all vehicles in side the premises. 9) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, goggles and helmet provided. 10) Trained operator employed. 11) Eye washer & shower provided. 12) Good ventilation in the area. 13) Tanks are kept under RCC dyke. 14)Mayura water curtain,3% AFFF solution & Foam gun for any type of serious

Emergency 31 Mono

Ethyl Aniline

10 MT 1 Tank

M S

E.O. R M Tank Yard

Liquid, Pr. & Temp.

Atm.

Toxic 1) Dyke wall of sufficient size is provided. 2) Tank, valve, pipeline are checked and maintain, in good condition. 3) All Gaskets are checked periodically & being replaced by new one if found defective. 4) Joints are checked regularly for any Leakages. 5) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, goggles and helmet provided. 6) ISI Portable fire extinguishers & Hydrant line are provided. 7) Sufficient amount of sand are kept to control any spillage.



Report No. 1718A058

8) Flame proof fitting provided. 9) Eye washer cum shower is provided near Tank-farm area. 10) Level indicator provided. 11) Spark arrester are installed on all vehicles inside the premises. 12) SCBA set, Canister mask and airline mask is provided. 13) Earthing& bonding on Tanks is provided.

32 M.M.A. 40% Mono Methyl Amine

8.160 MT 0.170 x

48 Drum

MS

RM Store


Fire, Toxic 1) Separate place provided in store 2) Flame proof fittings provided. 3) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided. 4) Sufficient amount of sand are kept. 5) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet, goggles provided

33 MSC MethaneSulphonyl Chloride

21 MT 0.250x84

MS Drums

RM Store

Liquid, Pr. & Temp Atm.

Corrosive,

Toxic

1) Separate place provided in store 2) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided. 3) Sufficient amount of sand are kept. 4) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot , helmet & goggles provided.

34 MNBA Mono N

Butyl Amine

14.4 MT 0.150 X 96 M S Drum

RM Store

Liquid, Pr.

&Temp Atm.

Fire, Toxic

Corrosive

1) Separate storage godown 2) Flame proof fittings provided 3) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided. 4) Sufficient amount of sand are kept. 5) Apron , Hand gloves , gumboot , helmet & goggles provided.

35 M 108 1.8 MT 0.200 X 9 P P Drum

RM Store

Liquid , Pr. & Temp

Atm.

Flammable 1) Separate place provided in store 2) Flame proof fittings provided 3) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided 4) Apron , Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet , goggles provided

36 Naphthalene

250 MT 0.025 X

10000 Bags

Naphthale

ne Godown RM Store

Solid, PR. & Temp. Atm.

Toxic, Flammable

1) Separate storage godown 2) Flame proof fittings provided 3) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided 4) Apron , Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet , goggles & cartridge mask for organic vapour

provided 37 N S A

35% 98 MT

52 MT

DD2 Acid

Liquid , Pr. & Temp

Atm.

Corrosive

Acidic

1) Dyke wall of sufficient size is provided. 2) Tank, valve, pipeline are checked and maintain, in good condition. 3) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, goggles and helmet are provided. 4) ISI Portable fire extinguisher.



Report No. 1718A058

1 Tank S S +

46 MT 1 Tank

S S

TFA

MONO AZO TFA

5) Sufficient amount of sand are kept to control any spillage. 6) Eye washer cum shower is provided near Tank-farm area. 7) Level indicator provided. 8) SCBA set, Canister mask and airline mask is provided. 9) Vent line dipped in H2So4 are provided. 10) RCC foundation is provided.

38 Oleum 23%

86 MT 2 Tanks

MS

40 MT +

48 MT

NKS TFA

MONO

AZO TFA

Liquid, Pr. & Temp.

Atm.

Toxic, Corrosive

1) Dyke wall of sufficient size is provided. 2) Tank, valve, pipeline are checked and maintain, in good condition. 3) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, goggles and helmet are provided. 4) ISI Portable fire extinguisher. 5) Sufficient amount of sand are kept to control any spillage. 6) Eye washer cum shower is provided near Tank-farm area. 7) Level indicator provided. 8) SCBA set, Canister mask and airline mask is provided. 9) Vent line dipped in H2So4 are provided. 10) RCC foundation will be provided.

39 Ortho Phosphoric Acid

25 MT 1 Tank SS 316

JARRY CANS

1.5 MT X 8

12 MT

DYTOL DF

TFA

RM

Store


Corrosive 1) Dyke wall will be provided. 2) Dyke wall of sufficient size is provided. 3) Tank, valve, pipeline are checked and maintain, in good condition. 4) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, goggles and helmet provided. 5) ISI Portable fire extinguisher & Hydrant line is provided. 6) Separate storage area will be provided. 7) Sufficient amount of sand are kept to control any spillage. 8) Eye washer cum shower is provided near Tank-farm area. 9) Level indicator provided. 10) RCC foundation will be provided.

40 Para Nitro Aniline

36 MT 0.025 x

1440 Bags

RM Store


Fire, Toxic 1) Separate place provided in store 2) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided. 3) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet, and goggles provided.

41 Para Chloro Aniline

7 MT 0.050 x 140

Bags

RM Store


Fire 1) Separate place provided in store 2) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided. 3) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet, goggles provided

42 P C O N A 9 MT RM Solid, Corrosive 1) Separate place provided in store



Report No. 1718A058

Para Chloro Ortho Nitro Aniline

0.025 X 360 Bags

Store PR. & Temp. Atm.

2) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet, cartridge mask, goggles provided.

43 Phenol 90% Liquid

37 MT

1 Tank M S

NKS Tank Farm Area.


Fire, Toxic 1) Dyke wall of sufficient size is provided. 2) Tank, valve, pipeline are checked and maintain, in good condition. 3) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, goggles and helmet provided. 4) ISI Portable fire extinguisher & Hydrant line is provided 5) Flameproof electrical connection will be provided. 6) Separate storage area will be provided. 7) Sufficient amount of sand are kept to control any spillage 8) Eye washer cum shower is provided near Tank-farm area. 9) Level indicator provided.

44 Phosphorous Oxy Chloride

15 MT

0.050 X 300

PP Carboys

RM Store


Toxic 1) Separate storage godown. 2) Flame proof fittings provided. 3) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided. 4) Sufficient amount of sand/soil are kept. 5) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet, goggles provided

45 Piperidine 2.112 MT 0.176 x 12 PP Drum

RM Store


Corrosive 1) Separate place provided in store 2) Flame proof fittings provided. 3) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided. 4) Sufficient amount of sand are kept. 5) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet, and goggles provided.

46 Pyridine 0.200 MT

0.200 x 1 PP DRUM

RM Store


Fire, Toxic 1) Separate place provided in store 2) Flame proof fittings provided. 3) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided. 4) Sufficient amount of sand are kept. 5) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet, and goggles provided.

47 PC0808 4.8 MT 0.200 X 24 PP Drum

RM Store

Liquid, Pr. &Temp Atm.

Fire Toxic

1) Separate place provided in store 2) Flame proof fittings provided 3) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided. 4) Sufficient amount of sand are kept. 5) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet & goggles provided.

48 P N B C 0.520 RM Solid, Corrosive 1) Separate place provided in store



Report No. 1718A058

P Nitro BenzoyL Chloride

MT 0.065 X

8 Carboys

Store PR. & Temp. Atm.

2) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot , helmet , cartridge mask , goggles provided.

49 Propionic Acid

2.4 MT

0.200 X 12 M S Drum

New RM

Store

Liquid , Pr. & Temp

Atm

Flammable 1) Separate place provided in store 2) Flame proof fittings provided 3) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided 4) Apron , Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet , goggles provided

50 Propionic Anhydride

2.4 MT

0.200 X 12 M S Drum

New RM

Store

Liquid , Pr. & Temp

Atm

Flammable 1) Separate storage godown 2) Flame proof fittings provided 3) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided 4) Apron , Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet , goggles provided

51 Sodium Cyanide

10 MT 0.050 x

200 M S

DRUM

RM Store


Toxic 1) Separate storage room with lock & key arrangement is provided. 2) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided. 3) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet, and goggles provided. 4) No acid handling nearby storage area.

52 Sodium Hydro

Sulphite

3 MT

120 X 2 5 M S Drum

RM Store

Solid, PR.

& Temp. Atm.

Combustible 1) Keep in a separate place which should be clean , dry &dark place 2) Flame proof fittings provided 3) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided 4) SCBA Set & Fire Suit should be provided

53 Solvent 87 7.2 MT

0.160 X 45 M S Drum

New RM

Store

Liquid , Pr. & Temp

Atm.

Flammable 1) Separate storage godown 2) Flame proof fittings provided 3) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided 4) Apron , Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet , goggles provided

54 Sulfuric Acid 98%

100 MT

1 Tank

M S

46 MT +

54 MT

MONO AZO TFA

DD 2 Acid TFA

Liquid, Pr. & Temp.

Atm.

Corrosive, Toxic

1) Dyke wall sufficient capacity is provided. 2) Tank, valve, pipeline are checked and maintain, in good condition. 3) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, goggles and helmet provided. 4) ISI Portable fire extinguisher is provided. 5) Sufficient amount of sand are kept to control any spillage. 6) Eye washer cum shower is provided near Tank-farm area. 7) Level indicator provided 8) Vent line dipped in H2So4 will be provided. 19) RCC foundation will be provided.

55 Sulfamic 15 MT New Solid, Corrosive 1) Separate place provided in store



Report No. 1718A058

Acid 0.050X360 Bags

RM Store

PR. & Temp. Atm.

Hygro scopic

2) Apron, Hand gloves , gumboot , helmet , cartage mask , goggles provided.

56 Sulfuryl Chloride

5 MT

0.100 X 50 Carboy

RM Store


Corrosive & Toxic

1) Separate place provided in store 2) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided 3) Apron , Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet, goggles & Gas mask provided

57 T C A 2 MT

0.050 X 40 Bags

New RM

Store

Solid, PR.

& Temp. Atm.

Corrosive Hygroscopic

1) Separate place provided in store 2) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot , helmet , cartage mask , goggles provided.

58 Zinc Cyanide

4 MT

0.030 x 133 M S Drum

RM Store

Solid, Pr. & Temp.

Atm.

Toxic 1) Separate storage room with lock & key arrangement is provided. 2) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided. 3) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet, and goggles provided. 4) No acid handling nearby storage area .

59 3 AC 3 MT

0.050 x 60 P P Drum

New RM

Store

Liquid , Pr. & Temp

Atm.

Flammable Liquid

1) Separate place provided in store 2) Flame proof fittings provided 3) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided 4) Apron , Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet , goggles provided

60 3 M P A 3 Methoxy

Propyl Amine

3.96 MT

0.165 X 24 M S Drum

New RM

Store

Liquid , Pr. & Temp

Atm.

Flammable Liquid

1) Separate space provided in store 2) Flame proof fittings provided 3) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided 4) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet , goggles provided

61 2 Amino Thio

Phenol

2.640 MT

0.220 X 12 Drums

RM Store

Liquid , Pr. & Temp

Atm.

Corrosive 1) Separate place provided in store 2) Apron, Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet, cartridge mask, goggles provided.

62 2 Ethyl Hexa

Amine

0.8 MT

0.160 M.T. X 5 Drums

RM Store

Liquid , Pr. & Temp

Atm

Corrosive Flammable

1) Separate place provided in store 2) Flame proof fittings provided 3) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided 4) Apron , Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet , goggles provided

63 3:4 Di chloro Aniline

6 MT

0.050 M.T. X 120 Bags.

RM Store

Solid, Pr. & Temp

Atm.

Toxic 1) Separate place provided in store 2) Fire hydrant & extinguishers provided 3) Apron , Hand gloves, gumboot, helmet, goggles & Dust mask provided



Report No. 1718A058

TABLE 7.3 PROCESS HAZARD & MITIGATION MEASURES:

Sr. No.

Name of Plant, Dept.

or place

Name of the Hazardous Process and Operation

Materials in the process /operation

with their quantity.

Name of the Vessel and its

Location

Operating Parameter

- pressure, temp., flow etc.

Types of hazards Possible

(Fire, Explosion, Toxic Release,

Spill etc.)

Control Measures Provided

1

BROMIDE PLANT

1) Sulphonation

2) Condensation

TK - 28

OLEUM -6000 Kgs

H2SO4

DMF

Pocl3

MS- 5,6,7

NGL - 1,2,3

GL – 4,5,6

CT – 1 to CT - 3

FP-1 to FP-3

P = ATM

T = 90OC

Toxic Release

Corrosive

Spill

1) Temp. Gauge Are Provided 2) Scrubber Unit Provided 3) All Required PPEs Are Provided 4) Fire Extinguishers Are Provided 5) Fire Hydrant Points Are Provided. 6) Sand & Lime Drums Are Kept On Each

Floor 7) Emergency Alarm System Is Provided

2

SOLVENT - 1 PLANT

1) Cyanation

2) Condensation

3) Oxidative Bromination

METAL

CYANIDE - 190

Kgs

METHANOL -

1500

Kgs

MONO AZO DYE

DMF

SS - 1,2,3,4

SS - 5,6,7,8,9

NUTSCHE

SS – 1 to 9

P = ATM T = 110OC

Toxic Sludge

Fire

1) Toxic Sludge Collect. Detoxified and Solvent recover In Recovery Plant.

2) All Electrical Gadgets are provided. 3) Scrubber Unit Provided. 4) Spark Arrester are Provided on The Vent

Line. 5) All Required PPEs are provided 6) Fire Extinguishers Are Provided 7) Fire Hydrant Point are provided 8) Sand & Lime Drums are kept on each Floor

3 SOLVENT - 2 PLANT

Condensation SD – 31

POCL3

DMF

METHANOL

SS – 1 TO 12

GL- I TO 6

P = ATM

T = RM to 90OC

Toxic

Sludge

Fire

Toxic

1) Toxic sludge collect. detoxified and Solvent recover in recovery plant. 2) All electrical gadgets are provided. 3) Scrubber unit provided. 4) Spark arrester are provided on the vent line. 5) all required PPEs are provided



Report No. 1718A058

Sr-30

Sludge

Fire

6) Fire extinguishers are provided 7) Fire hydrant point are provided 8) sand & lime drums are kept on each floor

4

AQ-1 PLANT

Bromination

Condensation

METHANOL -

2000

Kgs

BROMINE - 330

Kgs

POCl3,, EC, SOL-

87,

A.ACID, HCL,

H2SO4

ACETIC

ANHYDRIDE,

H2O2

ST-1 to ST-10

CT-1 to CT-4

FP-1 to FP-4

P = ATM

T = 50oC - 120OC

Toxic release,

Corrosive,

spill

1) Temp.gauges are provided. 2) Scrubber unit are provided. 3) all require PPE's are provided 4) Safety valves are provided. 5) Fire extinguishers are provided. 6) Fire hydrant points are provided. 7) sand & lime drums are kept on each floor 8) emergency alarm system is provided

5

AQ-2 PLANT

Condensation

MSC,BSC, HAC MAA- ESTER,ECA CAME,MMA, METHYL AMINE, ETHYL AMINE, BUTYL AMINE, 3 METHOXY PROPILE AMINE

ST –1 to ST-10

CT-1

P = 1-2 Kg/Cm2

T = 90oC

Toxic release,

Corrosive,

spill

1) Temp.gauges are provided. 2) Scrubber unit are provided. 3) All require PPE's are provided 4) Safety valves are provided. 5) Fire extinguishers are provided. 9) Fire hydrant points are provided. 10) sand & lime drums are kept on each

floor 11) Emergency alarm system is provided.

6

RECOVERY 1, 2& 3 PLANT

1) Distillation

2) Vacuum

Distillation

METHENOL

DM

AQ-1

ST – 11,12

SOLVENT – 2

SS - 8

P=ATM

T = 65OC

P=ATM

T = 110OC

Toxic Sludge,

Fire

1) All electric gadgets are flame proof. 2) Fire extinguishers are provided. 3) Water Ejectors are provided. 4) Spark arrestors are provided on the vent line. 5) All require PPE’s are provided.



Report No. 1718A058

SOLVENT – 3

RC – 101,102

P=ATM

T = 180OC

6) Fire hydrant points are provided. 7) sand & lime drums are kept on each floor 8) Emergency alarm system is provided

7

DD-1 PLANT (DISPERSE DYES)

Diazotization

HCL

NaNO2

SODIUM

ACETATE

AMINES

DYTOL DF

OPA

ACETIC ACID

DV – 1 TO 11

CR – 1 TO 8

CT – 1 TO 8

FP - 1TO 8

CFP – 1 TO 8

ST – 1 TO 7

HV – 1 TO 11

PADDLE

DRYER – 1

TRAY DRYER

– 4 TO 8

P=ATM T = <5OC

Toxic Exothermic

1) All required PPE’s are provided. 2) Scrubber unit are provided. 3) Fire extinguishers are provided. 4) Temperature indicators are provided. 5) Fire hydrant points are provided. 6) sand & lime drums are kept on each floor

8

DD-2 PLANT (DISPERSE DYES)

Diazotization

H2SO4

HCL

NSA

NaNO2

SODIUM

ACETATE

DYTOL DF

OPA

ACETIC ACID

MSGL 1 TO 12 CT - 1 TO 7 SL – 1 TO 7 FP – 1 TO 7

P=ATM T = <5OC

Toxic Exothermic

1) All required PPE’s are provided. 2) Scrubber unit are provided. 3) Fire extinguishers are provided. 4) Temperature indicators are provided. 5) Fire hydrant points are provided. 6) sand & lime drums are kept on each floor

9 NKS (DISPERSI

1) Naphthalene Melting

NAPTHALENE, M N LIQUID.

MELTERS 1,2,3

P=ATM T = <80O C

Toxic

1) All required PPE’s are provided. 2) Temperature indicator & pressure gauge is



Report No. 1718A058

NG AGE)& MAA PLANT

2) Sulphonation 3) Condensation 4) Nutralisation 5) Filtration 6) Condensation MAA PLANT :- 7) Des Condensation 8) Acetylation 9) Filtration

10) Bromination

OLEUM / H2SO4 FORMALDEHYDE CAUSTIC LYE PHENOL FORMALDEHYDE CAUSTIC LYE DI ETHYL SULPHATE MPDA, META TOLUDINE N HSXYAL BROMIDE H2SO4,HCL,AMINE, BROMINE,H2O2

3rd FLOOR R - 109,110 ,111 2nd FLOOR R - 103,104,108,113 1st FLOOR R - 101,102,105,112 1st FLOOR FP - 1, FP - 2, FP - 3, FP - 6 R - 106,107 1st FLOOR R - 122 1st FLOOR R - 117, 118,119,120, 121,122 ANF,FP - 4, FP - 5 R – 119

P=ATM T =<150OC P= < 2.0 Kg/Cm2 T =<135OC T = <60OC P= < 3.5 Kg/Cm2 T=< 150OC P=ATM T = <100OC P=ATM T = 10OC P = ATM T = 30OC

Exothermic Exothermic Pressure Release Toxic Toxic Exothermic Toxic Toxic Exothermic Toxic

provided. 3) Safety valves are provided. 4) Pressure reducing valve are provided. 5) Vent line dip in water provided. 6) Alternate cooling arrangement is provided 7) All required PPE’s are provided 8) Fire extinguishers are provided 9) Fire hydrant points are provided. 10) Sand & lime drums are kept on each floor.

10 EO PLANT ETHYLENE OXIDE PLANT

Ethoxylatioin

Acetylation

Condensation

Filtration

EO,AMA,MAA,M

T,

MCA,ACN,MEMT

,MEA

ACETIC

ANHYDRIDE

1st FLOOR

R - 1 TO 9

GROUND

FLOOR

NUTSCHE - 1

TO 3

P= 3.5

Kg/Cm2

T = <

120OC

Explosive

Fire

Toxic

Exothermic

Pressure

1) All required PPE’s are provided. 2) Temp & pressure gauges are provided. 3) Safety valves are provided. 4) Vent line dip in water provided. 5) Alternate cooling arrangement is Provided. 5) Fire extinguishers are provided. 6) Fire hydrant points are provided. 7) Emergency alarm system is provided 8) Sand & lime drums are kept on each floor.



Report No. 1718A058

ACETIC ACID

ANILINE OIL

ALLYL

CHLORIDE

BENZYL

CHLORIDE

CAUSTIC LYE

9) Sprinkler system is provided in plant.

11 FORMULATION - 1 PLANT

Grinding Milling Spray Drying

DYTOL - DF

NKS

TKS / TKM

OPA

ACETIC ACID

REAX 89 L

HEDP

SPD - 4 2nd FLOOR PV - 1 TO 16 HOMO - 6, HV12A,12B,12C HV - 1B G FLOOR SM - 1AB,2AB,3AB,4AB SM- 5AB 6AB,7AB,8AB,9AB,10AB SM - 11,12 SM - 13AB,14AB,15AB,16AB FT BOX – 1 TO 3 ALL AT FORM - 1 SPD - 3,5 HV - 1,2,3,4 2nd FLOOR ALL AT NKS

P=ATM T = <50OC

1) All required PPE’s are provided. 2) Temp. Gauges are provided. 3) Fire extinguishers are provided 4) Fire hydrant points are provided. 5) Sand & lime drums are kept on each floor.



Report No. 1718A058

SIDE 12 FORMULA

TION - 2 PLANT

Grinding Milling Spray Drying

DYTOL – DF NKS TKS OPA ACETIC ACID

SPRAY DRYER - 6,7,8 TANK – 1 TO4 1st FLOOR SM - 1AB,2AB,3AB,4AB, 5AB,6AB FILTER BOX - 1,2,3,4 2nd FLOOR TURBO-1,SMV-1 TO 6 MRV-1,2,3 CV 1TO 6 EXV-1,2,3 G FLOOR AT DD - 2 MR-1A,B,C MR2A,B,C,D MR - 3A,B,C MR - 4A,B,C,D,E

1) All required PPE’s are provided. 2) Temp. Gauges are provided. 3) Fire extinguishers are provided. 4) Fire hydrant points are provided. 5) Sand & lime drums are on kept on each

floor.

13

PT P PLANT & AMINO PLANT

Amination &

Reduction

EFFLUENT WATER 8, 50,000 LITS. LIME - 700 MT FERRIOUS SULPHATE 80 MT LIQ. AMMONIA QUNIZILINE HYDRO

NT – 1&2 EQUILIZER TANK 1000KL AMINO PLANT AR-101,102,103,104 DISTILATION R - 101 TO 103

P=ATM

T = <50OC

P= 3.0 Kg/Cm2 T= 70OC

Fire

Toxic

1) All required PPE’s are provided. 2) Temp. Gauges are provided. 3) Fire extinguishers are provided. 4) Fire hydrant points are provided. 5) Sand & lime drums are kept on each floor.



Report No. 1718A058

DISTILATION C-101, R-105 FILTER PRESS AFT-102 AR - 106

14 SOLVENT – 3 PLANT

Chlorosulfonation

& Condensation

ODCB SULPHURYL CHLORIDE LEUCO VIOLET 28 PHENOL POTASSIUM CARBONATE

R – 102 to R -

108

FP – 2 / FP – 3

P=ATM T = 50OC to 80OC P=ATM T = RT to 180OC

Toxic

Release

Corrosive

Spill

1) All required PPE’s are provided. 2) Temp & pressure gauges are provided. 3) Fire extinguishers are provided. 4) Fire hydrant points are provided. 5) Sand & lime drums are kept on each floor. 6) Emergency alarm system is provided.

15 MONO AZO

Diazotization Coupling Bromination

NSA, H2SO4, WEAK AMINE, DBPNA, DCPNA, SD – 12, SD - 7

SV – 1 to DV –

6

CT – 1 to CT –

4

FP – 1 to FP - 4

P=ATM T = 80OC

Toxic

Release

Corrosive

Spill

1) All required PPE’s are provided. 2) Temp & pressure gauges are provided. 3) Fire extinguishers are provided. 4) Fire hydrant points are provided. 5) Sand & lime drums are kept on each floor. 6) Emergency alarm system is provided.

The major anticipated hazards in the SDCL are described below. Electrical hazards due to the electrical major equipment/ machinery, operations, welding, motors, heavy lift devices, cabling, human intervention (short circuit

possibility), maintenance work (due to machinery breakdown etc.), plant lighting related electrical hazards. Possibility of human injury due to working with mechanical machines, manual handling etc. Possibility of injury during chemicals handled, during operations and due to intoxication Major dropped objects hazard due to large number of physical handling steps / operations involved with crane/ overhead lifting/ hoisting equipment. Fires in any part of the plant working areas; there is a possibility of rapid escalation if it is not brought under control quickly.



Report No. 1718A058

TABLE 7.4 GENERAL HAZARDS AND ITS CONTROL S.

NO HAZARD

EMERGENCY POSSIBLE REASON

RISK/ IMPACT

CONTROL MEASURES AVAILABLE/REQUIRED

1 Hazardous gases

exposure Failure of equipment

Toxicity poisoning

Application of gas masks advised

2 High temperature

contact

Slips, Falls,

Burn injuries

Application of aprons, gloves and facemasks advised.

3 High noise Hearing impairment Inability in

communication application of ear plugs advised

4 Fire, explosion Unforeseen material

in wastes Physical injuries,

loss of equipment,

Application of fire extinguishers, fire hydrant

system advised

5 Movement of

vehicles Accidental impacts

Physical injuries, damage to equipment

Speed limit of vehicles and routes for plying to be fixed.

6 Electrical hazards Contacts/overloads Flash fires,

electrocutions Application of hand gloves,

face mask, safety shoes advised.

7 Scaffold failure Insufficient props Physical injuries Application of props and

leveling of scaffold

8 No work permits No proper work

procedures/controls Failures, physical

injuries Implementation of a work

permit system.

SAFETY MEASURES FOR TRANSPORTING OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS:

Transporter to be provided with transport emergency card (TREM) with detailed instructions in case of accident and/or emergency situation;

Driver & cleaner to be provided training to handle the emergency situation; Transport vehicle will be equipped with fire fighting gadgets;

SAFETY MEASURES FOR STORING AND HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS: All the hazardous chemicals are provided with Safety instruction sheets. All the user departments are provided with the sheets and regular training imparted to the employees. Visuals are also displayed to understand the do’s and don’ts of the chemicals. The monitoring of implementations is done through safety inspections. (Near Miss incidents) A model safety instruction sheet is given below for scrutiny.

Continued…….


SUBSTANCE: ETHYLENE OXIDE.

SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS – HAZCHEM: ETHYLENE OXIDE (EO) CAS NO: 75-21-8 COMPANY: SPECTRUM DYES &CHEMICALS PVT.LTD. DATE: 02.07.2017 WORKING AREA: EO RESPONSIBLE PERSON: Mr. HUSMUKH PATEL SIGNATURE :

HAZARD TO HUMAN HEALTH AND THE ENVIRONMENT

FLAMMABLE LIQUID/GAS : Extremely flammable liquid and vapor. Freely soluble in water. Gas is heavier than air. Chemically unstable. Kept in liquefied state under Nitrogen pressure at lower temperatures. (-5°C)

FP = (-57) °C BP= 10.5 °C LEL = 2.6 % VD = 1.925kg/cm2 at 15°C ,VP = 2.1 bar at 30°C, Auto Ignition Temp. = 435°C Density of liquid = 0.8866 kg/l. Explosion group = II B TWA = 1.0 ppm

HEALTH: Acute and Chronic health hazards form the substance. Lowest inhalation concentration causing toxic effects is 1.44 mg/l for 4 hours. It is a strong skin irritant. Neurological disorders and even death have been reported. Confirmed carcinogen.

REACTIVITY : The auto ignition temperature may be as low as 140° C in presence of rust. Rapid compression of the vapor with air causes explosion. Ethylene oxide vapor may be initiated into explosive decomposition in the absence of air. Metal fittings containing magnesium, copper or silver should be avoided. Tends to polymerize spontaneously due to impurities & application of heat.

Avoid spills and process water in drains. This substance is Eco toxic.

PROTECTIVE MEASURES AND RULES OF CONDUCT

Provision of good ventilation in the working area. Avoid inhalation of vapor or cold mist. Stay upwind and uphill. Deny entry. Avoid contact with skin and eyes. In case of contact wash skin and eyes with water. Store liquefying the gas and cooling to (-5°C). Protect it from heat and heat loss. Fill in a designated labeled container/vessel. Evacuate downwind areas for large release of HAZCHEM. When on large releases, notify the fire and health officials and pollution control agencies. Avoid long term spills un-cleaned. Vapor formation will result in ignition and flashbacks. Empty the containers as soon as they are taken for process applications. Restricted entry. Entry only to authorized personnel.

CONDUCT IN CASE OF DANGER

Suitable dry extinguishing media. Dry extinguishing powder, dry sand. The flammable gases are highly toxic. Use appropriate gas masks/SCBA set during fire fighting. Provide sprinkler system, FFF Foam system, fire hydrant system for mitigating fires. Use water spray to cool and dilute the gas leakages. In case of large fire use copious amount of water to fight fire. Use appropriately the fire suits / Proximity suits/ depending on the intensity of the situations. In any case personal safety shall be the guiding point during fire fighting. Avoid fire prone liquids and gases entering closed enclosures/ drains. The substance is hazardous to aquatic

environment.

FIRST-AID

EMERGENCY

INHALATION: Remove the casualty from the hazardous area and take him to the fresh air. Arrange medical treatment. SKIN: Remove the contaminated clothing. Immediately cleanse the affected skin areas with soap under running water. If irritation persists arrange for medical treatment. EYES: Rinse the affected eyes with widely spread lids for 10 minutes with running water. Take him to an eye doctor. SWALLOING: Rinse the mouth and spit the fluids out. If the person is conscious, make him to drink copious amounts of liquids. Arrange medical treatment.

PROPER DISPOSAL

Carefully absorb the spilled liquid, place into sealed containers, and send to the competent authority for proper disposal. If the quantity is small dissolve it with plenty of water and dispose it off.



Report No. 1718A058

7.7 TRANSPORTATION All the raw materials and finished are transported through by road only.

7.8 RISK ASSESSMENT AND CONSEQUENCE ANALYSIS In a plant handling hazardous chemicals, the main hazard arises due to storage, handling and use of these chemicals. If these chemicals are released into the atmosphere, they may cause damage due to resulting fires or vapour clouds. Operating Parameters: Potential vapour release for the same material depends significantly on the operating conditions. Especially for any liquefied gas, the operating conditions are very critical to assess the damage potential. Inventory: Inventory Analysis is commonly used in understanding the relative hazards and short listing of release scenarios. Inventory plays an important role in regard to the potential hazard. The potential vapour release (source strength) depends upon the quantity of liquid release, the properties of the materials and the operating conditions (pressure, temperature). Loss of Containment: Plant inventory can get discharged to Environment due to Loss of Containment. Certain features of materials to be handled at the plant need to the clearly understood to firstly list out all significant release cases and then to short list release scenarios for a detailed examination. Liquid release can be either instantaneous or continuous. Failure of a vessel leading to an instantaneous outflow assumes the sudden appearance of such a major crack that practically all of the contents above the crack have to released in a very short time.

7.8.1 SELECTION OF INCIDENTS AND CONSEQUENCE CALCULATIONS The Consequence Analysis has been done for selected scenarios. This has been done for weather conditions having wind speed 1.2 m/s. In Consequence Analysis, geographical location of the source of potential release plays an important role. Consideration of a large number of scenarios in the same geographical location serves little purpose if the dominant scenario has been identified and duly considered.

7.8.2 MAXIMUM CREDIBLE LOSS ACCIDENT SCENARIOS A Maximum Credible Accident (MCA) can be characterised as the worst credible accident. In other words: an accident in an activity, resulting in the maximum consequence distance that is still believed to be possible. A MCA-analysis does not include a quantification of the probability of occurrence of the accident. Another aspect, in which the pessimistic approach of MCA studies appears, is the atmospheric condition that is used for dispersion calculations. The Maximum Credible Loss (MCL) scenarios have been developed for the Facility. The MCL cases considered, attempt to include the worst “Credible” incidents- what constitutes a credible incident is always subjective. Nevertheless, guidelines have evolved over the years and based on basic engineering judgement, the cases have been found to be credible and modelling for assessing vulnerability zones is prepared accordingly. Only catastrophic cases have been considered and not partial or small failures (as is the case in Quantitative Risk Assessment where contributions from low frequency-high outcome effect as well as high frequency - low outcome events are distinguished). The objective of the study is emergency planning, hence only holistic and conservative assumptions are used for obvious reasons. Hence though the outcomes may look pessimistic, the planning for emergency concept should be borne in mind whilst interpreting the results.

7.8.3 SCENARIOS (VULNERABILITY AREA IDENTIFICATION) Identification of risks is done qualitatively and quantitatively through the selection of hazardous substances and by studying process, to arrive at possible failures and their inherent causes. Probability of risk occurrence is also ascertained in order to determine the MAXIMUM CREDIBLE ACCIDENT SCENARIO and the WORST CASE SCENARIO. Hazardous substances have been identified as follows considering the applicable criteria laid down under the Chemical Accident (Emergency Planning, Preparedness and Response) Rules, 1996, as well as other relevant guidelines.

The handling, processing, and storage of Hazardous chemicals were analyzed and the risks as shown in Table 7.1 had been identified. The risks are then analyzed quantitatively in terms of probability, and severity. The risks have also been rated according to the matrix R = Probability x Severity.



Report No. 1718A058

Based on generally accepted definitions, the MAXIMUM CREDIBLE ACCIDENT SCENARIO (MCAS) indicates most likely or possible accident scenario, taking into account the effect of existing control measures also. Possible accident scenarios at SDCL are given in following table 7.5 TABLE 7.5 POSSIBLE ACCIDENT SCENARIOS

S. No Source Scenarios

Failure Mechanism

RISK Consequences Probability¹

Severity 2

Risk Rating3

1

FIRE IN OUTSIDE SURFACE OF ETHYLENE OXIDE STORAGE TANK DUE TO LEAKAGE FROM THE TANK (WORST CASE SCENARIO)

WELD CRACK ON THE WELD SEAMS OF STORAGE TANK.

BIG FIRE, BLEVE, DOMINO EFFECTS OF FIRE IN OTHER AREAS OF THE PREMISES.

2 5 10

2

ETHYLENE OXIDE LEAKAGE FROM THE TANKER UNLOADING HOSE PIPE CONNECTION. FLAMMABLE VAPOURS ENGULFING THE AREA.

LEAKAGE FROM THE UNLOADING HOSE PIPE JOINTS.

FIRE ACCIDENTS AND PHYSICAL INJURIES TO THE OPERATING PEOPLE IN THE PLANT. DAMAGE TO PLANT AND EQUIPMENT.

2 4 8

3

LEAKAGE IN THE UNDERGROUND METHANOL TANK. OUT FLOWN MATERIAL EMITS FLAMMABLE VAPOUR.

STORAGE TANK WELD JOINT CRACK.

METHANOL VAPOURS ARE HIGHLY FLAMMABLE. LIKELYHOOD OF FLAMMABILITY. DUMPING ARRANGEMENT IN OTHER TANKS TO MITIGATE EMERGENCY.

2 4 8

4

OVERFLOW OF METHANOL FROM THE RECEIVER IN THE PLANT. FLAMMABLE VAPOURS INSIDE THE PLANT PREMISES. (MAXIMUM CREDIBLE ACCIDENT SCENARIO)

OVERFLOW RETURN LINE NOT AVAILABLE. OVER FLOWN METHANOL SPILLS ON THE PLANT FLOOR AND PROCESS EQUIPMENT

POSSIBILITY OF MOJOR FIRE 2 4 8

5

OLEUM STORAGE TANK INFLOW LINE VALVE LEAKAGE. INFLOW LINE DIPPED IN THE STORAGE MATERIAL.

VALVE SEAT ERODED AND LEAKED.

OULEUM FUMES SPREAD IN THE FACTORY PREMISES AND THE NEARBY NATIONAL HIGHWAY.

3 3 9

6 OVERTURNING OF FORKLIFT WHILE CARRYING

WHILE TURNING ROUND A

BREAKAGE OF BOTTLES AND LIBERATION OF

3 3 9



Report No. 1718A058

BROMINE BOTTLE CRATES.

CORNER FORKLIFT OVERTURNED.

THICK BROMINE TOXIC VAPORS

END LEGEND

1PROBABILITY: 2SEVERITY: 3RISK RATING: 1 – HIGHLY UNLIKELY 1 – EXTREMELY MILD PROBABILITY x SEVERITY 2 – UNLIKELY 2 – MILD 3 – SOMEWHAT LIKELY 3 – MODERATE 4 – LIKELY 4 – SEVERE 5 – VERY LIKELY 5 – MOST SEVERE

There are more numbers of TOXIC SEVERITY SCENARIO RISKS from the following chemicals, (OLEUM, ACETIC ACID, ACETIC ANHYDRIDE, HCL, H2SO4, NSA, ANILINE) , on the Bulk storage and transfer of chemicals.

There are VERY HIGHLY FLAMMABLE GASES in compressed form (ETHYLENE OXIDE, ETHYL CHLORIDE), very highly flammable liquids ( METHANOL, DMF, ACRYLONITRILE, ACETONE)

The worst case scenario is also well within the reach of fire protection/mitigation measures, planned for installation.

Fire protection/ control / mitigation measures are fully incorporated. 7.8.4 VULNERABILITY ANALYSIS

A vulnerability analysis is carried out on the MAXIMUM CREDIBLE ACCIDENT SCENARIO and the WORST CASE SCENARIO. The analysis is carried out using the help of sophisticated computer software which provides the zone of influence as well as the geographical risk contours. The calculations are complex in nature, and various parameters are defined to assist the software in simulating the risk contours. The parameters include details such as the size of the leakages / holes, quantity of materials released, duration of the release, weather and geographical conditions. The simulations are generated under standard operating conditions. Data given in the reports and manuals are taken as correct information.

The weather conditions are taken as per Table 7.6 for all simulations. TABLE 7.6 WEATHER CONDITIONS

PARAMETERS CONDITION D CONDITION F Wind Speed 10.0 m/s 3.0 m/s

Wind Direction 225° true at 3 m 45° true at 3 m Pasquill Stability D F

Ground Roughness Open country Open country Air Temperature (°C) 32 25 Surface temperature 32 25 Relative Humidity 75% 50%

Cloud Cover 70% 50% 7.8.4.1 MAXIMUM CREDIBLE ACCIDENT SCENARIO The MAXIMUM CREDIBLE ACCIDENT SCENARIO was analyzed based on flammable vapor and toxic vapor risks. The ALOHA simulation software was used to obtain the risk contours and the zone of influence, as well as levels of risk associated with each zone. The calculations performed are based on Unified Dispersion Modeling and provide the foot prints of hazardous chemical dispersion and the distances of critical concentrations for flammability and toxicity. The model considers a three stage method as given in the following illustration:

POOL SPREADING AND VAPORIZATION The release containing liquid droplets forms a pool. Any

evaporation from this pool will contribute to the dispersing pool.

Evaporation

↓



Report No. 1718A058

DISPERSION The vapor cloud disperses in the atmosphere until it has

reached harmless concentration.

Calculation of the concentration profile of the cloud

↓

FLAMMABILITY AND TOXICITY

The results of the ALOHA simulation as well as the parameters used for carrying out the simulations is given below. Downwind concentrations of chemicals are shown. 7.8.4.2 The latitude for Surat - Palsana, Surat, Gujarat, India is: Latitude DMS: 21°5'7.09" N

Longitude DMS: 72°56'30.69" E

7.8.5 WORST CASE SCENARIO: TABLE 7.7 WORST CASE SCENARIOS SIMULATION FOR WEATHER CONDITIONS ‘D’, ‘F’

PARAMETERS RISK THREAT ZONES

‘D’

THREAT ZONES

‘F’

PSI AFFECTED

POPULATION

THREAT AT POINT:

DW:50M, CW30M

ETHYLENE OXIDE (BLAST FORCE IN THE

TANKS)

BLEVE

14 m 19 m 8.0 Employees in the plant shall assemble at safe Assembly points. The Assembly points shall be located in UPWIND SIDE. Minor damages are possible in the works premises. No off site emergency foreseen.

‘D’Stability:0.676 psi. ‘F’ Stability : 1.04 psi

20m 27 m 3.5

44 m 61 m 1.0

7.8.5.1 DISPERSION CALCULATIONS: 1) Fire in outside Surface of Ethylene Oxide Storage Tank due to leakage from The Tank. (WORST CASE SCENARIO)

Ethylene Oxide – 3 m/s, Stability Condition: “F” SITE DATA: Location: PALSANA, SURAT,GUJARAT, INDIA Building Air Exchanges Per Hour: 12 (user specified) Time: January 9, 2018 1342 hours ST (using computer's clock) CHEMICAL DATA: Chemical Name: ETHYLENE OXIDE Molecular Weight: 44.05 g/mol AEGL-1 (60 min): N/A AEGL-2 (60 min): 45 ppm AEGL-3 (60 min): 200 ppm IDLH: 800 ppm LEL: 30000 ppm UEL: 1000000 ppm Carcinogenic risk - see CAMEO Chemicals

Scenario: Fire in outside Surface Of Ethylene Oxide Storage Tank due to leakage from the tank.



Report No. 1718A058

Ambient Boiling Point: 10.5° C Vapor Pressure at Ambient Temperature: greater than 1 atm Ambient Saturation Concentration: 1,000,000 ppm or 100.0% ATMOSPHERIC DATA: (MANUAL INPUT OF DATA) Wind: 3 meters/second from 45° true at 3 meters Ground Roughness: open country Cloud Cover: 5 tenths Air Temperature: 25° C Stability Class: F (user override) No Inversion Height Relative Humidity: 50% SOURCE STRENGTH: Direct Source: 2000 kilograms/hr Source Height: 0 Release Duration: 60 minutes Release Rate: 33.3 kilograms/min Total Amount Released: 2,000 kilograms Note: This chemical may flash boil and/or result in two phase flow.

THREAT ZONE: Threat Modeled: Overpressure (blast force) from vapor cloud explosion Type of Ignition: ignited by spark or flame Level of Congestion: congested Model Run: Heavy Gas Red : 19 meters --- (8.0 psi = destruction of buildings) Orange: 27 meters --- (3.5 psi = serious injury likely) Yellow: 61 meters --- (1.0 psi = shatters glass) THREAT AT POINT: Overpressure Estimate at the point: Downwind: 50 meters Off Centerline: 30 meters Overpressure: 1.04 psi



Report No. 1718A058

Ethylene Oxide– 10 m/s, Stability Condition: “D” SITE DATA: Location: PALSANA, SURAT,GUJARAT, INDIA Building Air Exchanges Per Hour: 12 (user specified) Time: January 9, 2018 1342 hours ST (using computer's clock) CHEMICAL DATA: Chemical Name: ETHYLENE OXIDE Molecular Weight: 44.05 g/mol AEGL-1 (60 min): N/A AEGL-2 (60 min): 45 ppm AEGL-3 (60 min): 200 ppm IDLH: 800 ppm LEL: 30000 ppm UEL: 1000000 ppm Carcinogenic risk - see CAMEO Chemicals Ambient Boiling Point: 10.5° C Vapor Pressure at Ambient Temperature: greater than 1 atm Ambient Saturation Concentration: 1,000,000 ppm or 100.0% ATMOSPHERIC DATA: Wind: 10 meters/second from 225° true at 3 meters Ground Roughness: open country Cloud Cover: 7 tenths Air Temperature: 32° C Stability Class: D No Inversion Height Relative Humidity: 75% SOURCE STRENGTH: Direct Source: 2000 kilograms/hr Source Height: 0 Release Duration: 60 minutes Release Rate: 33.3 kilograms/min Total Amount Released: 2,000 kilograms Note: This chemical may flash boil and/or result in two phase flow.

Scenario: Fire in outside Surface Of Ethylene Oxide Storage Tank due to leakage from the tank.

THREAT ZONE: Threat Modeled: Overpressure (blast force) from vapor cloud explosion Type of Ignition: ignited by spark or flame Level of Congestion: congested Model Run: Heavy Gas Red : 14 meters --- (8.0 psi = destruction of buildings) Orange: 20 meters --- (3.5 psi = serious injury likely) Yellow: 44 meters --- (1.0 psi = shatters glass) THREAT AT POINT: Overpressure Estimate at the point: Downwind: 50 meters Off Centerline: 30 meters Overpressure: 0.676 psi

Discussion / Interpretation:

• Ethylene Oxide is stored under the nitrogen pressure due to its highly reactive & explosive nature.

• Here, we have considered the Fire in outside Surface of Ethylene Oxide Storage Tank due to

leakage from the tank.

• Analysis shows, The maximum overpressure (8.0 psi = destruction of buildings) is experienced up to

19 meter & 14 meter from the source for stability class 3F & 10D respectively.

• EO should be handled with care & control measures shall be regularly checked & maintained.



Report No. 1718A058

7.8.5.2 MAXIMUM CREDIBLE ACCIDENT SCENARIO (MCAS) : TABLE 7.8 MAXIMUM CREDIBLE ACCIDENT SCENARIO (MCAS) SIMULATION FOR WEATHER CONDITIONS ‘D’, ‘F’

PARAMETERS –RELAESE OF

GAS RISK

THREAT ZONES

‘D’ in ‘m’

THREAT ZONES

‘F ’in ‘m ‘

PPM/ PSI

ACTIONS TO REDUCE SEVERITY

THREAT AT

POINT: DW 10M, CW 5 M

ETHYLLENE OXIDE: Storage tank Failure (Flammable area vapor cloud)

FLAM MABLE Vapor Cloud

10 NA 18000 Cover the spilled liquid

with sand. Dilute the liquid pool with 1:25 ration water

No significant

effect. XX NA XX

30 NA 3000

METHANOL: storage tank failure .(Flammable area vapor cloud)


11 NA 43080

Cover the spilled liquid with sand. Use PPEs.

No significant

effect. xx NA XX

28 NA 7180

METHANOL: Pipeline Transfer failure. (Flammable area vapor cloud)


27 NA 43080

Cover the spilled liquid with sand. Use PPEs.

No significant

effect. XX NA XX

97 NA 7180

OLEUM : Leakage from the inlet filling line valve(Toxic cloud effect)

Toxic Vapor Cloud

<1O NA 160mg m3

Cover the spilled liquid with sand. Then apply neutralizers (Soda ash/ Lime) over the sand. The toxic effect will be reduced to 10%.Use PPEs.

No significant

effect.

11 NA xx

80 NA xx

BROMINE: Forklift capsizing

and bottles broken. (Toxic cloud effect)

Toxic Vapor Cloud

27 NA 8.5 All the crates shall be

placed in a open container to avoid fall and

breakage.

No significant

effect. 164 NA 0.24

486 NA 0.033



Report No. 1718A058

1) Ethylene Oxide: Storage tank failure (Flammable area vapor cloud) (MAXIMUM CREDIBLE ACCIDENT SCENARIO)

Ethylene Oxide – 3 m/s, Stability Condition: ‘D’ SITE DATA: Location: PALSANA, SURAT,GUJARAT, INDIA Building Air Exchanges Per Hour: 12 (user specified) Time: January 9, 2018 1503 hours ST (using computer's clock) CHEMICAL DATA: Chemical Name: ETHYLENE OXIDE Molecular Weight: 44.05 g/mol AEGL-1 (60 min): N/A AEGL-2 (60 min): 45 ppm AEGL-3 (60 min): 200 ppm IDLH: 800 ppm LEL: 30000 ppm UEL: 1000000 ppm Carcinogenic risk - see CAMEO Chemicals Ambient Boiling Point: 10.5° C Vapor Pressure at Ambient Temperature: greater than 1 atm Ambient Saturation Concentration: 1,000,000 ppm or 100.0% ATMOSPHERIC DATA: Wind: 10 meters/second from 225° true at 3 meters Ground Roughness: open country Cloud Cover: 7 tenths Air Temperature: 32° C Stability Class: D No Inversion Height Relative Humidity: 75% SOURCE STRENGTH: Evaporating Puddle (Note: chemical is flammable) Puddle Diameter: 3 meters Puddle Mass: 500 kilograms Ground Type: Default soil Ground Temperature: 32° C Initial Puddle Temperature: 10.5° C Release Duration: ALOHA limited the duration to 1 hour Max Average Sustained Release Rate: 29.8 kilograms/min (averaged over a minute or more) Total Amount Released: 321 kilograms

Scenario: Storage tank failure (Flammable area vapor cloud)

THREAT ZONE: Threat Modeled: Flammable Area of Vapor Cloud Model Run: Gaussian Red : less than 10 meters(10.9 yards) --- (18000

ppm = 60% LEL = Flame Pockets) Note: Threat zone was not drawn because effects of

near-field patchiness make dispersion predictions less reliable for short distances.

Yellow: 30 meters --- (3000 ppm = 10% LEL) Note: Threat zone was not drawn because effects of


THREAT AT POINT: Concentration Estimates at the point: Downwind: 10 meters Off Centerline: 5 meters

Note: Concentration not drawn because there is no significant concentration at the point selected.



Report No. 1718A058

2) Methanol: Storage tank failure (Flammable area vapor cloud) (MAXIMUM CREDIBLE ACCIDENT SCENARIO)

METHANOL – 10 m/s, Stability Condition: ‘D’ SITE DATA: Location: PALSANA, SURAT,GUJARAT, INDIA Building Air Exchanges Per Hour: 12 (user specified) Time: January 9, 2018 1503 hours ST (using computer's clock) CHEMICAL DATA: Chemical Name: METHANOL Molecular Weight: 32.04 g/mol AEGL-1 (60 min): 530 ppm AEGL-2 (60 min): 2100 ppm AEGL-3 (60 min): 7200 ppm IDLH: 6000 ppm LEL: 71800 ppm UEL: 365000 ppm Ambient Boiling Point: 64.7° C Vapor Pressure at Ambient temperature: 0.24 atm Ambient Saturation Concentration: 237,713 ppm or 23.8% ATMOSPHERIC DATA: Wind: 10 meters/second from 225° true at 3 meters Ground Roughness: open country Cloud Cover: 7 tenths Air Temperature: 32° C Stability Class: D No Inversion Height Relative Humidity: 75% SOURCE STRENGTH: Direct Source: 2000 kilograms/hr Source Height: 0 Release Duration: 60 minutes Release Rate: 33.3 kilograms/min Total Amount Released: 2,000 kilograms

Scenario: Storage tank failure (Flammable area vapor cloud)

THREAT ZONE: Threat Modeled: Flammable Area of Vapor Cloud Model Run: Gaussian Red: 11 meters --- (43080 ppm = 60% LEL = Flame Pockets) Note: Threat zone was not drawn because effects of near-field patchiness make dispersion predictions less reliable for short distances. Yellow: 28 meters --- (7180 ppm = 10% LEL) Note: Threat zone was not drawn because effects of near-field patchiness make dispersion predictions less reliable for short distances.

THREAT AT POINT: Concentration Estimates at the point: Downwind: 10 meters Off Centerline: 5 meters

Note: Concentration not drawn because there is no significant concentration at the point selected.



Report No. 1718A058

3) METHANOL: Pipeline Transfer failure (Flammable area vapor cloud) (MAXIMUM CREDIBLE ACCIDENT SCENARIO)

METHANOL – 10 m/s, Stability Condition: ‘D’ SITE DATA: Location: PALSANA, SURAT,GUJARAT, INDIA Building Air Exchanges Per Hour: 12 (user specified) Time: January 9, 2018 1503 hours ST (using computer's clock) CHEMICAL DATA: Chemical Name: METHANOL Molecular Weight: 32.04 g/mol AEGL-1 (60 min): 530 ppm AEGL-2 (60 min): 2100 ppm AEGL-3 (60 min): 7200 ppm IDLH: 6000 ppm LEL: 71800 ppm UEL: 365000 ppm Ambient Boiling Point: 64.7° C Vapor Pressure at Ambient temperature: 0.24 atm Ambient Saturation Concentration: 237,713 ppm or 23.8% ATMOSPHERIC DATA: Wind: 10 meters/second from 225° true at 3 meters Ground Roughness: open country Cloud Cover: 7 tenths Air Temperature: 32° C Stability Class: D No Inversion Height Relative Humidity: 75% SOURCE STRENGTH: Direct Source: 200 kilograms/min Source Height: 15 Release Duration: 60 minutes Release Rate: 200 kilograms/min Total Amount Released: 12,000 kilograms

Scenario: Pipeline Transfer failure (Flammable area vapor cloud)

THREAT ZONE: Threat Modeled: Flammable Area of Vapor Cloud Model Run: Heavy Gas Red: 27 meters --- (43080 ppm = 60% LEL = Flame Pockets) Note: Threat zone was not drawn because effects of near-field patchiness make dispersion predictions less reliable for short distances. Yellow: 97 meters --- (7180 ppm = 10% LEL) THREAT AT POINT: Concentration Estimates at the point: Downwind: 10 meters Off Centerline: 5 meters Max Concentration: Outdoor:1.89 ppm Indoor:1.89 ppm



Report No. 1718A058

4) OLEUM: Leakage from the inlet filling line valve (Toxic cloud effect) (MAXIMUM CREDIBLE ACCIDENT SCENARIO)

OLEUM – 10 m/s, Stability Condition: ‘D’ SITE DATA: Location: PALSANA, SURAT,GUJARAT, INDIA Building Air Exchanges Per Hour: 12 (user specified) Time: January 9, 2018 1503 hours ST (using computer's clock) CHEMICAL DATA: Warning: OLEUM can react with water and/or water vapor. This can affect the evaporation rate and downwind dispersion. ALOHA cannot accurately predict the air hazard if this substance comes in contact with water. Chemical Name: OLEUM Solution Strength: 23% (by weight) Ambient Boiling Point: 131.6° C Partial Pressure at Ambient Temperature: 0.0035 atm Ambient Saturation Concentration: 3,535 ppm or 0.35% Hazardous Component: SULFUR TRIOXIDE Molecular Weight: 80.06 g/mol AEGL-1 (60 min): 0.2 mg/(cu m) AEGL-2 (60 min): 8.7 mg/(cu m) AEGL-3 (60 min): 160 mg/(cu m) ATMOSPHERIC DATA: Wind: 10 meters/second from 225° true at 3 meters Ground Roughness: open country Cloud Cover: 7 tenths Air Temperature: 32° C Stability Class: D No Inversion Height Relative Humidity: 75% SOURCE STRENGTH: Evaporating Puddle: Puddle Diameter: 1 meters Puddle Mass: 200 kilograms Ground Type: Concrete Ground Temperature: 32° C Initial Puddle Temperature: Ground temperature Release Duration: ALOHA limited the duration to 1 hour Max Average Sustained Release Rate: 10.8 grams/min (averaged over a minute or more) Total Amount Hazardous Component Released: 642 grams

Scenario: Leakage from the inlet filling line valve (Toxic cloud effect)

THREAT ZONE: Model Run: Gaussian Red: less than 10 meters (10.9 yards) --- (160 mg/(cu m) = AEGL-3 (60 min)) Note: Threat zone was not drawn because effects of near-field patchiness make dispersion predictions less reliable for short distances. Orange: 11 meters --- (8.7 mg/(cu m) = AEGL-2 (60 min)) Note: Threat zone was not drawn because effects of near-field patchiness make dispersion predictions less reliable for short distances. Yellow: 80 meters --- (0.2 mg/(cu m) = AEGL-1 (60 min)) THREAT AT POINT: Concentration Estimates at the point: Downwind: 10 meters Off Centerline: 5 meters Max Concentration: Outdoor:1.89 ppm Indoor:1.89 ppm Note: Concentration not drawn because there is no significant concentration at the point selected.



Report No. 1718A058

05) BROMINE: Forklift capsizing and bottles broken. (Toxic cloud effect) (MAXIMUM CREDIBLE ACCIDENT SCENARIO)

BROMINE – 10 m/s, Stability Condition: ‘D’ SITE DATA: Location: PALSANA, SURAT,GUJARAT, INDIA Building Air Exchanges Per Hour: 12 (user specified) Time: January 9, 2018 1617 hours ST (using computer's clock) CHEMICAL DATA: Chemical Name: BROMINE Molecular Weight: 159.81 g/mol AEGL-1 (60 min): 0.033 ppm AEGL-2 (60 min): 0.24 ppm AEGL-3 (60 min): 8.5 ppm IDLH: 3 ppm Ambient Boiling Point: 58.7° C Vapor Pressure at Ambient Temperature: 0.38 atm Ambient Saturation Concentration: 376,061 ppm or 37.6% ATMOSPHERIC DATA: Wind: 10 meters/second from 225° true at 3 meters Ground Roughness: open country Cloud Cover: 7 tenths Air Temperature: 32° C Stability Class: D No Inversion Height Relative Humidity: 75% SOURCE STRENGTH: Direct Source: 20 kilograms/hr Source Height: 0 Release Duration: 60 minutes Release Rate: 333 grams/min Total Amount Released: 20.0 kilograms

Scenario: Leakage from the inlet filling line valve (Toxic cloud effect)

THREAT ZONE: Model Run: Gaussian Red : 27 meters --- (8.5 ppm = AEGL-3 (60 min)) Note: Threat zone was not drawn because effects of


Orange: 164 meters --- (0.24 ppm = AEGL-2 (60 min)) Yellow: 486 meters --- (0.033 ppm = AEGL-1 (60 min)) THREAT AT POINT: Concentration Estimates at the point: Downwind: 10 meters Off Centerline: 5 meters Note: Concentration not drawn because there is no significant concentration at the point selected.



Report No. 1718A058

7.8.6 RISK ASSESSMENT AND MITIGATION MEASURES RISK ASSESSMENT MITIGATION MEASURE & ITS MANAGEMENT FORMALDEHYDE, PHENOL, AQUOUS AMMONIA are highly toxic Materials.

Whenever there is spillage on the ground the pool has to be immediately covered with sand and neutralizers like SODA ASH/LIME shall be spread on the spillage. 90% of the potential harm will be reduced.

FORMALDEHYDE , PHENOL, AMMONIA,OLEM in the gaseous form are very dangerous. All the chemicals are both flammable and highly toxic.

Leaks have to be isolated by closing the control valves SWIFTLY. No body shall stay in the down wind direction. SCBA set shall be used and skilled manpower shall be used to control the effects of these chemicals.

METHANOL, ACETONE, ACRYLONITRILE, ETHYLENE OXIDE, ETHYL CHLORIDE are highly flammable chemical with low flash point and boiling point. These chemicals are a potential source of major fires.

The storage area shall be well protected from any ignitable substances. All the electrical fittings shall be flameproof. Only qualified /trained persons shall be used to operate in the tank farm. The tank farm shall be monitored all the 365 days including nights. Major accident scenarios have to be planned and MOCK DRILLS conducted.

Unsafe practices in the Tank-Farm areas

All the storage tanks facilities shall have dumping arrangements planned for reducing the severity during emergencies. Dumping arrangement is a spare tank facility kept empty and ready to receive the chemical from the tank with an emergency.

Quantity requirement of Formaldehyde and Methanol are very high.

It is preferable to have tanks with medium capacity (more in number) in the tank farm.

Toxic Chemicals tank farm It shall be separated from flammable chemical tank farm. They have to

be separated by at least 15m away.

Rise in Exothermic reaction temperature in Reaction vessels.

The cooling arrangements for the Reaction vessels shall be with standby system. This will control the rise in Exothermic reaction temperatures. There shall be also two Temperature indicators for monitoring temperature rise in the Reaction vessels.

In case of pressure reactors where the pressures of operations are greater than atmospheric pressure, the overrun of exothermic reactions control is very critical.

In addition to the safety devices, there must be arrangement to dislodge the reaction mass through the bottom discharge valve. There shall be a provision of remote controlled discharge valves for the purpose.

7.8.7 SPECIFIC GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING OF HAZARDOUS CHEMICALS 7.8.7.1 SPECIFIC GUIDELINES FOR ETHYLENE OXIDE: Guideline for Potential Hazards: Health & Safety • TOXIC; may be fatal if inhaled or absorbed through skin. • Contact with gas or liquefied gas may cause burns, severe injury and/or frostbite. • Fire will produce irritating, corrosive and/or toxic gases. • Runoff from fire control may cause pollution. • Flammable; may be ignited by heat, sparks or flames. • May form explosive mixtures with air. • Those substances designated with a (P) may polymerize explosively when heated or involved in a fire. • Vapors from liquefied gas are initially heavier than air and spread along ground. • Vapors may travel to source of ignition and flash back. • Some of these materials may react violently with water. • Cylinders exposed to fire may vent and release toxic and flammable gas through pressure relief

devices. • Containers may explode when heated.



Report No. 1718A058

• Ruptured cylinders may rocket. • Runoff may create fire or explosion hazard. • CALL EMERGENCY RESPONSE Telephone Number on Shipping Paper first. If Shipping Paper not

available or no answer, refer to appropriate telephone number listed on the inside back cover. • As an immediate precautionary measure, isolate spill or leak area for at least 100 meters (330 feet) in

all directions. • Keep unauthorized personnel away. • Stay upwind. • Many gases are heavier than air and will spread along ground and collect in low or confined areas

(sewers, basements, tanks). • Keep out of low areas. • Ventilate closed spaces before entering. • Wear positive pressure self-contained breathing apparatus (SCBA). • Wear chemical protective clothing that is specifically recommended by the manufacturer. It may

provide little or no thermal protection. • Structural firefighters' protective clothing provides limited protection in fire situations ONLY; it is not

effective in spill situations where direct contact with the substance is possible. Guideline for Emergency Response: Fire • DO NOT EXTINGUISH A LEAKING GAS FIRE UNLESS LEAK CAN BE STOPPED. Dry

chemical, CO2, water spray or alcohol-resistant foam.

Large Fire • Water spray, fog or alcohol-resistant foam. • FOR CHLOROSILANES, DO NOT USE WATER; use AFFF alcohol-resistant medium expansion

foam. • Move containers from fire area if you can do it without risk. • Damaged cylinders should be handled only by specialists. Fire involving Tanks • Fight fire from maximum distance or use unmanned hose holders or monitor nozzles. • Cool containers with flooding quantities of water until well after fire is out. • Do not direct water at source of leak or safety devices; icing may occur. • Withdraw immediately in case of rising sound from venting safety devices or discoloration of tank. • ALWAYS stay away from tanks engulfed in fire. • ELIMINATE all ignition sources (no smoking, flares, sparks or flames in immediate area). • All equipment used when handling the product must be grounded. • Fully encapsulating, vapor protective clothing should be worn for spills and leaks with no fire. • Do not touch or walk through spilled material. • Stop leak if you can do it without risk. • Do not direct water at spill or source of leak. • Use water spray to reduce vapors or divert vapor cloud drift. Avoid allowing water runoff to contact

spilled material. • FOR CHLOROSILANES, use AFFF alcohol-resistant medium expansion foam to reduce vapors. • If possible, turn leaking containers so that gas escapes rather than liquid. • Prevent entry into waterways, sewers, basements or confined areas. • Isolate area until gas has dispersed. • Move victim to fresh air. • Call 911 or emergency medical service. • Give artificial respiration if victim is not breathing. • Do not use mouth-to-mouth method if victim ingested or inhaled the substance; give artificial

respiration with the aid of a pocket mask equipped with a one-way valve or other proper respiratory medical device.

• Administer oxygen if breathing is difficult.



Report No. 1718A058

• Remove and isolate contaminated clothing and shoes. • In case of contact with substance, immediately flush skin or eyes with running water for at least 20

minutes. • In case of contact with liquefied gas, thaw frosted parts with lukewarm water. • In case of burns, immediately cool affected skin for as long as possible with cold water. Do not

remove clothing if adhering to skin. • Keep victim warm and quiet. • Keep victim under observation. • Effects of contact or inhalation may be delayed. • Ensure that medical personnel are aware of the material(s) involved and take precautions to protect

themselves. 7.8.7.2 SPECIFIC GUIDELINES FOR CYANIDES: Cyanides – Hazards - Curatives. Cyanides are considered to be one of the highly poisonous chemicals. It can produce severe undesirable health effects when in direct contact with them. The write up highlights how much we are prepared for handling it. Any fresh suggestions on SAFETY ENHANSEMENT are welcome. Cyanides are supplied as white crystalline solid, lump solid or in powder form. Cyanides are deadly human poison by ingestion, Toxic by skin absorption through open wounds, Toxic by ingestion, and by inhalation of dust. In M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd, PALSANA. We use sodium Cyanide, Copper Cyanide and Zinc Cyanide in the Cyanation process. Sodium Cyanide is supplied in the form of tablets coated with soda ash, while the copper cyanide and zinc cyanide are supplied in the powder form. This paper was discussed with Mr.Hardutt singh Tarar, Mr.K.B.Vishwakarma, Mr. Milind Joshi, Mr. Balbirsingh and all their suggestions incorporated. PRECAUTIONS AT PROPDUCTION UNITS: The supply of cyanides is done in thick metal containers, the lids in sealed condition. The cyanide materials are supplied in 25kgs, 30kgs and 50kgs tins. Inside the containers the cyanide material is again packed in thick polythene bags sealed after packing. The packing is usually good and no accidents reported by damage of containers. The average consumption of cyanides in our company is 100 metal tins in each category.

1. All the Cyanides when accidentally come in contact with Acids (Even diluted acids) will puff out copious amount of hydrogen cyanide gas which is a deadly poisonous gas associated with flammability.

2. Whenever there is a spillage of cyanides in the liquid form they have to be neutralized with ALKALINE FERROUS SULPHATE solution. The neutralization process will prevent the generation of hydrogen cyanide gas, hence will reduce the risk of poisoning and fire.

3. The cyanation process begins with addition of sodium cyanide in DMF liquid already charged inside the reaction vessel. Addition of sodium cyanide tablets are done only when the DMF is tested alkaline. The mixture is stirred for 12-14 hrs prior to the addition of MONOAZODYE solutions.

4. Similarly the addition of copper cyanide and zinc cyanide is done in DMF when the vessel is taken on vacuum. Due to vacuum the cyanide powders does not spill outside or spread. Designated PPEs are used during cyanides handling.

5. In our company the CYANIDE material is used for almost 25 years and there is no damage of cyanide containers during handling. This is due to clear demarcation of responsibility. All the handling and manipulations are done by designated employees who are well trained for the purpose.

6. After the transfer of cyanide material the containers are washed with ferrous sulphate solution and disposed off.

7. Throughout the period of association with cyanides, wearing of the designated PPEs are made mandatory.

8. The track record of cyanide operations is good in M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt Ltd, PALSANA. For the past 25 years there is no single incident on CYANIDE handling and usage. These chemicals are handled by ONLY SOLVENT-1 group.


PRECAUTIONS AT OHC: CYANIDES anti dote kit is kept in Occupational Health Centre. They contain SODIUM NITRITE – INJECTION, SODIUM THIOSULPHATE-INJECTION., AMYL NITRITE –inhalant. Shift Nurses are well aware of the procedure during emergencies. MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET (MSDS) An extract of the MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEET (MSDS) is given for Cyanides used in M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt Ltd, PALSANA. This will give a ready reference and actions to be taken during emergencies.

1. Sodium Cyanide 2. Copper Cyanide 3. Zinc Cyanide

1.SODIUM CYANIDE

CAS Number UN/NA Number DOT Hazard Label CHRIS Code

143-33-9 1689 Poison SCN

NFPA 704

Diamond Hazard Value Description

0 3 0

Health 3 Can cause serious or permanent injury.

Flammability 0 Will not burn under typical fire conditions.

Instability 0 Normally stable, even under fire conditions.

Special Source: (NFPA, 2010) General Description

A white crystalline solid, lump solid or powder. A deadly human poison by ingestion Toxic by skin absorption through open wounds, by ingestion, and by inhalation of dust. Reactivity Alerts : Water-Reactive

Air & Water Reactions

Soluble in water. Slowly decomposed by water and very rapidly by acids to give off hydrogen cyanide, a flammable poison gas. Based on a scenario where the chemical is spilled into an excess of water (at least 5 fold excess of water), half of the maximum theoretical yield of Hydrogen Cyanide gas will be created in 12 minutes. Fire Hazard

Sodium cyanide is not combustible itself, but contact with acids releases highly flammable hydrogen cyanide gas. Fire may produce irritating or poisonous gases. Runoff from fire control water may give off poisonous gases. Container may explode in the heat of fire. Avoid strong oxidizers such as nitrates and chlorates; acids and acid salts. Avoid contact with acids. Aqueous solutions rapidly decompose. Health Hazard

Super toxic; probable oral lethal dose in humans is less than 5 mg/kg or a taste (less than 7 drops) for a 70 kg (150 lb.) person. Sodium cyanide is poisonous and may be fatal if inhaled, swallowed or absorbed through the skin. Contact with sodium cyanide may cause burns to skin and eyes. Individuals with chronic diseases of the kidneys, respiratory tract, skin, or thyroid are at greater risk of developing toxic cyanide effects. Reactivity Profile



Report No. 1718A058

SODIUM CYANIDE produces deadly and flammable hydrogen cyanide gas upon contact with acids, even very weak acids, e.g., carbon dioxide dissolved in water (soda pop). Reacts violently with fluorine, magnesium, nitric acid, nitrates and nitrites Incompatible with strong oxidizing agents. Belongs to the Following Reactive Group(s) : Cyanides, Inorganic

First Aid

Headache, vertigo (dizziness), agitation, and giddiness may be followed by combative behavior, dilated and unreactive pupils, convulsions, paralysis, and coma. Sodium cyanide is irritating to the skin and mucous membranes. Lacrimation (tearing) and a burning sensation of the mouth and throat are common. Increased salivation, nausea, and vomiting are often seen.

Emergency Life-Support Procedures: Acute exposure to sodium cyanide may require decontamination and life support for the victims. All exposed persons should be transported to a health care facility as quickly as possible. Emergency personnel should wear protective clothing appropriate to the type and degree of contamination. Air-purifying or supplied-air respiratory equipment should also be worn as necessary. Rescue vehicles should carry supplies such as plastic sheeting and disposable plastic bags to assist in preventing spread of contamination. INHALATION EXPOSURE: 1. Move victims to fresh air. Emergency personnel should avoid self-exposure to sodium cyanide. 2. Evaluate vital signs including pulse and respiratory rate, and note any trauma. If no pulse is detected, provide CPR. If not breathing, provide artificial respiration. IMMEDIATELY begin administering 100% oxygen to all victims. Monitor victims for respiratory distress. Warning: To prevent self-poisoning, avoid mouth-to-mouth breathing; use a forced-oxygen mask. Direct oral contact with sodium cyanide-contaminated persons or their gastric contents may result in self-poisoning. 3. RUSH to a health care facility! DERMAL/EYE EXPOSURE: 1. Remove victims from exposure. Emergency personnel should avoid self- exposure to sodium cyanide. 2. Evaluate vital signs including pulse and respiratory rate, and note any trauma. If no pulse is detected, provide CPR. If not breathing, provide artificial respiration. IMMEDIATELY begin administering 100% oxygen to all victims. Monitor victims for respiratory distress. Warning: To prevent self-poisoning, avoid mouth-to-mouth breathing; use a forced-oxygen mask. Direct oral contact with sodium cyanide-contaminated persons or their gastric contents may result in self-poisoning. 3. RUSH to a health care facility! 4. Remove contaminated clothing as soon as possible. 5. If eye exposure has occurred, eyes must be flushed with lukewarm water for at least 15 minutes. 6. Wash exposed skin areas twice with soap and water.

INGESTION EXPOSURE: 1. Evaluate vital signs including pulse and respiratory rate, and note any trauma. If no pulse is detected, provide CPR. If not breathing, provide artificial respiration. IMMEDIATELY begin administering 100% oxygen to all victims. Monitor victims for respiratory distress. Warning: To prevent self-poisoning, avoid mouth-to-mouth breathing; use a forced-oxygen mask. Direct oral contact with sodium cyanide-contaminated persons or their gastric contents may result in self-poisoning. 2. RUSH to a health care facility! 3. DO NOT induce vomiting. Ipecac is not recommended for ingestion of sodium cyanide. 4. Obtain authorization and/or further instructions from the local hospital for administration of an antidote or performance of other invasive procedures. 5. Activated charcoal may be administered if victims are conscious and alert. Use 15 to 30 g for children, 50 to 100 g for adults, with 125 to 250 ml of water.

Exposure Period AEGL-1* AEGL-2 AEGL-3 30 minutes 5 mg/m3 20 mg/m3 42 mg/m3

IDLH (Immediate Danger to Life and Health) : 25 mg/m3

Permissible Exposure Limit (PEL) : 8 hours 2 mg/m3


2. COPPER CYANIDE


544-92-3 1587 Poison CCY

NFPA 704

General Description

A green powder. Insoluble in water. Toxic by skin absorption, through open wounds, by ingestion, and by inhalation of hydrogen cyanide that arises from slight decomposition. Produces toxic oxides of nitrogen in fires. Hazards: Reactivity Alerts: None

Air & Water Reactions : Insoluble in water. Fire Hazard

Non combustible. Special Hazards of Combustion Products: Toxic hydrogen cyanide gas may form in fires. Health Hazard

Following severe exposure to dust, symptoms of cyanide poisoning may develop (see ingestion). Ingestion causes anxiety, confusion, dizziness, sudden loss of consciousness, odor of bitter almonds on breath or in vomits, rapid weak pulse, convulsions, and paralysis. Contact with eyes causes irritation. Air & Water Reactions : Insoluble in water.

Fire Hazard

Non combustible. However mixed during combustion can release poisonous hydrogen cyanide gas. Health Hazard

Following severe exposure to dust, symptoms of cyanide poisoning may develop (ingestion). anxiety, confusion, dizziness, sudden loss of consciousness, odor of bitter almonds on breath or in vomits, rapid weak pulse, convulsions, and paralysis. Contact with eyes causes irritation. Reactivity Profile

COPPER CYANIDE is decomposed by acids to give off hydrogen cyanide, a flammable poisonous gas. Tends to explosive instability. Capable of violent oxidation under certain condition: fusion with metal chlorates, per-chlorates, nitrates or nitrites can cause explosions. Reacts with incandescence with magnesium.

COPPER CYANIDE is decomposed by acids to give off hydrogen cyanide, a flammable poisonous gas. Tends to explosive instability. Capable of violent oxidation under certain condition: Fusion with metal chlorates, per-chlorates, nitrates or nitrites can cause explosions. Reacts with incandescence with magnesium Belongs to the Following Reactive Group(s): Cyanides, Inorganic.

First Aid EYES: First check the victim for contact lenses and remove if present. Flush victim's eyes with water or normal saline solution for 20 to 30 minutes while simultaneously calling a hospital or poison control center. Do not put any ointments, oils, or medication in the victim's eyes without specific instructions from a physician. IMMEDIATELY transport the victim after flushing eyes to a hospital even if no symptoms (such as redness or irritation) develop. SKIN: IMMEDIATELY flood affected skin with water while removing and isolating all contaminated clothing. Gently wash all affected skin areas thoroughly with soap and water. If symptoms such as redness or irritation develop, IMMEDIATELY call a physician and be prepared to transport the victim to a hospital for treatment. INHALATION: IMMEDIATELY leave the contaminated area; take deep breaths of fresh air. IMMEDIATELY call a physician and be prepared to transport the victim to a hospital even if no symptoms


(such as wheezing, coughing, shortness of breath, or burning in the mouth, throat, or chest) develop. Provide proper respiratory protection to rescuers entering an unknown atmosphere. Whenever possible, Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) should be used; if not available, use a level of protection greater than or equal to that advised under Protective Clothing. INGESTION: CYANIDES ARE EXTREMELY TOXIC AND FAST-ACTING POISONS. Even though the induction of vomiting is not usually recommended outside of a physician's care if the victim is conscious and not convulsing, it may be worth the risk if cyanide has been ingested. Ipecac syrup or salt water may be used to induce vomiting in such an emergency. IMMEDIATELY call a hospital or poison control center and transport the victim to a hospital. If the victim is convulsing or unconscious, do not give anything by mouth, assure that the victim's airway is open and lay the victim on his/her side with the head lower than the body. DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. IMMEDIATELY transport the victim to a hospital. IDLH(Immediate Danger to Life and Health): Data unavailable

3. ZINC CYANIDE


557-21-1 1713 Poison ZCN

NFPA 704 Diamond Hazard Value Description

0

3

0

Health 3 Can cause serious or permanent injury.

Flammability 0 Will not burn under typical fire conditions.

Instability 0 Normally stable, even under fire conditions.

Special (NFPA, 2010) General Description: A white powder. Insoluble in water. Toxic by inhalation (dust and the hydrogen cyanide from slight decomposition) and by ingestion. Produces toxic oxides of nitrogen in fires. Used in medicine, in metal plating, and in chemical analysis. Hazards: Reactivity Alerts : None Air & Water Reactions : Insoluble in water. Fire Hazard Non-combustible, substance itself does not burn but may decompose upon heating to produce corrosive and/or toxic fumes. Containers may explode when heated. Health Hazard EYES: Causes eye burns. SKIN: Irritation. INGESTION OR INHALATION: A bitter, acrid burning taste is sometimes noted followed by a feeling of constriction or numbness in the throat. Salivation and nausea are not unusual, but vomiting is rare. Anxiety, confusion, vertigo, giddiness and often a sensation of stiffness in the lower jaw. Reactivity Profile ZINC CYANIDE is decomposed by acids to give off hydrogen cyanide, a flammable poisonous gas. Tends to explosive instability. Capable of violent oxidation under certain condition; fusion with metal chlorates, per chlorates, nitrates or nitrites can cause explosions. Reacts incandescence (Glow) with magnesium. First Aid EYES: First check the victim for contact lenses and remove if present. Flush victim's eyes with water or normal saline solution for 20 to 30 minutes while simultaneously calling a hospital or poison control center. Do not put any ointments, oils, or medication in the victim's eyes without specific instructions from a physician. IMMEDIATELY transport the victim after flushing eyes to a hospital even if no symptoms (such as redness or irritation) develop.



Report No. 1718A058

SKIN: IMMEDIATELY flood affected skin with water while removing and isolating all contaminated clothing. Gently wash all affected skin areas thoroughly with soap and water. If symptoms such as redness or irritation develop, IMMEDIATELY call a physician and be prepared to transport the victim to a hospital for treatment. INHALATION: IMMEDIATELY leaves the contaminated area; take deep breaths of fresh air. IMMEDIATELY call a physician and be prepared to transport the victim to a hospital even if no symptoms (such as wheezing, coughing, shortness of breath, or burning in the mouth, throat, or chest) develop. Provide proper respiratory protection to rescuers entering an unknown atmosphere. Whenever possible, Self-Contained Breathing Apparatus (SCBA) should be used; if not available, use a level of protection greater than or equal to that advised under Protective Clothing. INGESTION: CYANIDES ARE EXTREMELY TOXIC AND FAST-ACTING POISONS. Even though the induction of vomiting is not usually recommended outside of a physician's care if the victim is conscious and not convulsing, it may be worth the risk if a cyanide has been ingested. Ipecac syrup or salt water may be used to induce vomiting in such an emergency. IMMEDIATELY call a hospital or poison control center and transport the victim to a hospital. If the victim is convulsing or unconscious, do not give anything by mouth, assure that the victim's airway is open and lay the victim on his/her side with the head lower than the body. DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING. IMMEDIATELY transport the victim to a hospital IDLH: Not available. 7.9 DISASTER MANAGEMENT PLAN 7.9.1 INTRODUCTION: The term ‘Disaster’ owes its origin to the French word ‘desastre’, which is a combination of two words ‘des’ meaning bad and ‘aster’ meaning star. Thus, the term ‘disaster’ refers to ‘Bad or Evil Star’. In earlier days disasters were considered to be an outcome or outburst of some unfavorable star.

Ideally, a disaster may be defined as “an event concentrated in time and space which threatens a society or a relative self sufficient subdivision of a society with major unwanted consequences as a result of the collapse of precautions which had hitherto been culturally accepted as adequate”.

Disaster according to the Disaster Management Act, 2005 means “a catastrophe, mishap, calamity or grave occurrence in any area, arising from natural or man made causes or by accident or negligence which results in substantial loss of life or human suffering or damage to, and destruction of property, or damage to, or degradation of, environment, and is of such a nature or magnitude as to be beyond the coping capacity of the community of the affected area”;

Disasters are extreme events which cause great loss to life and property. They pose a serious threat to the normal life as well as the process of development and strike with sudden violence, tearing bodies, destroying lives and structures and throwing apart families. Natural disasters, which are both sudden and powerful, damage national economy and cause hardships to a large section of the population. They are the single largest concern for most of the nations as they take a heavy toll of human life, destroy belongings and infrastructure and have far reaching economic and social consequences for communities. Thus, the impact of disasters on human life is multi – dimensional, affecting it in all aspects- domestic, social, economic etc.,

Disaster Management Act: The DM Act, 2005 provides for the requisite institutional mechanism for drawing up and monitoring the implementation of the DM Plans ensuring measures by various wings of government for prevention and mitigation effects of disasters and for undertaking a holistic coordinated and prompt response to any disaster situation. The Act seeks to institutionalize the mechanisms at the national, state and district levels to plan, prepare and ensure a swift response to both natural calamities and man-made disasters/accidents IN THREE LEVELS. 1. NATIONAL LEVEL 2. STATE LEVEL 3. DISTRICT LEVEL (In a state) - Local level in a district

Types of Disasters: Generally, disasters are of two types – Natural and Manmade. Based on the devastation, these are further



Report No. 1718A058

classified into major/minor natural disaster and major/minor man-made disasters. Some of the disasters are listed below:

Major natural disasters: Flood Cyclone Drought, Earth quake

Minor natural disasters: Cold wave Thunderstorms Heat waves Mud slides Storm

Major man-made disaster: Setting of fires Epidemic Deforestation Wars Pollution due to prawn cultivation Industrial disaster/ crisis Chemical disaster/pollution.

Minor man-made disaster: Road / train accidents, riots Food poisoning Environmental pollution

Industrial hazards are threats to people, and life-support systems that arise from the mass production of goods and services. When these threats exceed human coping capabilities, or the absorptive capacities of environmental systems, they give rise to industrial disasters. Industrial hazards can occur at any stage in the production process, including extraction, processing, manufacture, transportation, storage, use, and disposal. Losses generally involve the release of damaging substances (e.g. chemicals, radioactivity, and genetic materials) or damaging levels of energy from industrial facilities or equipment into surrounding environments. The growth of chemical industries has led to an increase in the risk of occurrence of incidents associated with hazardous chemicals (HAZCHEM). A chemical industry that incorporates the best principles of safety can largely prevent such incidents. Common causes for chemical accidents are deficiencies in safety management systems and human errors, or they may occur as a consequence of natural calamities or sabotage activities. Chemical accidents result in fire, explosion and/or toxic release. The nature of chemical agents and their concentration during exposure ultimately decides the toxicity and damaging effects on living organisms in the form of symptoms and signs like irreversible pain, suffering, and death. Meteorological conditions such as wind speed, wind direction, height of inversion layer, stability class, etc., also play an important role by affecting the dispersion pattern of toxic gas clouds. The Bhopal Gas tragedy of 1984—the worst chemical disaster in history, where over 2000 people died due to the accidental release of the toxic gas Methyl Iso-cyanate, is still fresh in our memories. Such accidents are significant in terms of injuries, pain, suffering, loss of lives, damage to property and environment. A small accident occurring at the local level may be a prior warning signal for an impending disaster. Chemical disasters, though low in frequency, have the potential to cause significant immediate or long-term damage.

DISASTER MANAGEMENT IS WITH THE GUIDELINES OF 1. ON –SITE EMEGENCY PLAN - prepared by the plant 2. OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN- Prepared by DDMA

ON-SITE EMERGENCY: Disaster within the premises of the PLANT / FACTORY describes the action scenarios, complying with a documented Plan, to manage and eliminate the Disaster by the Plant personnel. OFF-SITE EMERGENCY: Disaster spilled outside the factory premises, describes the action scenarios, complying with a documented plan to manage and eliminate the disaster, by both the plant personnel and District Disaster Management Authorities. This plan will be prepared by DDMA seeking the details from plant authorities.



Report No. 1718A058

7.9.2 GLOSSARY: TERMS AND INTERPRETATIONS: DISASTER: “means a catastrophe, mishap, calamity or grave occurrence in any area, arising from natural or man-made causes, or by accident or negligence which results in substantial loss of life & sufferings or damage & destruction of property, or damage & degradation of environmental systems, and is of such a magnitude as to be, beyond the coping capacity of the community of the affected area”; MANAGEMENT: “means a group of employees unifying to mitigate the undesirable effects of a disaster, controlling and eliminating its effects fully to bring back to erstwhile normal operating conditions.”

EMERGENCY: “an undesirable state of events of LOSS, beyond the coping capacity of the designated operating personnel of the plant”.

PLAN: “means set of activities laid in series, arrangements made in advance with internal trained personnel & external agencies, to perform them in a systematic way to mitigate, control and eliminate an EMERGENCY” ON-SITE EMERGENCY: “means an EMERGENCY SITUATION – Radiation, Toxicity, impact on environment , confined to the plant premises” to cause LOSS. OFF-SITE EMERGENCY: “means an adverse EMERGENCY SITUATION- Radiation, Toxicity, impact on environment, spilling outside the plant premises to cause LOSS. LOSS: “means - ill health to people, destruction to property, stoppage of plant operations, forced layoff to employees, increased debt burden of loans on purchase of plant & machinery, good will loss, loss of employee’s confidence level, impact on environmental systems which supports life in the area. (Loss of greenery, loss of cattle, and loss of aquatic life, land and water pollution and ……..) EMERGENCY CONTROL ROOM: “means designated room for the “INCIDENT CONTROLLER” to perform his role on mitigating, controlling, eliminating the emergency and bring the plant back to normal working environment.” INCIDENT CONTROLLER (IC): “means a designated person, vested with OVERALL responsibility & authority to mitigate, control and eliminate emergency and put the plant in normal working condition.”It includes controlling the entire operations as a team leader and reporting to TOP MANAGEMENT/ OWNERS of the plant. Normally this position is given to the plant CEO or NO.1 POSITION HOLDER of the plant. ACCIDENT SITE CONTROLLER (ASC): “means a designated person, vested with overall responsibility to mitigate, control and eliminate emergency from the designated site / sites inside the plant premises. He mitigates, controls, and eliminates the actual accident which has later become an emergency. (Engineering team, Rescue & Relief team, Fire fighting team, and other miscellaneous services will report to him.)”. Normally this position is held by CONCERNED PLANT HEAD. RESCUE & RELIEF HEAD (RRH): “means a designated person, who will perform rescue operations, take relief measures to the injured, co-ordinates with Liaison officer. Rescue operations in the entire plant being a big operation he will have a fairly big team to perform this operation.” This position is given to the HEAD - CIVIL DEPARTMENT. ENGINEERING HEAD (EH): “means a designated person, who will advice operations to save damages to Plant & Machinery, operations to mitigate and control processes, performs safe shutdown operations, safely operating the utility services (Electricity, Instrument air, various water systems, waste water systems,). This position is given to the HEAD - MAINTENANCE (MECHANICAL, UTILITY, ELECTRICAL & INSTRUMENTATION). LAISION HEAD (LH): “means a person authorized by INCIDENT CONTROLLER for coordinating the external resources & services. He interacts with INCIDENT CONTROLLER, and communicates to mainly District Disaster Management Authorities. He receives the requirements from IC, analyses and coveys the same to his SPOKES PERSON, who in turn, contacts the concerned external agency, and gets the required external resources sought.”



Report No. 1718A058

SPOKES PERSON: “means a person authorized by LAISION HEAD to contact and arrange for external resources / help (like district administration-collector, commissioner of police, commissioner of labor, Factory Inspectorate, Health inspector, Fire Brigade Head, Local panchayat head, District transport officer……etc”). KEY EMERGENCY PERSONNEL: “means employees, who take responsibilities and take positions to mitigate, control and eliminate EMERGENCY. They report to their respective team HEADS. During the entire course of EMERGENCY these personnel will be inside the plant to perform above operations. They will note down the REAL performance of operations carried out, analyze the gaps in the performance and discuss the same in the post emergency feedback meeting.” NON-EMERGENCY PERSONNEL: “means employees, visitors, contractors and other outsiders required to be evacuated from the factory premises on “declaration of emergency”. SAFETY MATERIALS: “means additional materials, tools, PPEs and appliances required for use during EMERGENCY operations by the persons inside the factory.” Also the additional safety materials required to be provided to district administration in the event of an OFF SITE EMERGENCY”. EMERGENCY PLAN: “means an authorized document (preconceived, discussed and agreed methodology of operations and responsibilities) having clear cut action scenarios without aberrations, to be performed by key emergency personnel, during MOCK DRILLS or REAL EMERGENCY situations.” SITE PLAN: “means a print copy of the layout of the plant / factory displaying the locations of different buildings, facilities, storage locations, roads, referred for easy communication and action during EMERGENCY. AREA PLAN: “means plan showing the area e.g., JOLWA INDUSTRIAL AREA to scale. Useful for assessing the affected area in the event of an OFF-SITE EMERGENCY and preparations for evacuation of people till the emergency is over. TOXICITY: “ means - Toxicity is, the degree to which a substance can damage an organism. Three types of toxicity are 1. CHEMICAL, 2. BIOLOGICAL, 3. PHYSICAL. The entry routes for damage of the organism are 1. INHALATION, 2. INGESTION, 3. SKIN ABSORPTION. Isolation from the source of origination is the effective way of safe guard. The degree of toxicity is given by the Threshold Limit Value (TLV), Immediate Danger to Life & Health (IDLH). FLAMMABILITY: “means- Flammability is, as how easily matter will burn or ignite, causing FIRE or COMBUSTION.” The degree of flammability is determined by the explosion limits of the hazardous chemical, and its quantity & calorific value determines the “thermal radiation flux” liberated on combustion. SPOT FIRE: “means fire liberated from a point or line opening of a container due to leakage of a flammable gas.” FLASH POINT/ FIRE POINT: - “the flash point of a volatile liquid is the lowest temperature at which it can vaporize to form an ignitable mixture in air”. The fire point, a higher temperature, is defined as the temperature at which the vapor continues to burn after being ignited. THRESHOLD LIMIT VALUE: “means -The threshold limit value (TLV) of a chemical substance, is a level to which it is believed, a worker can be exposed day after day, for a working lifetime without adverse health effects.” It is expressed in ppm or mg/kg of body weight. TRESHOLD QUANTITY: “means the highest quantity of a HAZCHEM (in m³ or MT) of liquid or solid stored in a manufacturing unit storage area (In one or more vessels) at any point of time throughout the year, above which certain regulatory compliance's are required. SCENARIO: “means the mathematically arrived “virtual physical effects” of an accident, for the input conditions given.” It is presented in the form of a x-y graph. DISPERSION: “means the spread of any flammable combustible vapor or toxic cloud of vapor, in the atmosphere for a given set of wind speed and atmospheric stability conditions.”



Report No. 1718A058

DISPERSION FOOT PRINTS: “means graphical mapping of the dispersion clouds in the x-y-z coordinates with respect to distance traveled and over a said period of time. THERMAL RADIATION FLUX: “means the amount of thermal energy released by a flammable cloud of vapor in the atmosphere on a unit area, and its radiation effects, at a particular distance in the hazardous zone. SAFE ZONE: “means a safe limit of TOXIC VAPOUR CLOUD existing in an area where there is no damage to human beings or environment when they live in a free exposed condition for an hour or more. “Means a safe limit of THERMAL RADIATION FLUX existing in an area, where there is no damage to human beings or environment when they live in a free exposed condition.” EMERGENCY SIREN: “means a siren with a blowing range of 1 km radius, all around the source, and capable of giving long and short variances sound for a period of minimum 3 minutes.” ALL CLEAR SIREN: “means a siren with a blowing range of 1km radius, all around the source, and capable of giving a continuous non-variant sound for 5 minutes.” 7.9.3 ORGANISATION SET UP: PLAN: 1. Approved ON-SITE, OFF-SITE EMERGENCY plans shall be available with OH&S Head. 2. All plant personnel have to be trained on the Emergency Plans. 3. Rescue members have to be additionally trained as per the TEAM responsibility. 4. Mock drills have to be performed once in every 6 Months. The drills shall be witnessed by DISH

officials OR Senior management members of same group of Industries. The EXTERNAL OBSERVERS concept in MOCKDRILLS will improve the quality of drills.

5. All the improvements suggested in the Mock Drills have to be implemented through a MOM. 6. The reports of MOCKDRILLS have to be sent to DISH officials as a record. 7. A list of Risk Scenarios has to be identified and listed for performing the Mock Drills at periodic

intervals.

7.9.4 TEAMS FITMENT PLAN:

S.NO TEAM TEAM LEADERS

1 INCIDENT CONTROLLER SENIOR MANAGEMENT PERSON

2 ACCIDENT SITE CONTROLLER

IN CHARGE OF ACCIDENT PLANT

SR. SUPERVISOR /CHEMIST (II SHIFT & III SHIFT)

3 LIAISON HEAD HOD -HR

4 ENGINEERING TEAM

SENIOR MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL FROM PROJECTS, DESIGN , MAINTENANCE

5 RESCUE &RELIEF TEAM SENIOR MANAGEMENT PERSONNEL FROM

PERSONNEL, ACCOUNTS

6 FIRE TEAM SAFETY PERSONNEL

7 MEDICAL TEAM OHC PERSONNEL

8 SECURITY TEAM SECURITY OFFICERS SECURITY GUARDS


ORGANISATIONAL SET UP FOR EMERGENCY:

7.9.5 RESPONSIBILITIES OF KEY EMERGENCY PERSONNEL / TEAMS: INCIDENT CONTROLLER – RESPONSIBILITIES

The head of the PLANT will be normally the Incident Controller(IC). Ensures the emergency is properly dealt with, eliminated and normal operating conditions are restored as soon as possible.

Ensures all the managers and officers of the plant are included as “key emergency personnel.” Ensures the On-site Emergency Plan is prepared, and general training is given to all the employees of

the plant. On-site Emergency Plan is submitted to Department of Industrial safety & Health for review.

Ensures Mock drills (Virtual Emergency) are conducted quarterly in different shifts as per the provisions of On-Site Emergency plan.

Ensures one or two District disaster management Authority (DDMA) personnel are invited to participate in the mock-drills.



Report No. 1718A058

Ensures On site Emergency Plan is revised, based on the Mock-drill feed backs, till he is satisfied, that the plan is acceptable to all key emergency personnel.

To officiate a person responsible to co-ordinate with District Disaster Management Authorities to prepare OFF-SITE EMERGENCY PLAN for the plant. The LIASION HEAD may be the appropriate person for the same.

Ensure the fire fighting system, safety materials required for use during real emergency, and first-aid medical facilities, are in order by review of documents, inspections and trials.

Ensures to name the alternate key emergency personnel IC, ASC, LH, EH, RRH in case the emergency is reported after general shift hours .The key emergency personnel will take positions as soon as possible and replace the alternate team. (Mock drills conducted in II & III shifts will give necessary guidance to select the personnel)

ON DECLARATION OF REAL EMERGENCY

Soon after hearing the emergency from the Main gate security or SMS –Emergency, INCIDENT CONTROLLER rushes to ECC.

He takes control on all operations to deal with the EMERGENCY from ECC. He ensures all the team leaders are in their respective positions of operation, soon after ordering to

blow the emergency siren. On the advices of ASC, LH, EH, RRH analyzes the actual situation at periodic intervals and declares

OFF-SITE EMERGENCY if required. He ensures through Liaison Head, external emergency services are informed and called for help in

time. Take periodic rounds to provide guidance and help to team leaders for effectively discharging their

duties. Notes down the short comings in the operations. Once the Risk is eliminated completely as declared by ACCIDENT SITE CONTROLLER, he orders

to blow “All clear siren”. He calls a FEED BACK meeting at ECC. All the key emergency personnel are to attend the meeting

and participate in the deliberations. He CO-ORDINARES with department heads to normalize the plant for regular production activities

and support services. ACCIDENT SITE CONTROLLER - RESPONSIBILITIES

Coordinates with ENGG TEAM, FIRE TEAM, RESCUE &RELIEF TEAM to mitigate emergency conditions’

Ensures to finally eliminate the Emergency condition completely inside the plant. Ensures after eliminating emergency the area/s worked, are kept clean for normal operations. Ensures the required number of teams and personnel are kept ready for eliminating the emergency. Ensures all required materials, equipment and resources are available for eliminating the emergency.

Is requested and brought in time. Ensures right information is given to IC at periodic intervals.


Soon after hearing the emergency siren or SMS Emergency, ACCIDENT SITE CONTROLLER rushes and takes control of the site inside the plant, which created an emergency situation.

He assesses the risk, computes the requirements of teams, the requirement of key emergency personnel for each team, requirement of reserve teams in case the risk spreads, and orders them to take their positions.

He assesses the complete scenario, and decides whether to declare OFF-SITE EMERGENCY and informs to IC accordingly.

Ensures all the requirements for fighting the Emergency is available to eliminate the emergency at the shortest possible time.

Ensures all requirements of external resources are informed in time to LIAISON TEAM. He takes regular rounds and gives necessary guidance and help to teams to deal with emergency. He applies strategies, and tries all possible permutations & combinations to LIMIT the Emergency as

ON-SITE EMERGENCY. Ensures all the key emergency personnel, are operating strictly complying safety parameters. Gives constant feedback on the Emergency situation, and post his requirements to IC.



Report No. 1718A058

He ensures emergency conditions are completely eliminated, areas are cleared, and informs to IC for blowing all clear siren.

Notes down the short comings in the operations performed for eliminating the emergency, during his rounds.

LIAISON HEAD - RESPONSIBILITIES

Head – HR department is nominated as Liaison Head. ENSURES district disaster administration authorities are informed about the declaration of emergency

and constantly keeps in touch with them. Informs the actions initiated by district administration officials to IC.

Ensures local in habitations are well informed and measures taken for their safety. Ensures the external resource help is given in time to ASC. Ensures the medical assistance for the injured, in nearby Hospitals, and transport for non-emergency

personnel movement. Ensures constant dialogue with nearby industries and arranges all possible help through district

administration. Ensures proper gate security is maintained for preventing outside persons unauthorized entry inside

the industry. ON DECLARATION OF REAL EMERGENCY

Soon after hearing the emergency siren or SMS Emergency, Liaison Head rushes to main gate. Briefly informs the district administration of the Emergency situation and the help required. Informs the Fire Brigade for fire tenders and transport department for buses to evacuate the non

emergency employees. Informs the nearby industries about the impact and precautions to be taken by them. On request

distribute chemical masks for the employees inside factory. Takes periodic rounds of the affected areas and studies the situation. Notes down the points of

concern of the Egg. Team, Fire mitigation Team, Rescue & Relief teams. Asks his spokes person to meet the nearby village head and brief the actions taken for the safety of the

people of that village. Keeps the district administration informed about the latest situation and the help required.

ENGINEERING TEAM- RESPONSIBILITIES

Engineering team head is nominated from Maintenance Department. Mechanical, Electrical & Instrumentation & Utility Maintenance Head will be the team leaders. Ensures the Plant & Machinery inside the plant are protected from damages. Isolates EB power and takes essential operations on standby power. Ensures the plant with minimum required illumination to carryout emergency operations. Ensures the systematic stoppage of plant and machinery to cause minimum LOSS, and pave way for

easy restart conditions. Ensures isolation of systems which can otherwise raise the risk level of emergency. Ensures the semi finished products on the process line are protected from unwanted reactions and

prevent it from becoming a waste. Ensures all the machines are in shut- off condition. Ensures the unaffected storage locations are well protected, using the built in safety protection

systems. ON DECLARATION OF REAL EMERGENCY

Soon after hearing the emergency siren or SMS - emergency, Engineering Heads rushes and takes control of his key personnel to deal with the conditions of emergency.

Associates with the site controller wherever he demands help in controlling the emergency. Isolates EB power and takes the unit on standby power. Provides minimum illumination required for the control of emergency operations throughout the

plant. Puts off all running equipment and shuts off the continuous process plant following emergency shut-

down procedures. Ensures unwanted chemicals are drained off the reactor vessels, heat exchangers and other systems as

the plant demands.



Report No. 1718A058

Keeps the waste water treatment plant running to clear off the excess load on the system? In the Tank storage farms take appropriate actions like – draining the Hazchem in the dyke,

transferring from one vessel to another standby vessel, additional cooling arrangements of the equipment wherever required.

RESCUE AND RELIEF TEAM – RESPONSIBILITIES

On receiving information from SMS emergency rushes to accident site and coordinates activities with ASC.

Group the team members and inform all non-emergency personnel to assemble at assembly points (Assembly points are located near main security gate).

Subdivide the group and perform intensive search operation at all location to find out the injured. Make arrangements to transport to injured on stretcher to the medical team stationed at medical

center. Search for the missing person given in the list by LH. Give periodic feedback to ASC.


Soon after hearing the emergency siren or SMS - emergency, Rescue and Relief Team Head rushes to accident site.

Associates with the accident site controller wherever he demands help in controlling the emergency. Makes arrangements to search employees, contract persons and visitors missing in the HEAD

COUNT. Search teams go all around the plant to search for the missing persons in the head count.

FIRE TEAM – RESPONSIBILITIES Fire Team head is nominated from Safety Department. Fire Team consists of Key emergency personnel from safety Department, First aid centre, process

department and security departments. He ensures all electrical systems are isolated except emergency lighting systems. He ensures all the fuel /heating systems are isolated from both the ends of flow. He ensures required numbers of fire mitigation equipment are fully operational. He ensures all fire fighting persons are performing the operations safe. He ensures all external help required is informed to ASC in time. He ensures the water resources are fully operational. He ensures smooth co-ordination with external Fire Mitigation Agencies.

ON DECLARATION OF REAL EMERGENCY 1. Soon after hearing the emergency siren or SMS Emergency FIRE Team Head rushes to Accident site

and takes Instructions from ASC. 2. He plans with ASC and EH to isolate systems prior to start of fire extinguishing operations. 3. He takes note of wind direction and proper ventilation systems prior to start of fire fighting. 4. He ensures the required number of fire fighting teams is kept for fire fighting and preventing fire

spreading. 5. He ensures appropriate extinguishing systems are optimally used for controlling the situation. 6. He ensures wherever inert gases are used for controlling the fire, safe systems of operations are

adopted. 7. He ensures personal safety is given utmost importance. 8. After ensuring complete extinguishment reports to ASC. 9. He ensures complete clean up operations are performed prior to allowing persons for inspection.

SECURITY TEAM – RESPONSIBILITIES

Security Team head is nominated from Security Department. Security Team reports to Liaison Head. It is divided into three divisions

a. Gate security Team b. Team to associate fire team c. Team to perform inside factory security and cordoning operations.

He ensures overall assistance is given to all teams. He ensures non emergency persons are guided to Assembly points.



Report No. 1718A058

He ensures traffic regulation inside the plant is done to the requirement. He ensures gate security team protects all inside plant persons. Records the in time of key emergency

personnel. Stops all persons/ vehicular movements as soon as Emergency Call is received. Allows DDMA vehicles , emergency service vehicles and guides them properly. He ensures all instructions given by Liaison Head are strictly followed.

ON DECLARATION OF REAL EMERGENCY a. Soon after hearing the emergency call OR SMS-emergency, Security Team Head rushes and takes

Instructions from LH. b. He plans his persons for various operations and assigns a security supervisor for the same. c. He takes note of wind direction and guides the persons to Assembly point/s. d. He controls the gate operations and records the movement of vehicles and persons after the

declaration of emergency. e. He interacts with LH and performs his instructions.

MEDICAL TEAM – RESPONSIBILITIES Medical Team head is nominated from OHS Department. He ensures the ambulance and one male nurse is kept in the accident site. Ensures CPR is given to unconscious persons in the accident site. Depending on the requirement requests LH for additional ambulances. He ensures proper prearrangements are done at nearby hospitals for treatment of injured. Keeps records of injured persons and monitor the progress of injured regularly.

ON DECLARATION OF REAL EMERGENCY a. Soon after hearing the emergency call OR SMS - emergency, Medical Team Head rushes and takes

Instructions from LH. b. He will be stationed in OHS centre and monitor the medical needs of the injured. c. He will ensure the required medicine, fire blankets, first aid boxes, and other essentials are kept ready

for the injured persons. d. One additional ambulance will always be kept at OHC depending on the emergency conditions.

He will have constant interactions with LH on the medical treatment to injured persons 7.9.6 COMMUNICATION SYSTEM: Communication will be exchanged mainly from team to team or person to person using

Mobile cell phones, Group SMS for Key emergency personnel. Land line phones wherever available. Designated intercom cell phones. Public Address system installed in offices & Plants.

FIRST - INCIDENT INFORMATION: The first incident information about, informing an incident/accident will be given by an employee, who has seen the incident. He will give the information to the main Security Main Gate/ Fire Room, giving his identity in full.

The security officer on duty/ Safety Person on duty, who receives the information informs to their Heads. Both the fire team lead by safety supervisor/ security persons will rush to incident site immediately for mitigating the emergency. The Head of Safety/Security passes information by flashing SMS message (Template) to all the KEY EMERGENCY PERSONNEL by group SMS using Mobile Cell phone. For easy sending, each group is recommended to have 10 persons. The person informed is requested to REPLY positively.

By this system all the Key members of the emergency will be officially informed about the emergency. Their replies will confirm their receipt. The replies shall be as concise as ‘YES’.



Report No. 1718A058

7.9.6.1 INCIDENT CONTROLLERS Sr. No.

Shifts Incident Controller's Runner's

Name & Designation Qualification

Place of availability Phone No.

Name & Designation Place of availability in Plant

Phone No. In the

Factory (Plant)

Residence Address In the

Factory Residence

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 2 First

& General

1) HardattSinghTarar B.A. Form - 2 347 9924903599 1) Hithart Pathak ADM Building

310

2) K.B. Vishwakarma M.Sc. ADM Building 224 9879323596 2) Sanjay Patil AQ 245 3) Mukesh Patel B.E.Che DD - 1 324 9824724340 3) JanakMaisuriya DD - 1 258 4) Hasamukh Patel B.Sc. EO 362 9825376478 4) Snehal Patel EO 363 5) Mukesh Patel B.E.Che NKS 324 9824724340 5) Sanjay Rathod NKS 319 6) Mukesh Patel B.E.Che MAA 324 9824724340 6) Naresh Tandel MAA 266 7) Yogesh Sonani M.Sc. DD – 2 353 9825242182 7) Rajesh Patel DD – 2 352 8) Yogesh Sonani M.Sc. DD – 2 353 9825242182 8) EknathSonawane Form - 2 341/349 9) K.B. Vishwakarma M.Sc. ADM Building 224 9879323596 9) RajendraPrajapati Solv - 2 336 10) K.B. Vishwakarma M.Sc. ADM Building 224 9879323596 10) RasikSutariya Solv - 3 366 11) K.B. Vishwakarma M.Sc. ADM Building 224 9879323596 11) S Chandran Mono Azo 297 12) K.B. Vishwakarma M.Sc. ADM Building 224 9879323596 12) Rajendra Patel AQ- 2 251 13) K.B. Vishwakarma M.Sc. ADM Building 224 9879323596 13) Rajesh Patel AQ - 1 389 14) S K Jha M.Sc. PTP 231 9714999336 14) Vipul Patel PTP 339

15) S K Jha M.Sc. PTP 231 9714999336 15) Vipul Patel AMINO 365



Report No. 1718A058

Sr. No.




Name & Designation

Place of availability

in Plant Phone No. In the

Factory (Plant)


Factory Residence

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 2 Second 1) Shift Executive Min. B. Sc. DD - 1 374 1) Shift Executive DD - 1 374/262

2) Shift Executive AQ 274 2) Shift Executive AQ 251 3) Shift Executive Form - 1 259 3) Shift Executive Form - 1 235

4) Shift Executive NKS/MAA 319/266 4) Shift Executive NKS/MAA 319/266 5) Shift Executive EO 263 5) Shift Executive EO 263 6) Shift Executive DD - 2 358 6) Shift Executive DD - 2 358 7) Shift Executive Form - 2 349/348 7) Shift Executive Form - 2 349/348 8) Shift Executive Sol - 2 264 8) Shift Executive Sol - 2 264/334 9) Shift Executive Sol – 3 368 9) Shift Executive Sol – 3 368 10) Shift Executive ETP /PTP 218 10) Shift Executive ETP /PTP 218 11) Shift Executive Mono Azo 292 11) Shift Executive Mono Azo 292 12) Shift Executive AQ - 2 251 12) Shift Executive AQ - 2 251 13) Shift Executive AQ – 1 389/390 13) Shift Executive AQ - 1 390

14) Shift Executive AMINO 218 / 339 14) Shift Executive AMINO 365



Report No. 1718A058

Sr. No.




Name & Designation

Place of availabilit y


Factory (Plant)


Facto ry Residence

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 3 Third 1) Shift Executive Min. B. Sc. DD - 1 374 1) Shift Executive DD - 1 374/262

2) Shift Executive AQ 274 2) Shift Executive AQ 251 3) Shift Executive Form - 1 259 3) Shift Executive Form - 1 235 4) Shift Executive NKS/MAA 319/266 4) Shift Executive NKS/MAA 319/266 5) Shift Executive EO 263 5) Shift Executive EO 263 6) Shift Executive DD - 2 358 6) Shift Executive DD - 2 358 7) Shift Executive Form - 2 349/348 7) Shift Executive Form - 2 349/348

8) Shift Executive Sol - 2 264 8) Shift Executive Sol - 2 264/334 9) Shift Executive Sol – 3 368 9) Shift Executive Sol – 3 368 10) Shift Executive ETP /PTP 218 10) Shift Executive ETP /PTP 218 11) Shift Executive Mono Azo 292 11) Shift Executive Mono Azo 292 12) Shift Executive AQ - 2 251 12) Shift Executive AQ - 2 251 13) Shift Executive AQ – 1 389/390 13) Shift Executive AQ - 1 390

14) Shift Executive AMINO 218 / 339 14) Shift Executive AMINO 365



Report No. 1718A058

NOTE:– 1. If IC is not available, for deputy IC see 7.3 2. The shift may change but the person will be available against each shift. 3. Prepare 2 to 3 IC even if there is only one or two shifts

Sr. No.




Name & Designation

Place of availabilit y


Factory (Plant)


Factory Residence

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 4

Holiday

1) JanakMaisuriya Min. B. Sc. DD - 1 258 1) Devang Desai DD - 1 377 2) Sanjay Patil AQ 245 2) Rajendra Patel AQ 251

3) Paresh Mistry Form - 1 259 3) Mukesh Patel Form - 1 235 4) Sanjay Rathod NKS/MAA 319 4) Naresh Tandel NKS/MAA 266 5) Snehal Patel EO 362 5) Dharmesh Mehta EO 363 6) Rajesh Patel DD - 2 352 6) Rakesh Patel DD - 2 358 7) EknathSonawane Form - 2 341 7) Kamlesh Patel Form - 2 349/348 8) RajendraPrajapati Sol - 2 363 8) Rakesh Desai Sol - 2 364 9) RasikSutariya Sol – 3 366 9) DhavalThakor Sol-3 366/368 10) Vipul Patel ETP /PTP 218/339 10)Dilip Mistry ETP /PTP 218/339 11) Vinod Sonwane Mono Azo 297 11) Rajendra Mono Azo 292 12) Rajendra Patel AQ - 2 251 12) Ajay Mishra AQ - 2 251 13) Vinod Sonwane AQ – 1 389/390 13) R I PATEL AQ - 1 390

14) Dilip Mistry AMINO 218 / 339 14) Pavan Mishra AMINO 365



Report No. 1718A058

7.9.6.2 DEPUTY INCIDENT CONTROLLERS:

Shifts

Sr. No. (Any one shall be

available in each

shift & on holidays on

call)

Deputy Incident Controller's Persons to be called if IC & Dy. IC both are not available

Name & Designation Qualifi cation


Name & Designation


In Plant Phone No. In the

Factory Residence Address

In the Factory

Residence

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 First & General

1 1) Sanjay Patil B.Sc. AQ 245 1) RajendraPatel AQ - 1 251

2) JanakMaisuria M.Sc. DD - 1 258 2) Gunvant Tank DD - 1 258 3) Snehal Patel B.Sc EO 362 3) Kirit Desai EO 363 4) Naresh Tandel B.Sc MAA 266 4) PrafulRathod MAA 266 5) Sanjay Rathod B.Sc NKS 319 5) Sakir Patel NKS 319 6) Rajesh Patel B.Sc DD - 2 352 6) Chhotu Ram DD - 2 358

7) Kamlesh Patel B.Sc Form - 2 341 7) Bhudhu ram Form - 2 349 8) Paresh Mistry B.Sc Form - 1 259 8) Mukesh Patel Form - 1 235 9) RajendraPrajapati M. Sc. Solv - 2 336 9) Rakesh Desai Solv - 2 336 10) RasikSutariya B. Sc. Solv - 3 366 10) DhavalThakor Solv - 3 368 11) S Chandran M. Sc Mono Azo 297 11) Rajendra Mono Azo 292 12) Dilip Mistry B.Sc. ETP/PTP 218/339 12) BALVANT ETP / PTP 218/339

13) Vipul Patel B. Sc. Amino 218/365 13) Balvent Amino 218/365 14) Rajesh Patel B. Sc. AQ - 1 389 14) Vinod Sonwane AQ - 1 390 15) Rajendra Patel B. Sc. AQ - 2 251 15) Ajay Mishra AQ - 2 279



Report No. 1718A058

Shifts

Sr. No. (Any one shall be available in

each shift & on

holidays on call)

Deputy Incident Controller's Persons to be called if IC & Dy. IC both are not available

Name & Designation Qualifi cation


Name & Designation


In Plant Phone No. In the

Factory Residence Address

In the Factory

Residence

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 3 Third 1) Shift Executive Min. B.

Sc. DD - 1 374 1) Shift Executive DD - 1 374/262

2) Shift Executive AQ 274 2) Shift Executive AQ 251 3) Shift Executive Form - 1 259 3) Shift Executive Form - 1 235 4) Shift Executive NKS/MAA 319/266 4) Shift Executive NKS/MAA 319/266 5) Shift Executive EO 263 5) Shift Executive EO 263 6) Shift Executive DD - 2 358 6) Shift Executive DD - 2 358 7) Shift Executive Form - 2 349/348 7) Shift Executive Form - 2 349/348 8) Shift Executive Sol - 2 264 8) Shift Executive Sol - 2 264/334 9) Shift Executive Sol – 3 368 9) Shift Executive Sol – 3 368 10) Shift Executive ETP /PTP 218 10) Shift Executive ETP /PTP 218 11) Shift Executive Mono Azo 292 11) Shift Executive Mono Azo 292

12) Shift Executive AQ - 2 251/279 12) Shift Executive AQ - 2 251/279 13) Shift Executive AQ – 1 389/390 13) Shift Executive AQ - 1 390 14) Shift Executive AMINO 218 / 339 14) Shift Executive AMINO 365

Note:

1. The shift may change but the person will be available against each shift 2. Prepare 2 to 3 Dy. I.C. even if there is only one or two shifts.



Report No. 1718A058

7.9.6.3 SITE MAIN CONTROLLERS:

Sr. No.

Site Main Controller's Runner's

Name in priority order

Designation Qualification Place of availability Phone No.

Name & Designation


Phone No. In the Factory

Residence Address

In the Factory

Residence

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 1

Mr. Hardattbhai

General Manager

B. A.

Form - 2

101, ShreejiVihar Apt. VyashFalia, Palsana

343

9924903599 Mr. Balbirbhai Factory

Manager cum P.R.O.

ADM Building

230

2

Mr. K B Vishwakarma

DGM

M Sc. AQ Plant Peradise Tower, Station Road, Navsari

224

9879323596

Mr.Omprakash Godara

Sr. Manager P & A

ADM Building

216

3 Mr. Balbir Singh Pilania

AGM EHS B.A. ADM Building

VyashFaliaPalsana 230 9824106565 Mr. Shasikant Jha

Manager EHS

EHS Department

231, 234

4 Mr. Milind.Joshi AGM MMS

M.Sc. R.M. Store 72, Sant Shri Asharam Nagar,Jiyav, Budiya road, Bhestan.

257 9825127741 Mr. Utkarsh Kapadia

Manager EHS

EHS Department

231, 234

5 Mr .Mukesh.Patel AGM B.E. (Chemical) NKS Plant F.No. -702 Nandini Apt. Vesu

324 9824724340 DalsukhbhaiKakaniManager EHS

EHS Department

231, 234



Report No. 1718A058

7.9.6.4 KEY PERSONS:

Sr. No.

Key Person's Next Person's

Departme nt

Name (He may be called at any

time for this plan)

Designation Qualificati

on

Place of availability Phone No. Name &

Designation


In the Factory

Residence Address

In the Factor

y Reside nce

In the Factory

Residence Address

In the Factory

Residence

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14

1

Safety, Fire

& Gas Control

Mr. DalsukhKakani

EHS Manager

MSc.

EHS Dept.

MotaVarachha Surat

231 234 99250

67074 Mr.Utkarsh

Kapadia EHS Dept.

Juna Thana, Navsari

231 234 99241

02389

2 Security Mr.Ram Naresh Siswar

Security. Officer

B.A. Main Gate

As per List Attached

203 / 240

82642 82638

Mr. Bhola Singh Main Gate

Bharmin Falia,

Kiritbhainichali, palsana

203 99048 52592

3 Pollution Control

Mr.ShasikantJha

Mr. Hardik Masuria

ManagerEHSEnv. Eng.

M.Sc. B.Sc.Enviro

EHS Dept.

Rudhrax Apt., Surat.

231, 234, 218,

365 238

97149 99336 98790 07233

Mr.Vipul Patel ETP Plant

Panghat, Vishakap ark

Society, Dudhiya Talav , Navsari

218/365

94283 80236

4 Medical Dr. GanpatTandel

Doctor MBBS, AFIH IPHA

Medical Center

25, Sanskar Nager Society, Bhatar Road, Surat

239

98791 31394

MrOmprakash Godara

Main Building

Nava Falia,

Palsana

216 98244 77072

5 Transport Mr. Ram Singh Kulharia

Manager B.Com. Finish Godown

Desai Falia, Palsana

318 98244 77071

Mr.Banwari Bhai Finish Godown

VareliPalsana 222 98244 77092

6 Production Mr. KB Vishwakarma

D.G.M. M.Sc. ADM Office

204, Paradise Tower,Statio n

224 98793 23596

Mr. RajendraPrajapati

Solvent - 2

336 98792 28458



Report No. 1718A058

Road, Navsari

Mr. KB Vishwakarma


204, Paradise Tower,Statio n Road, Navsari

224 98793 23596

Mr. Sanjay Patil

Solv-1, Bromide

245 98796 43415

Mr. KB Vishwakarma



224 98793 23596

Mr. Rajendra Patel AQ-2

251 96241 73705

Mr. KB Vishwakarma



224 98793 23596

Mr. S Chandran Mono Azo

297 70969 14701

Mr. KB Vishwakarma



224 98793 23596

Mr. Rajesh Patel AQ - 1

389 94277 84648

Mr. KB Vishwakarma



224 98793 23596

Mr. Rashik Sutasriya

Solv - 3

366 98259 48810

Mr. Yogesh Sonani.

Sr. Manager M.Sc. DD - 2 45, Ankita Park Surat

353 98252 42182

Mr.Rajesh Patel

DD - 2 352 99255 56174

Mr. Yogesh Sonani.


353 98252 42182

Mr. Eknath Sonawne

Form - 2

341 95101 92866

Mr. Hasmukh Sr. Manager B.Sc. EO LuharFalia, 362 98253 Mr.Snehal EO 363 99096



Report No. 1718A058

Patel Undach, Gandevi, Bilimora

76478

Patel

79864

Mr. Mukesh Patel

AGM B.E. (Chemical)

DD -1 702 Nandini Apt. Vesu Surat

324 98247 24340

Mr.JanalMaisuriya DD - 1

258 98258 60271

Mr. Mukesh Patel

AGM B.E. (Chemical)

NKS 702 Nandini Apt. Vesu Surat

324 98247 24340

Mr. Sanjay Rathod

NKS

319 96389 11955

Mr. Mukesh Patel

AGM B.E. (Chemical)

MAA 702 Nandini Apt. Vesu Surat

324 98247 24340

Mr. Naresh Tandel

MAA

266 98792 55136

Mr. Yogesh Sonani.


353 98252 42182

Mr. Paresh Mistry

Form - 1

259 97234 25602

Mr. S K Jha Sr. Manager M.Sc. ETP Rudhrax Apt., Surat.

231 97149 99336

Mr. Vipul Patel

ETP

366 218

94283 80236

Mr. S K Jha Sr. Manager M.Sc. AMINO Rudhrax Apt., Surat.

231 97149 99336

Mr. Vipul Patel

ETP

366 218

94283 80236

7 Technical Services

Dr. Mininath Desmukh Dr. B.B.Chauby

Manager R&D LAB

Sr. Manager

Phd.

Phd.

R&D LAB

QA & QC Lab.

601, Amrapli Apt., Umra, SURAT. 104, Paradise Tower,Statio n Road, Navsari

253

209

97302 05057 94268 69076

Dr. Anand Jain Mr. Umesh Patel

R&D Lab.

QA & QC Lab.

277 320

99704 10410

96016 02975

8 Stores Mr.Milind Joshi A.G.M. M.Sc.

R.M.S.

72, Shree Yashanker, Sant Shree Asaram Nagar, Bhestan, Surat

257

98251 27741

Mr. Ram Sudhirsingh

R.M.S.

204

9 Personnel Mr.Omprakash Sr.Manager M.Com. Main Building

NavaFaliaPalsana 216

98244 77072

Mr.PundlikBhavsar H.R.

219 98241 19577

10 D&L Mr. Ramesh Mishra

Sr. Manager M.A., LLB Finish Store

Raj Abhishak Sachin 316

98241 02259 Mr.Banwari D&L

222

98244 77092



Report No. 1718A058

7.9.7 EMERGENCY SIREN: EMERGENCY ‘ON’ SIREN: FIRE MODE / TOXIC MODE 0-0-0-0-0-0-0-0 WAILING SIREN

(10 SEC)(5 SEC) (10 SEC)(5 SEC)……UP-DOWN-UP-DOWN - FOR THREE MINUTES ALL CLEAR SIREN: CONTINUOUS SIREN FOR 5 MINUTES

7.9.8 EMERGENCY CONTROL CENTRE (ECC): ECC will be occupied by INCIDENT CONTROLLER... It will have provisions to sit for five persons, a conference room to house 15 persons, and a store to accommodate safety materials storage required during EMERGENCY. The following documents, (latest revisions) will be kept in the emergency Control Center, for immediate reference and use, in the event of an EMERGENCY. A key will be kept with IC. REFERENCE DOCUMENTS

1. On-site Emergency Plan – 5 copies 2. Off-site Emergency Plan – 5 copies 3. Plant - site plan - 5 copies 4. Area plan (SPECTRUM Palsana plant)- 5 copies 5. MSDS of all HAZCHEMS – Each chemical. 6. Short note books -25 no’s 7. Ball pens, Pencils, erasers, sharpeners -25+10 + 10+ 2 no’s 8. Digital Cameras – 2 no’s 9. Laptops – 2 no’s network connected.

LIST OF SAFETY MATERIALS:

1. Self Contained Breathing Apparatus- 10kg - 10 no’s 2. Full Face masks - 25 no’s 3. Trolley mounted oxygen cylinders - 5 no’s 4. Full body chemical protection suits - 10 no’s 5. Chemical splash proof goggles - 50 no’s 6. Aluminized fire fighting suits - 10 no’s 7. 25mm hose clips with screw clips - 10 no’s 8. Gum boots full length - 25 pairs 9. Leather hand gloves - 50 pairs 10. Electrical hand gloves - 5 pairs 11. Non permeable hand gloves - 25pairs 12. Safety helmets - 50 no’s 13. Safety shoes sizes - 60 pairs 14. Pick axles - 2 no’s 15. Shovels - 5 no’s 16. Rain coats full size - 10 no’s 17. Stretchers - 2 no’s

7.9.9 FIRST- AID MEDICAL SERVICES: First –Aid service center is available in the Main gate of plant. There is a doctor and qualified medical nurses. They will be assisted by trained first aiders where- ever there is an urgent need. Medical examinations are out sourced, and reports are maintained by the HR department. EHS manager has a formal agreement, with “Full fledged hospitals” in the nearby area of the plant, for immediate admission and treatment to the injured.



Report No. 1718A058

7.9.10 ASSEMBLY POINT/s: Assembly point is the place, where the non-emergency employees are assembled for a head count. Later they are kept at the same place OR shifted to a safer place on the advice of IC. Two assembly points are planned. Assembly point is located inside the site of the plant. Normally assembly points are away from the bulk storage locations, near to the plant main security gate, and located in upward side of the predominant wind direction. The wind sock is installed, for instantly knowing the current wind direction, is located on the top of the plant building, and is clearly seen from the assembly points.

Assembly point No. Location Assembly point No-1 Near. Main Gate Assembly point No-2 In front north side of Main Building Assembly point No-3 Near Emergency gate ( Formulation – 2 plant)

7.9.11 FIRE FIGHTING BUILT IN FACILITIES:

Fire hydrant system – Fire water storage, Fire Pump, Jockey pump, PP Power / DG Power, Fire Room, systems to control water supply and power.

Hydrant Pipes, Risers, Spray Nozzles, control gate valves, Hydrant boxes, Hydrant control valves. DCP, CO₂, FOAM portable fire extinguishers of different capacity. Water and Foam Fire Tender stationed at CP.

7.9.11.1 AVAILABILITY OF FIRE FIGHTING FACILITES:

S.NO. PERTICULARS PARTICULARS 1. Fire Water Total Qty. = 1000 KL

3 Nos. of Reserviors 5 Nos. of overhead tanks

2. Other source & Capacity

Water reservoir having 345 m3 Capacity. Water reservoir having 550 m3 Capacity.

3. No. of Hydrant Points 97 4. No. of fire pumps, type & capacity Jockey pump -2

Electric pump -2 Diesel pump -2 (171m3 /hours)

5. No. of Hose Reel & total length

Hose Reel : 212 Nos. Length : 15 m & 30 m

6. No. of Sprinklers Lifting height : 30 m Pressure : 7 kg/cm2

7. No of CO2 Extinguishers

53 Nos. (4.5 kgs) 42 Nos. (2.0 kgs)

8. Dry Powder Type Extinguishers

Type : DCP/ABC (2/5/6/10/25 Kgs Capacity) Total : 223 Nos.

9. Form Type Extinguishers

Type: Mech. Foam (9 Lts. & 50Lts. ), Total: 24 Nos. Type: 3% AFFF Solution 3360 Ltrs., Total : 168 Nos.

10. PPE’s : Respiratory: Self Breathing Apparatus: 11 Nos. Air Line Respirator : 10 Nos. Gas Masks = 30 Nos. Dust mask = 500 Nos. Non – respiratory: Hand Gloves = 300 Nos. Goggles = 100 Nos. Gum Boots = 50 Nos. Helmet = 50 Nos. Ear plug = 25 Nos.



Report No. 1718A058

Ear muff = 05 Nos. PVC suit = 10 Nos. PVC apron = 10 Nos. Fire suit = 02 Nos.

7.9.11.2 Fire Pumping Capacity M/s Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd., Palsana Manufacturing Division is a dyes manufacturing, so it is categorized under High HAZARD OCCUPANCIES, Sub Category –A as per Fire Protection Manual of TAC. Under High Hazard Occupancy,Sub Category –A, Hydrant post (point) shall be provided for every 30 meter on the fire hydrant ring mains. This is in addition to required number of Fire Hydrant points for each floor on risers at plant and other buildings.

7.9.11.3 Pump House details: Reservoir Capacity 895 m3 dedicated for fire hydrant system Main Pump Capacity 171 m3/hr. (1 nos.)

273 m3/hr. (1 nos.) Jockey Pump Capacity 30 m3/hr. (1 nos.)

11 m3/hr. (1 nos.) Diesel Pump Capacity 171 m3/hr. (1 nos.)

273 m3/hr. (1 nos.) 7.9.11.4 Fire Water Storage Reservoir Capacity for Fire hydrant system is 895 m3 is also available for process water which can be used for fire hydrant system during fire emergency. So, Time Duration for Fire Fighting = 895 m3/hrs. ≈ 2hrs

7.9.11.5 Booster Pump The capacity of the Jockey Pumps shall neither be more than 5 % of the installed pumping capacity nor less than 3 % thereof (with a minimum of 10.8 m3/hrs) as per TAC guidelines. Company has one Jockey pump with capacity of 25 m3/hrs each. Hence, capacity of Jockey Pump has been found adequate.

7.9.11.6 POLLUTION CONTROL: The water used for firefighting will be diverted to ETP The wastes collected at the site of accident will be sent to waste yard in designated packages. EHS

environment department will do the necessary formalities for its disposal. 7.9.11.7 WIND SOCKS: Wind socks are installed on buildings to instantly catch up the wind direction. The sock flying

indicates the DOWNWIND direction. FOUR wind socks are installed. One at the top of the EO building Second SOLVENT-2 SHOP. Third

on the R.M Stores Fourth on ADMIN building.

7.9.11.8 RESCUE TEAMS: The positions of RESCUE TEAM MEMBERS are created in all plants, departments and service

centers. They are given a RED HELMET for east identification. They are being trained in different aspects of activities involving emergencies. They are from workers, operators, supervisors and chemists. They are well distributed in the shifts so that their availability is felt, round the clock. On hearing the emergency siren the RESCUE team members (Respective shift) are requested to rush to the emergency site location and assemble at the Ground floor. Information will be given about their arrival to ACCIDENT SITE CONTROLLER. They will form the team members for performing necessary activities as per the directions of their respective team leaders. Both during accidents and BIG events like EMERGENCIES they will be fully utilized.



Report No. 1718A058

7.9.11.9 IMPORTANT EXTERNAL TELEPHONES NUMBERS

Sr. No.

Name & address of the Telephone

Sr. No.

Name & address of the Telephone

Dept. /service/Person (including external emergency services)

Numbers Dept. /service/Person (including external emergency services)

Numbers

(external) (external)

1 2 3 1 2 3

1

Disaster Management 0261 2471121 41

Medical Surgeon DISH 9904593112

Cell, 2472471 Surat 7383812981

Collector Office 42 Regional Transport

Officer, Surat 02612472436,

2472185

2 Additional Collector Surat

0261 2471121 43 State Manager Transport

Office, Surat 0261 2543365

2463819 44 Dy. Controller Of

Explosive, Vadodara 0265 2420512

2651060

45

Pollution Control Board 0261 – 2442696 ,

9978405520 ( Regional Officer ) 2429733

3 Disaster Management

Cell, 0261 2465112,

2465118 7574827586

4 Emergency Control Room, SMC

0261 242350-55 46 Fire & Accident 0261 101

2451765/55, 2422285-87

47 Ambulance (SMC) 0261 102

Ext. 318, 9724346021

48 Ambulance 0261 – 102,108

5 Policy Control Room

0261 100, 2462100, 49 New Civil Hospital 0261 2208448

2462318 50 Old Civil Hospital 0261 2479311,

2479175

Fax- 2462200, 2462600 51 Mahavir Hospital

SURAT 0261- 2332829-32

6 Emergency Ambulance 108 52

Surat General Hospital 0261- 2479791

7 Mamlatdar Palsana 02622 264 SURAT

8 Commissioner, Surat

Municipal 9825144800, 0261

2422244 53 ESIC General Hospital

0261- 2244110

9 PSI Palsana 02622 264227 Majura Gate SURAT

10 DY SP 02622 226861 54 BASPS SURAT 0261-2781000

11 CPI 02622 220670

55

Mody General Hospital 02622 271621

12 DSP Palsana 02622 2651832,

2651833 Kadodara 02622 272345



Report No. 1718A058

98784 05082 56 (CHC) Central Health Center, Palsana 02622 264232

13 IG Surat 0261 2668666,2650332

57

Khusi Hospital

02622 272023

14 Jt. Director Industrial

0261 2473501, 2472422

Kadodara Safety & Health, (Surat

Region) Palsana

15 Dy. Director Industrial

0261 2472422 58 Snjeevni Hospital 02622 281184

Safety & Health, (Surat Region) Chalthan 02622 281253

16 Chief Fire Officer, SMC,

Surat 0216 2414195-96,

2414139

59

Punit Hospital 02622 271454

17

Executive Engineer, Public Health &

Mechanical Division, Gujarat Water Supply &

Several Board, Surat

0261 2687376 Kadodara 98251 67137

18 Dy. Director of

Information, District 0261 2479172 Palsana

19 Chief Civil Defense, Surat 0261 2472043

60

Omshivam Hospital 0261 2390290

20 Medical Superintendent, NewCivilHospital, Surat

0261 2244456, 2244459

Sachine 0261 2396551

21 District Health Officer,

Surat

94285 09526,

9374146464

0261 2430589 61 Omshivam Hospital

Palsana 92280 86670

22 Reliance Fire Station 3035068, 3035555 62 Unity Orthopedic Hospital

92280 77567

23 KRIBHCO Fire Station 0261 2802122 63

Garg Eye Hospital 02622 271073

24 ONGC Fire Station 0261 2840026 Kadodara

25 PEPLFire Station

Kadodara

9909904111 64

RevivaL Hospital 95377 90081

02622 291108,109 Kadodara

02637 75554,75678 65

Dhruv Hospital 02622 274671

26 BardoliFire Station 02622 220101 Kadodara

27 NavsariFire Station 02637 259001,

66 Care Hospital

02622 273108 245101 Kadodara

28 Colourtax Industries Pvt.

Ltd.

0261 239 9666 67

OMShivam Hospital 91739 99158

0261 224 0568 Kadodara

98250 56865 68

ESIC Dispensary 02622 282385

29 Navin Florine International

0261 2890326 – 329 Kadodara

9924822099 69

SMC, Fire Control Room 101, 0261 2414195,

30 Reliance Industries Ltd.

0261 4135999 Surat 2414196, 2414139

9998011387 70 Chief Fire Officer,

Surat, SMC

0261 2436636,2414195-

96

31 Goyal Knit Fab Pvt Ltd. 02622 - 265266 32 Noble Tax 02622 - 264032,



Report No. 1718A058

02622 - 264632

33 Laxmi Narayan Dyeing 02622 - 264501,

02622 - 264502

34 Vishnu Priya 02622 - 264164

35 T M Patel Dyeing 02622 - 264444

36 VirDev Pharma 02622 - 264504

37 GPPL 9824102606

38 Kotex Industries 9824102615

9824166165

39 Anubha Industries

9924028887

9826028887

9824700400

40 Spectrum Auxi Chem. 98241 06781 7.9.12 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY PROGRAM - MITIGATIVE MEASURES: Health hazards associated with the occupation are called occupational hazards. In chemical industry due to handling of toxic and hazardous chemicals there are possibilities of developing occupational diseases. The manufacturing process does not involve hazardous chemicals of high health effects. These diseases are caused due to 1. Acute exposure of chemical fumes. 2. Chronic effects of exposure of chemical fumes M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd, has planned for the following checks to curb the problem:

Pre - employment medical checkup at the time of employment. Annual medical check must be done for all employees in once every year.

i. Occupational Health center for rendering immediate first aid prior to sending to nearby hospitals. First aid training must be given to “a section” of employees.

ii. Monitoring of occupational hazards like noise, ventilation, chemical exposure shall be carried out at frequent intervals, the records of which shall be documented.

iii. Suitable PPEs have to be provided and application enforced. All the PPEs procured are of BIS approved products. Work place enforcement of wearing is done regularly. The same will be followed in the extension unit also.

iv. All the hazardous chemicals are to be identified by the hazchem visuals. All the workmen have to be properly trained.

v. Evaluation of health of workers viz. chest x ray, Audiometry, Spirometry Vision testing (Far and Near vision, color vision and any other ocular defect) ECG, during pre-employment and periodical examinations must be carried out.

vi. The injuries record and the gas effect record shall be maintained for assessing the controls at the workplace monitoring.

7.9.12.1 Occupational Health Centre (OHC):

The OHC shall be maintained and controlled by qualified medical team consisting of doctors, nurses and other Para medical staff.

The OHC shall be maintained for 24x7 – 365 days operation. All the available antidotes as available shall be maintained by the OHC personnel. A fully loaded ambulance shall be maintained for carrying persons to nearby Hospitals. The safety officer shall maintain the legal requirement records in the prescribed formats as called in

different laws. Symptomatic treatment is given to the persons affected by chemicals by the authorized Medical

Practitioner.



Report No. 1718A058

HSE monthly reports have to be maintained. 7.9.12.2 HSE ORGANIZATION.

The systems to be maintained by HSE department shall be taken from BIS 14489 1998. There shall be appropriate staff qualified as per the requirement of law, has to be maintained in the HSE department. Periodic reports shall be sent to DIRECTOR OF INDUSTRIAL SAFETY &HEALTH (DISH) authorities as specified in the law books. The Inspection book remarks made by the Factory Inspector shall be fully complied and records maintained.

7.9.13 DO’S &DON’T’S TO BE FOLLOWED:

DO’S:

All the machines are to undergo Preventive Maintenance latest by once in a year. Productive maintenance rounds (Daily visual rounds) have to be undertaken periodically to assess the healthiness of the machines. Records to be maintained.

For critical machines: All fasteners, gaskets, oil rings, lubricating oils, plastic parts , hose pipes etc., have to be changed at the time of maintenance.

All load bearing members of the machine parts have to be thoroughly cleaned and visually inspected for any cracks and other defects.

All the PPEs procured shall conform to BIS or other equivalent standards. Use of PPEs in the form of visuals has to be displayed at appropriate places. All Hygiene practices are to be followed; restrictions for entry to specified places have to be

displayed. Emergency escape routes and exit points have to be vividly displayed. Near- miss inspections have to be carried out, discussed with area owners and hazards to be

mitigated. Ammonia used in the chilling plants have to be suitably disposed, when there is leakage. REUSE, RECYCLE, RECOVERY of chemicals and liquids shall be devised and practiced. All hazardous wastes in the form of solids and liquids shall be disposed off as per the

stipulated regulations. EMERGENCY mitigation equipment locations and routing has to be displayed at prominent

locations. Pressure and temperature parameters have to be monitored and records maintained wherever

called for. All cooling arrangements for controlling temperatures shall have standby arrangements. All continuous processing facilities shall have power backup facility. Emergency lighting system shall be available during emergencies.

DONT’S:

Mix different chemicals or other treatment products prior to adding to pool water. Dispose of chemical product container without washing & drying completely. Use dry chemical fire extinguishers (use water only!). Dispose of spilled material or unused product in the TRASH or SEWER (use or dispose per

label directions). Store liquid materials above solid materials. Allow product to contact oil, grease, acid or organic material. Smoke where pool chemicals are stored or used. Use floor sweeping compounds when cleaning up pool chemicals. Put spilled materials back in the original container. Use temporary wiring. Overload motors, circuits, or outlets. Leave circuit breakers blocked in a closed position. Overheat transmission shafts or bearings, especially if they're in an area with dust or lint. smoke, lit fire or spark in the identified hazardous area



Report No. 1718A058

panic, evacuate calmly and quickly perpendicular to wind direction through the designated escape route

pay attention to the rumors and don’t spread rumors. Provide housing near the industries producing or processing the hazardous chemicals, if

possible. Sensitize the community living near the industrial units and they should be more vigilant about

the nature of industrial units and associated risks.

CHAPTER-8

PROJECT BENEFITS



Report No. 1718A058

CHAPTER –8

PROJECT BENEFITS 8.0 GENERAL This chapter gives information on direct and indirect benefits to the environment, nation and proponent. The expansion project is economically and technically workable because it will fulfill the ever increasing demand in India as well as in the export market like China, Indonesia and Thailand. 8.1 PHYSICAL BENEFITS Major benefits of the project are as follows: Green Belt Development: Development of green belt area (15585 m2) which increases the esthetic view of project site and serve as air pollutant barrier. Local Services: There will be increase in some small scale business like tea stall, catering services, cycle/motorcycle shop etc. around the project area. 8.2 DIRECT BENEFITS TO THE NATIONAL AND STATE EXCHEQUER

Employment generation - Direct employment of (Existing-1080 + Proposed-122) People and indirect employment to a number of persons in the form of transportation facilities, development of vendors, etc.

Income tax from individual as well as corporate taxes from company and ancillary units, Transportation reduction.

8.3 EMPLOYMENT BENEFIT The industrial activity of the proposed project coupled with the ancillary industries, would contribute to the overall socio-economic development of the region. During the construction phase, no family is required to rehabilitate from the core zone. The project has an employment generation prospect on skilled manpower. The direct employment potential of the project is estimated as 122 persons as given in Table: 8.1 and the share of local people in this is expected to be significant. It is assumed that the generation of indirect employment would be multiple of direct employment. The preference will be given for local population for employment in the semi-skilled and unskilled category. Indirect employment is created by the plant for supply of daily domestic goods. Moreover, permanent supply of electricity in the area will support to improve other type of industries. TABLE 8.1 MAN POWER REQUIREMENTS

8.4 HEALTH AND SAFETY MEASURES The workers engaged in high pollution generation area will be equipped with appropriate protective equipment. Following measures will be adopted in the plant to keep check on the safety measures and health:

Inspection and maintenance of pollution control systems regularly All safety measures such as provision of safety appliances, training, and giving-of safety awards. The workers exposed to noisy sources will be provided with ear muffs/plugs Adequate facilities for drinking water and sufficient toilets will be provided to the employees

8.5 SOCIAL WELFARE MEASURES AND CORPORATE RESPONSIBILITY M/s. SDCL is abided to provide a good social environment to people in the vicinity of project site and in the region. In future M/s. SDCL is continually committed to behave ethically and to contribute to economic development, while improving the quality of life for the workforce and their families, as well as the local community and society at large. The company shall earmark funds for social development and welfare

S. No. DESCRIPTION Nos. 1 Top Management 0 2 Managers 1 3 Specialist/ Engineer/Officers 5 4 Supervisors 17 5 Operators/Attendants 99

TOTAL 122



Report No. 1718A058

measures in the surrounding villages for Education Facilities, Health Care and Family Welfare, Infrastructure Developments and Social Causes. The firm shall earmark funds for social development and welfare measures in the surrounding villages. These measures will include funding for: 1) Education Facilities 2) Health Care and Family Welfare 3) Infrastructure Developments 4) Social Causes The details of peripheral development plan including development in infrastructure, health, education and socio cultural aspects which will be carried out are as follows under the Corporate Responsibility: 1 The firm will organize free medical camps at least once in a year for the benefit of the villagers. 2 The firm will organize cultural programmers in connection for the sake of local villagers every year.

8.6 Following activity shall be under taken a part of CSR: At Spectrum, we're committed to making a difference in the communities where we live, work and do business. This commitment dates to the earliest years of our group and is a vital part of both our heritage and of who we are today. Spectrum has a rich history of corporate social responsibility, a history that has grown and evolved to meet the complexities of today’s business world and the challenges of a global society. We are proud of our progress, but there is still much we can do. We support many different programs and endeavors. We especially are proud of our partnerships that have grown and strengthened over the years, which includes the following: 8.6.1 Education (National & Regional)

Ballaram Hanumandas Charitable Trust – Behl, Haryana BRCM School, Gyankunj – Behl, Haryana BRCM School, Vidhyagram – Behl, Haryana BRCM College of Engineering and Technology – Behl, Haryana BRCM College of Business Administration – Surat, Gujarat Tapti Valley International School – Surat, Gujarat

8.6.2 Health Care (Regional & Local)

Smt Renu Chaudhary Foundation - “A fight she started, a fight we will win” – Surat, Gujarat Naturopathy - Get well. Stay well. Be well! – Surat, Gujarat R.B.Shah Mahavir Super Specialty Hospital (Trauma Centre) – Surat, Gujarat Renu Chaudhary Fanco Centre – Surat, Gujarat

Community 8.6.3 Community (Regional & Local)

Friends Of Tribal Society (FTS) TABLE 8.2 BUDGETORY ALLOCATIONS FOR CSR FOR FIVE YEARS

S. No. Activities Estimated Cost

(91.50 Lakhs)

1. Education 16.50 2. Medical 16.0 3. Community /Infrastructure Development 15.0 4. Environmental Care 16.0 5. Cultural Development 15.0 6. Other activities 13.0

Total 91.50



Report No. 1718A058


CHAPTER 9

ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS



Report No. 1718A058

CHAPTER – 9

ENVIRONMENTAL COST BENEFIT ANALYSIS

The cost of the project and expenditure on the implementation of Environmental Management Plan (EMP) is very essential for the benefit of the project. The costs associated with pollution control measures and monitoring requirements. The capital cost and recurring cost (per annum) for the environmental facilities for the proposed project works out to be Rs. 3,155.91 lacs (Rupees Three Thousand One Hundred Fifty Five Lacs & Ninety One Thousand only) and Rs. 1165.38 lacs / yr (Rupees One Thousand One Hundred Sixty Five Lacs & Thirty Eight Thousand per year) respectively. Besides the tangible benefits, the project has got number of intangible benefits like controlled emissions, minimum adverse impact on environment, socio-economic benefits to the local people through employment and enhancement of the fuel / energy / products and infrastructural facilities for the region and for the country. The capital cost of the project is estimated at about Rs. 4757.83 Lacs for the construction of factory building and installation of plant machinery along with required auxiliary and balancing facilities for the production of Dyes & Intermediate product. The breakup of the same is shown below: table 9.1. Table 9.1 ESTIMATED COST OF PROJECT AND PROJECT VIABILITY

S. NO. ITEM

OPERATING COST LACS/YEAR

1. Land and Site development 300.0

2. Factory Building 698.76

3. Plant & Machineries 3389.52

4. Furniture’s 173.04

5. Greenbelt Development 15.0

6. Preliminary & Pre-operative Exp. 89.99

7. CSR Project Activity 91.53

TOTAL COST 4757.83

BUDGETORY PROVISIONS FOR EMP Adequate budgetary provisions have made by the management for execution of environmental management plans. The details of capital and recurring (per annum) budget earmarked for pollution control/monitoring equipment; operation and maintenance of pollution control facilities, for greenbelt development and maintenance will be as given in following table: S. NO.

ITEM RS.IN LACS

1 Capital Expenditure 3,155.91 2 Recurring expenditure on environmental management cell

and on pollution control systems per annum 1,165.38

CHAPTER – 10

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN


EN-VISION ENVIRONMENTAL SERVICES, SURAT. JUNE- 2018 10-234 Report No. 1718A058

CHAPTER – 10

ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN

10.1 INTRODUCTION M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd., Palsana, Surat is planning for expansion in dyes & chemical manufacturing unit at Palsana, Gujarat. Product list with capacity is mention in Table no. 10.1 TABLE 10.1: PROPOSED PRODUCTS WITH THEIR PRODUCTION CAPACITY

SR. NO.

NAME OF PRODUCTS




1 S.O. Dyes 250 650 900 2 Dispersing Agent 1500 0 1500 3 Textile Auxiliaries 2125 -2125 0 4 Hydros & Specialty



OR 1 Formulated SO

Dyes - 2400 2400


An environmental management plan (EMP) is a management framework for reducing environmental impacts and improving organizational performance. EMP provides organization, a structured approach for managing environmental and regulatory responsibilities to improve overall environmental performance, including areas not subject to regulation such as unregulated risk, resource conservation, and energy efficiency etc. In view of the above, project proponent shall maintain the specifications/details/data as provided for preparation of this report or may try to improve further towards betterment of environmental protection during various phases of implementation of proposed project. Proposed development consists of land development, construction phase and operation phases. SDCPL undertakes to complying EMP proposed in this chapter. The environmental management plan relevant to these phases is delineated in the following sections: 10.2 PURPOSE OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN Various purposes for the preparation of environmental management plan are as follows: To treat and disposed off all the pollutants viz:- Air, liquid, gaseous and solid waste so as to meet

statutory requirements (Relevant Pollution Control Acts) with appropriate technology. It will help to reduce the adverse effect on human being as well as on environment due to the proposed activity.

To support and implement work to achieve environmental standards and to improve the methods of environmental management. Implementation of proper management plan will maintain good health of the employees and surrounding environment.

To promote green-belt development. To encourage good working conditions of employees so that the working potential of employee may

increase.

To minimize the risk associated and reduce fire and accident hazards. Budgeting and allocation of funds for environment management system. To adopt cleaner production technology and waste minimization program. Description of the administrative aspects that ensure proper implementation of the mitigated measures

and their effectiveness monitored, after approval of the EIA.

To provide effective, site-specific, and implementable procedures to monitor and control



environmental impacts throughout the operation phase of the project. To ensure that adverse environmental effects resulting from the implementation of the Project are

minimized. 10.3 DETAILS OF ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 10.3.1 DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE 10.3.1.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT Construction phase will be for a short period hence, the impacts will also be temporary for a short period. During construction activities, mainly emission of dust and gases from movement of vehicles and construction activity is expected. However, following measures will be taken to reduce/contain such emissions: Paved Internal roads will be developed in the proposed area at the initial stage of the civil construction

work for easy movements of vehicles. Water will be sprinkled on loose top soil to prevent re-suspension of dust into ambient air due to

movement of vehicles etc. Separate civil construction material storage yard will be constructed within the site and it will be

covered. Segregating construction site with the help of temporary curtain wall will be carried out in order to

avoid spreading of construction dust, if any.

Possibility of raising green belt along with construction activity will also be explored. Transport vehicles and construction equipments / machineries will be properly maintained to reduce

air emissions. Vehicles and equipments will be periodically checked for pollutant emissions against stipulated norms.

All vehicles’ Pollution under Control (PUC) Certificate shall be checked regularly. Idle running of vehicles will be minimized during material loading / unloading operations. Exhaust vent of D.G. set will be kept at proper height to ensure quick dispersal of gaseous emissions. All construction workers will be provided appropriate PPE’s like dust mask, ear plug, helmet, safety

belt etc. and made to wear them during working hours. 10.3.1.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT In existing scenario, water is sourced from 4 Nos of existing bore well & 3 Nos of proposed bore well. Further, there will be no housing facilities at site for construction workers and hence a major source of impact on water environment will be avoided. Proper and sufficient sanitary facilities will be provided to construction workers to maintain all hygienic conditions at site. Furthermore, existing sanitary facilities shall be utilized. Storm water drains compatible with the local hydrological pattern of the area will be provided to carry-off any run-off or storm water from the premises. Care shall be taken during construction work and will not create any obstruction/dips in the topography which can lead to accumulation of water within premises leading to undesirable consequences like health and hygiene problems etc. Further, ready mix cement (RMC) will be used which will reduce the water requirement at site. 10.3.1.3 SOLID WASTE Main solid waste generation during construction phase will be construction debris like rubble, brick bats, debris, steel scrap, wooden scrap, sand, gravel etc. However, these materials are inert in nature and will not result into leaching of any substance or constituent. These materials will be properly sorted and will be used within premises for filling of low lying areas. Wooden scrap, steel scrap will be given to scrap dealers. On completion of civil work, all debris etc. will be completely removed from site to avoid any incompatibility with future use. 10.3.1.4 NOISE ENVIRONMENT Following measures are proposed during construction period to mitigate adverse impacts:



Construction machinery and vehicles will undergo periodic maintenance to keep them in good working condition.

All machineries to be used for construction purpose will be of highest standard of reputed make and compliance of noise pollution control norms by these equipments will be emphasized by company.

Acoustic enclosure shall be provided to all D.G. sets to control the noise during construction activity.

Feasibility of putting up acoustic enclosure / temporary barrier around areas with high noise levels will also be explored.

All construction workers working in high noise areas will be provided appropriate PPEs like ear muffs and made to wear them during working hours.

Possibility of raising green belt along with construction activity will also be explored so as to serve as a noise barrier.

10.3.1.5 LAND ENVIRONMENT Following steps are proposed to take care of impact of construction activity on project land area:

On the completion of civil works, all debris etc. will be completely removed from site to avoid any incompatibility with future use.

Other materials like paint, diesel etc. will be properly stored and handled to prevent any spillage on ground.

All the wastes will be stored at a designated site within the premises to prevent scattered discharge on ground.

10.3.1.6 SOCIO-ECONOMIC As there will be no temporary housing colony for construction workers, no socio-economic impact due to the same is envisaged. Overall socio-economic effect of construction phase will be positive due to direct and indirect employment opportunity for the local livings. Local people from nearby villages of the surroundings of the site will be employed for construction work to the maximum extent possible. 10.3.1.7 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT The proposed activity will be within the existing land. No trees or grass will be cut. Hence no impact on biological environment has been enviaged. 10.3.2 DURING OPERATION PHASE Operation phase of any industry being longer in duration and because of its potential to create continuous impacts is quite important from the impact point of view. Comprehensive and effective EMP has to be prepared and implemented to safe-guard environmental concerns during operation phase of any unit. It is all the more important for the chemical industries. Keeping this in view, the management pan has been prepared for the unit. 10.3.2.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT The air pollutants from the plant may be classified broadly into particulate matter and gases like SO2, NOx (NO and NO2 expressed as NO2), from flue gas emissions and HCL, HBr, CL2 etc from process gas emission. These emissions will have impacts on the surrounding environment such as flora & fauna, soil and water bodies if let it out without any proper treatment. This may pollute the water bodies which will impact aquatic life and soil organisms. The measure to control the air pollution will ensure the ambient air quality standards as laid down by Central Pollution Control Board for industrial areas. The system proposed for air pollution control will provide acceptable environment condition in the working areas and abate air pollution in the surrounding area of the plant. The technological equipment and processes have been selected with the above objectives. Depending on quality of emission from different sources, suitable air pollution control system will be



provided. The chimney height will be as per CPCB norms to ensure ground level concentration of different pollutants within permissible limit. Following measures are proposed to mitigate negative impact of operation phase of the project on the surrounding air environment: a) Height of all the stacks will be as per statutory requirement. All the stacks will have stack monitoring

facility (SMF) consisting of sampling port-hole, platform and access ladder. b) For the control measures of the air pollutants during operation phase, adequate stack height with ESP,

cyclone separator, Scrubber will be provided to respective stacks. c) Transport vehicles will be properly maintained to reduce air emissions. d) Vehicles will be periodically checked for pollutant emissions against stipulated norms. e) Idle running of vehicles will be minimized during material loading / unloading operations. f) Proper maintenance air pollution control equipments. g) Regular maintenance of machinery’s in order to control emissions. h) A good housekeeping and proper maintenance will be practiced in the industry, Emission standard to be maintained: Flue gas emissions standards for Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd. discharge through stack to atmosphere shall always be less than or equal to the parameter specific standards. These standards as per Environment (Protection) Act, 1986 are given in the following Table: 10.2 TABLE 10.2: EMISSION STANDARDS

S. No.

Parameter Standards

Limiting concentration in unless stated

Sampling Duration in minutes, unless stated

FLUE GAS

1 Particulate matter 150 mg/ NM3 30 or 1 NM3 of sample

volume, whichever is more

2 SO2 100 ppm 30 for online sampling or

grab sample

3 Nitrogen Oxides NO and NO2 expressed as NOx

50 ppm 30 for online sampling or

grab sample

4 HCL 20 mg/ NM3 30 or 1 NM3 of sample volume, whichever is more

PROCESS GAS

5 CL2 09 mg/ NM3 30 or 1 NM3 of sample


6 Br2 02 mg/ NM3 30 or 1 NM3 of sample volume, whichever is more

7 HBr 30 mg/ NM3 30 or 1 NM3 of sample


8 SO2 40 mg/ NM3 30 or 1 NM3 of sample volume, whichever is more

10.3.2.1.1 ESP & SCRUBBER Details & Specification of ESP is mentioned in Section 4.3.3.2 of Chap-4. Scrubber specification are attached as Annexure-XV 10.3.2.1.7 FORCED DRAFT FAN A forced draft fan is provided to supply air inside the primary and secondary chambers. The F.D. Fan is dynamically balanced and is connected to the electric motor. 10.3.2.1.8 CHIMNEY Chimney of 36 m height is provided with accessories.



10.3.2.1.1 CONTROL OF FUGITIVE EMISSIONS Sources:

1. Loading Unloading Section 2. Material Handling Section and Transfer Points 3. Roads 4. Transportation of Vehicles

Proposed control measures to control fugitive emission: • All reactors, treatment vessels, distillation vessel agitator and process pumps shall be mechanically

sealed as per requirement. • All process pumps shall be provided trays to collect probable leakage. • More weight age on selection of MOC of piping shall be given to avoid leakage/spillage. • In each production system condenser on vessels shall be provided for better solvent handling. • Overflow system with return line to day tank/storage tank from batch tank will be provided to

prevent hazardous material overflow. • De-dusting system will be provided at solid product bagging area. • Proper system shall be provided for decontamination and effective cleaning of drums. • All transfer points shall be fully enclosed. • Airborne dust shall be controlled. • All roads shall be paved on which movement of raw materials or products will take place. • Maintenance of air pollution control equipment shall be done regularly. • All the workers shall be provided with dust mask. • Green belt will be developed around the plant to arrest the fugitive emissions. • Bio fuel will be received in covered trucks. In the coal yard, water will be sprinkled as required to

keep dusting under check. 10.3.2.1.2 Mitigation Measures Proposed For the proposed project site leveling and grading will be carried out, where-ever possible to maintain the natural elevations they will not be disturbed, only leveling activity will be carried out for providing roads, sewage network, storm water system, and places required for providing buildings for administrative, plant shed erection. According to the engineering assessment; most of the excavated material shall be reused within the project boundary. The movement of cut and fill material will be limited. Most of the construction dust will be generated from the movement of construction vehicles on unpaved roads. Unloading and removal of soil material shall also act as a potential source for dust nuisance. The control measures proposed to be taken up are given below. 1. The important dust suppression measures proposed will be regular water sprinkling on main haul roads

in the project area, this activity will be carried out at least twice a day, if need arises frequency will be increased on windy days, in this way around 50% reduction on the dust contribution from the exposed surface will be achieved.

2. The duration of stockpiling will be as short as possible as most of the material will be used as backfill material for the open cut trenches for road development.

3. Temporary tin sheets of sufficient height (3m) will be erected around the site of dust generation or all around the project site as barrier for dust control.

4. Tree plantations around the project boundary will be initiated at the early stages by Plantation of 2 to 3 years old saplings, regular watering will be done, so that the area will be moist for most part of the day.

5. To reduce the dust movement from civil construction site to the neighborhood the external part of the building (administration, canteen, etc) will be covered by plastic sheets.

Given the implementation of proper control measures for dust suppression, no adverse impacts are expected and compliance with the Ambient Air Quality is achieved at all time. 10.3.2.1.3 ODOUR MANAGEMENT Odour Sources: - ETP, Sludge Storage Area etc. Following control measure shall be taken to avoid the odor problem All the aspects has adopted during the designing. Aerobic condition shall be maintained.



Oxidizing/ precipitate the odorous compound by using oxidizing agent i.e. lime ferrous sulfate, charcoal etc as per requirement.

Minimize turbulence in effluent flow. Avoiding the overloading in processes. Avoiding the solids inventory and sludge backlog. Controlling the release of aerosols. Continuous disposal of sludge. Proper operating condition shall be maintained. Proper housekeeping shall be done Green belt shall be developed to restrict the odor.

Species for odor Suppression in the project site S. No. Common Name Scientific Name Location of Plantation 1 Tagetes patula Genda Mixed plantation near in the interspaces of

green belt around the office premises, around odor producing/ releasing units or plants.

2 Rosa indica Rose 3 Nerium indicum Pink Kaner 4 Jasminum auriculatum Juhi 5 Jasminum grandiflorum Chameli 6 Jasminum sambac Madan Mogra 10.3.2.2 WATER ENVIRONMENT It will be ensured that, water consumption should not exceed than committed requirement by installing water meter.

Surplus water will be stored in water tank for future use. Rainwater recharging will be carried out to recharge ground water and store for future use. Maximum reuse and recycle of water will be carried out and zero discharge shall be followed to

reduce fresh water consumption. Details of water consumption, waste water generation and its management is discussed in chapter-2. 10.3.2.2.1 RAIN WATER RECHARGING SCHEME Rain water recharging is a way to capture the rain water when it rains, store that water above ground or charge the underground and it will be useable later. Geologically, the study area comprises of consolidated volcanic igneous rocks. The fractured, jointed and weathered igneous rock can provide room for the construction of check dam or percolation tank. The figure-10.1 shows the scheme of recharge well. Roof top area of any constructed structure, any surface or the paved areas can be treated as catchment as these areas receive the direct rainfall. Rooftops are the best among them because of the large coefficient of runoff generated from them and there are less chances of contamination of water. Conveyance system basically includes rain gutters and down pipes which collects the rain water from catchment to the storage tank. These rain gutters are usually built during the time of construction. They need to be designed appropriately as to avoid the loss of water during the conveyance process. A tank of 4’x 4’ x 4’ (or bigger size suitable for the user) is to be made around the recharge tube well. The upper 2 to 3 m of the well casing should be filtered and wrapped with micron or resin filter. The whole tank should be filled with uniform sized gravel up to the top level. The rain water stocks towards the bore hole are filtered through the gravel and pass through the micron filter and poured automatically inside the tube well.



FIGURE-10.1 SCHEMATIC DIAGRAM OF RECHARGE WELL

Storm Water Drainage Line: Channels will be installed wherever required to collect and transport rain water to the storage tank. Drainage will be semi-circular and will be made using Galvanized Iron sheet folded to required shapes. Drainages will be fixed using Iron Brackets. Conduits: Pipes will be used to carry rain water from catchment to the recharge pit, passing through filter. A valve will be put at the end of wall for first flushing. Filter: Sand Filter will be used to remove suspended pollutants from the rainwater. Recharging: After filtration, water will be allowed to recharge through recharging pit. 10.3.2.2.2 CALCULATION OF AVAIBLE RAIN WATER FOR RECHARGING

Area Available Roof Top area (m2) : 28896.72 Road & open area (m2) : 10742.80 Green Belt (m2) : 10185.00 Total Area (m2) : 49824.52 Average Annual Rainfall

By considering the Long term average annual rainfall in Palsana (surat) as 1200 mm. Rain Water available for recharging

Roof top Area (m2) : 27740.85 m3/ yr (considering 80% of total rainfall water) Road & open Area (m2): 6445.68 m3/ yr (considering 50% of total rainfall water) Green Belt (m2) : 3666.60 m3/ yr (considering 30% of total rainfall water) Total available Rain Water: 37853.13 m3/yr. Water Recharging

Totally 37853.13 m3/yr rain water will be available for recharging in the premises. For that, 13 Nos. of percolating recharge pits will be provided for rain water recharging.

10.3.2.2.3 DRAINAGE AND STORM WATER MANAGEMENT All the storage yards should be provided with proper peripheral drainage system connected with the sump so as to collect any accidental spills in roads or within the storage yards as well as accidental flow due to fire fighting. During the operational phase, liquid effluent and storm water will be collected and managed at the site in an environmentally sound manner. During monsoon appropriate mitigation steps will be taken to reduce the contamination risks. Mitigative measures during pre-monsoon, monsoon and post monsoon are identified and will be implemented to reduce the contamination risks. Measures should be taken to prevent entry of runoff into the storage area. The quantity of storm water generated from the project site is 0.070 m3/s (Considering the worst case 1200 mm/day rainfall). The plan incorporates best management practices, which includes the following:

Regular inspection and cleaning of storm drains.



Cover waste storage areas. Avoid application of pesticides and herbicides before wet season. Secondary containment and dykes in fuel/oil storage facilities. Conducting routine inspections to ensure cleanliness. Preparation of spill response plans, particularly for fuel and oil storage areas. Good housekeeping in the above areas.

10.3.2.2.4 WASTE WATER GENEARTED Domestic sewage (75.0 KLD) generated will be treated in Secondary Treatment Plant. 2170 KLD Generated industrial effluents will be treated in proposed ETP. Existing process effluent is sent to CETP of M/s. NPICSL, hence now onward, treated effluents will also be sent to CETP of M/s. NPICSL, Palsana for further treatment and disposal. TABLE 10.3: WATER CONSUMPTION AND WASTE WATER GENERATION

S.NO.

PURPOSE WATER CONSUMPTION

(KL/D) EXISTING PROPOSED TOTAL

A. Domestic 25 70 95 B. Industrial 1. Processing 677.5 922.5 1600

2. Boiler and Cooling

425 525 950

3. Floor and Drum washing 10 15 25

Total (B) 1112.5 1462.5 2575 C. Green belt 5 25 30

Grand Total (A+B+C) 1142.5 1557.5 2700



Cooling 140 130 270


10 15 25

Total (B) 950 1220 2170 C. Green belt 0 0 0 Grand Total (A+B+C) 965 1280 2245 10.3.2.3 LAND ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT Company ensures that contamination will be minimum due to the spillage and washing water. Proper dyke are provided in order to prevent the spillage of oil directly on ground. Washing water will be collected through appropriate channels and taken to forced evaporation system. To avoid leaching entire washing area will be paved.

10.3.2.4 SOLID/HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION The hazardous waste generated from the proposed project is as mentioned below:



TABLE 10.4: HAZARDOUS WASTE GENERATION AND MANAGEMENT S.

No. TYPE OF

HAZARDOUS WASTE

EXISTING (MT/

month)

PROPOSED (MT/

month)

TOTAL (MT/

month)

WASTE CATEGORY

SOURCE WASTE MANAGEMENT DETAILS

DISPOSAL

1 ETP Sludge 500 750 1250 35.3 Effluent Treatment

Plant

Collection, Storage


GPCB approved TSDF site

2 Used/spent Oil 1.8 MT/Year

0 1.8 MT/Yea

r

5.1 Various maintenan

ce processes



selling to registered re-

refiner 3 Discarded

Containers 60000 MT

/Year 0 60000

MT/ Year

33.3 Various productio

n units


Decontamination,


selling to registered party

4 Process Waste 5 0 5 26.1 Manufacturing

process

Collection, Storage


GPCB approved CHWIF


75 100 175 36.1 Manufacturing

process

Collection, Storage


GPCB approved

CHWIF or co/pre-

processing 6 GYPSUM 500 0 500 D2 Effluent

Treatment Plan

Collection, Storage


selling to actual user authorized

by GPCB M/s. SDPCL has got Membership from following attached in Annexure-X.

1) Bharuch Enviro Infrastructure Ltd. 2) Saurashtra Enviro Projects Ltd. 3) Recycling Solutions Pvt. Ltd. 4) Ecocare Infrastructure Pvt. Ltd.



Discarded container shall be generated as hazardous waste which will be stored in the isolated area and washed into washing area and later sold to approved recyclers.

Direct manual handling of waste will be avoided. The person handling the waste will be equipped with hand gloves resistant to the waste, respiratory mask and goggles.

Record of the hazardous waste generated shall be maintained as per the Hazardous waste rules 2008 in the prescribed format and the same shall be regularly submitted to statutory authority. Prior to dispatch of the waste to the recycler company representative will keep a check on the valid authorization and approval obtained by the recycler from Central Pollution Control board.

Fly ash will be given free of cost to interested parties & nearby brick manufactures. No fly ash pond shall be constructed, and shall be stored in silo’s. MOU / Agreements with actual consumers regarding utilization of fly ash & bottom ash etc is

attached as Annexure-XIV 10.3.2.5 NOISE ENVIRONMENT During the operational phase, noise generation will be from D.G Sets, machinery, equipment, pumps, motors, from unloading of raw materials, etc., However, implementation of the EMP for the noise can maintain the noise level within the CPCB standards. Following precautionary measures will be adopted to control the noise level:

Noise generating sources and their platforms will be maintained properly to minimize noise vibrations generated by them

Personnel working near the noisy machines in different plant locations, will be provided with well designed ear muffs /plugs (effective noise reduction 10-15 dBA), use of which will be strictly enforced.

Sophisticated and low noise generating equipments will be selected. Green belt will be developed to act as a noise barrier. It would be ensured that there would not be any operator near the noise generating equipments on

continuous basis. Noise barriers/shields in the form of walls, beams will be provided around the units wherever found

feasible Training to personnel will be imparted to generate awareness about effects of noise and importance of

using PPEs. 10.3.2.6 BIOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT 10.3.2.6.1 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT Greenbelts are an effective mode of control of air pollution, where green plants form a surface capable of absorbing air pollutants and forming a sink of pollutants. Leaves with their vast area in a tree crown, sorbs pollutants on their surface, thus effectively reduce pollutant concentration in the ambient air. Often the adsorbed pollutants are incorporated in the metabolic pathway and the air is purified. Plants grown to function as pollution sink are collectively referred as greenbelts. An important aspect of a greenbelt is that the plants are living organism with their varied tolerance limit towards the air pollutants. A green belt is effective as a pollutant sink only within the tolerance limit of constituent plants. Planting few, known pollutant sensitive species along with the tolerant species within a green belt however, do carry out an important function of indicator species. Apart from function as pollution sink, greenbelt would provide other benefit like aesthetic improvement of the area and providing suitable habitats for birds and animals. It is apparent from the baseline data (Chapter 3) and the predicted impacts of the proposed project activity on Ecology and biodiversity (Chapter 4)- that it is an existing project and located in an Industrial area. The project site and its buffer zone are not located in any ecologically sensitive area. There are no RET species. Other than Peacock, there are no Schedule I species. The anticipated adverse impacts of the proposed project activity are negligible and easily manageable. Other than the measures for control of air and water pollution, no specific management plans are required for conservation of biodiversity. As explained in Chapter 4, another 333 trees are going to be planted by increasing the greenbelt 2000 Sq.m



10.3.2.6.2 SELECTION OF PLANTS FOR GREENBELTS The main limitation for plants to function as scavenger of pollutants are, plant’s interaction to air pollutants, sensitivity to pollutants, climatic conditions and soil characteristics. While making choice of plants species for cultivation in green belts, due consideration has to be given to the natural factor of bio- climate. Xerophytes plants are not necessarily good for greenbelts; they with their sunken stomata can withstand pollution by avoidance but are poor absorber of pollutants. Character of plants mainly considered for affecting absorption of pollutant gases and removal of dust particle are as follows.

For absorption of Gases: Tolerance towards pollutants in question, at concentration, that is not too high to be

instantaneously lethal 1. Longer duration of foliage 2. Freely exposed foliage 3. Adequate height of crown 4. Openness of foliage in canopy 5. Big leaves( long and broad laminar surface) 6. Large number of stomata apertures

For Removal of Suspended Particular matter 1. Height and spread of crown. 2. Leaves supported on firm petiole 3. Abundance of surface on bark and foliage 4. Roughness of bark 5. Abundance of auxiliary hairs 6. Hairs or scales on laminar surface 7. Protected Stomata

Recommend plant species and five year plan for greenbelt development with budgetary allocation is shown in Table- 10.4 & 10.5:

Table 10.5 Suggested list of plants for reinforcement and expansion of greenbelt. Botanical name Common name Importance

Acacia auriculiformis Australian wattle/

Akasmoni Avenue and agro forests

Acacia nilotica Babool Country timber and fodder for goats

Albizia lebbeck Kala siris Shade, timber and scented flowers Albizzia procera Safed siris Shade and timber

Azadirachta indica Neem Neem oil & neem products Calophyllum inophyllum Alexandrian Laurel Shade and medicinal

Cassia fistula Amaltas Ornamental and bark is a source of

tannin Cassia siamea Cassia Only firewood

Dalbergia sissoo Sissoo Timber

Delonix regia Gulmohur Ornamental and medicinal

Dendrocalamus strictus Bamboo Bamboo products Ficus racemosa Clustered fig Edible fruits Ficus religiosa Peepal Shade and a source of food for birds

Jacaranda acutifolia Jacaranda Ornamental and timber Kigelia africana African Calabash Tree Timber and shade

Lagerstroemia indica Crepe flower Ornamental tree Lagerstroemia parviflora Lagerstroemia Ornamental and medicinal

Lagerstroemia roxburghiana Kandla Medicinal plant Leucaena leucocephala Subabul Fodder and pulp wood Millingtonia hortensis Indian Cork Tree Ornamental and shade

Mimosops elengi Pogada Shade and edible fruit Muntingia calabura Singapore Cherry Shade and minor fruit



Peltophorum pterocarpum Copper Pod Shade

Polyalthia longifolia Ashoka Avenue tree Polyalthia pendula Ashoka Majestic tree with drooping branches Pongamia pinnata Karanj Source of biodiesel

Samania saman Rain tree Shade and timber Spathodea companulata Flame of the forest Ornamental avenue tree

Sterculia foetida Jungli baadam Shade and medicinal Sterculia urens Sterculia Shade and medicinal

Syzygium cumini Indian black berry Edible fruits Tamarindus indica Tamarind Tamarind fruit and leaf Terminalia arjuna Arjun Timber and shade tree Terminaia bellirica Taani / Belleric Timber and nut Terminalia catappa Almond Edible nuts

TABLE 10.6 BUDGETARY YEAR WISE GREENBELT DEVELOPMENT PLAN Sr. No. Year Plant name Number Amount (Rs)

A- Existing + Ongoing 1. Capital cost for tree plantation 1250 5,00,000 2. Maintenance and gap filling of

20% dead plants 4,50,000

3. Total 1250 9,50,000 B-Proposed

1. Ist year Transplantation of saplings

Malabar Neem (Melia dubia) 100 2,50,000 2. Broad-leaf Mahogany

(Swietenia macrophylla) 100

3. Subabul (Leucaena leucocephala) 50 4. Casuarina (Casuarina

equisetifolia) 50

5. Bamboo (Dendrocalamus strictus) 15 6. Ashok (Polyalthia pendula) 15 7. Rain Tree (Samanea saman) 20 8. IInd year Maintenance and gap filling of

20% dead plants 1,10,000

9. IIIrd year Maintenance and gap filling of 20% dead plants

90,000

10. IVth year Maintenance and gap filling of 20% dead plants

60,000

11. Vth year Maintenance 40,000 12. Total 350 5,50,000 Grand total cost of plantation and greenbelt (A+B) 15,00,000 10.3.2.7 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY PLAN Corporate Social Responsibility is a continuous commitment to behave fairly in contributing to the economic and social development, improving the quality of life of the workforce and peripheral development and also providing respectful treatment to the environment. The project authorities will contribute Rs. 91.53 Lacs for five years. However the final amount would be finalized after discussions with state government. This fund will be administered by a local area development committee in accordance with the orders of the appropriate Government. This fund will be used for the creation of infrastructure and overall economic development of the project area.

M/s.SDCPL is abided to provide a good social environment to people in the vicinity of project site and in the region. In future M/s. SDCPL is continually committed to behave ethically and to contribute to economic development, while improving the quality of life for the workforce and their families, as well as the local community and society at large. The company shall earmark funds for social development and



welfare measures in the surrounding villages for Education Facilities, Health Care and Family Welfare, Infrastructure Developments and Social Causes. The firm shall earmark funds for social development and welfare measures in the surrounding villages. These measures will include funding for: 1) Education Facilities 2) Health Care and Family Welfare 3) Infrastructure Developments 4) Social Causes The details of peripheral development plan including development in infrastructure, health, education and socio cultural aspects which will be carried out are as follows under the Corporate Responsibility: 1 The firm will organize free medical camps at least once in a year for the benefit of the villagers. 2 The firm will organize cultural programmers in connection for the sake of local villagers every year. At Spectrum, we're committed to making a difference in the communities where we live, work and do business. This commitment dates to the earliest years of our group and is a vital part of both our heritage and of who we are today. Spectrum has a rich history of corporate social responsibility, a history that has grown and evolved to meet the complexities of today’s business world and the challenges of a global society. We are proud of our progress, but there is still much we can do. We support many different programs and endeavors. We especially are proud of our partnerships that have grown and strengthened over the years, which includes the following: 10.3.2.7.1 Education (National & Regional)

Ballaram Hanumandas Charitable Trust – Behl, Haryana BRCM School, Gyankunj – Behl, Haryana BRCM School, Vidhyagram – Behl, Haryana BRCM College of Engineering and Technology – Behl, Haryana BRCM College of Business Administration – Surat, Gujarat Tapti Valley International School – Surat, Gujarat

10.3.2.7.2 Health Care (Regional & Local)

Smt Renu Chaudhary Foundation - “A fight she started, a fight we will win” – Surat, Gujarat Naturopathy - Get well. Stay well. Be well! – Surat, Gujarat R.B.Shah Mahavir Super Specialty Hospital (Trauma Centre) – Surat, Gujarat Renu Chaudhary Fanco Centre – Surat, Gujarat

Community 10.3.2.7.3 Community (Regional & Local)

Friends Of Tribal Society (FTS) INFRASTRUCTURE DEVELOPMENT As a part of Corporate Social Responsibility, project developer would aim at the improvement in the living standards of inhabitants in the project area by not only by being a catalyst for development but also will develop infrastructure in the area. Provisions should be made by the project proponent for the infrastructure development programme in the project area as per the needs of the area development. SETTING UP OF HEALTH CARE FACILITIES In order to promote cleanliness and hygiene assistance for construction of community toilets in surrounding villages shall be provided.

In addition the following activities would also be promoted. Arrangements of regular Medical Camps for villagers, labors and employees and their family

members.



Eye Checking / Operation Camps/ infectious diseases. The treatment will not given only to employee but also given to close family members.

ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT The project authority requires laborers, vehicles and other staff for the works. There would be more requirements of food grains, vegetables, milk, clothing and other grocery items. As a result, business activities would increase in the area. The local inhabitants would be benefited by these activities. Following programmes will be implemented for the benefits of affected peoples of nearby villages.

Income Generation Schemes Sponsoring Self-Help Groups Community Welfare Centers Project Implementation Centers (PICs) Telecommunication Facilities Skill Development Centers

Setting up of Recreation Facilities Literacy Promotion Programme Capacity building training programs Sports Promotion Schemes:

The following Table 10.4 shows budgetary allocations for CSR activities to be carried out for five years. TABLE 10.7 BUDGETARY ALLOCATIONS FOR CSR FOR FIVE YEARS

S. No. Activities Estimated Cost (91.50 Lakhs)

1. Education 16.50 2. Medical 16.0 3. Community /Infrastructure Development 15.0 4. Environmental Care 16.0 5. Cultural Development 15.0 6. Other activities 13.0

Total 91.50 10.3.2.8 OCCUPATIONAL HEALTH AND SAFETY Following measures will be adopted in the plant: Regular inspection and maintenance of pollution control systems. All measures related to safety such as safety appliances, training, safety awards, posters, slogans will

be undertaken. The workers exposed to noisy sources will be provided with ear muffs/plugs. Adequate facilities for drinking water and toilets will be provided to the employees. The fire and safety equipment will be properly utilized and maintained regularly. The health of the workers will be regularly checked by a well qualified doctor and proper records

will be kept for each worker. 10.3.2.9 GENERAL CONSIDERATIONS For good housekeeping of the proposed project, following measures will be planned: Maintaining cleanliness of roads to prevent accumulation of dust and waste material. Inculcating positive attitude among employees for good house-keeping. Maintaining hygienic conditions in canteens, near drinking water source and toilets.



10.3.2.10 WASTE-MINIMISATION, RECYCLE/REUSE/RECOVER TECHNIQUES, ENERGY CONSERVATION, AND NATURAL RESOURCE CONSERVATION

The possibility of reuse/ recycle and other cleaner production options for reduction of wastes is given below. The management is committed for futuristic development in cleaner production WASTE-MINIMISATION:

- Process optimization by using latest technology & equipment. RECYCLE/REUSE/RECOVER:

In the Existing Scenario, the solid wastes generated are recycled in the following ways and same method shall be adopted for the proposed scenario; 1. Used/spent oil is collected and will be re-used as lubricants in the machineries within the premises only. 2. Discarded drums or containers will sell to GPCB authorized vendor after decontamination. 3. Detailed Solvent recovery system. Please refer Annexure-IV

NATURAL RESOURCE CONSERVATION: - To conserve ground water, rain water recharging will be carried out to recharge ground water before

its get evaporated. 10.4 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT CELL SDCPL has proposed Environment Policy as per rules and regulations and has a well laid down Environmental Policy approved by its Board of Directors, having its clear vision toward the environmental issue and to save the environment for better future. Organogram of the Environmental Management Cell is presented in figure 10.2. Environmental Policy attached as Annexure- XXVIIFIGURE 10.2 ORGANOGRAM OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL



The cell will also be responsible for monitoring of the plant safety and safety related systems which include:

Checking of safety related operating conditions. Visual inspection of safety equipments.

Preparation of a maintenance plan and documentation of maintenance work specifying different maintenance intervals and the type of work to be performed.

Other responsibilities of the cell will include: Conduct and submit annual Environmental Audit. SPCB registered agency will be retained to

generate the data in respect of air, water, noise, soil and meteorological data and prepare the Environmental Audit report. Timely renewal of Consolidated Consents & Authorization (CC&A) will also be taken care of.

Submitting environmental monitoring report to GPCB. Data monitored by the cell will be submitted to the Board regularly and as per the requirement of GPCB. The cell will also take mitigative or corrective measures as required or suggested by the Board.

Keeping the management updated on regular basis about the conclusions / results of monitoring activities and proposes measures to improve environment preservation and protection.

Conducting regular safety drills and training programs to educate employees on safety practices. A qualified and experienced safety officer will be responsible for the identification of the hazardous conditions and unsafe acts of workers and advise on corrective actions, organize training programs and provide professional expert advice on various issues related to occupational safety and health.

Conducting safety and health audits to ensure that recommended safety and health measures are followed.

TABLE 10.8 RESPONSIBILITY OF ENVIRONMENT MANAGEMENT CELL S.No. Designation Nos. Responsibility

1 Managing Director / Chairman

01 Communicate company strategy to board of directors.

Attend board meetings. Work with audit committee to prepare budgets. Analyze financial reports for environmental protection measures. Report and share information with the board to ensure they are kept

fully informed on the condition of the organization and important factors influencing it.

Participate in and nurture broad networks of alliances with others to exchanges knowledge and information about learning and change in support of change initiatives.

2 Director (Site) 01 Sets goal, monitor work, and evaluate results to ensure that departmental and organizational objectives and operating requirements are met and are in line with the needs and mission of the organization.

Supervision, public relations, marketing, profitability and sales, service, reporting, capital requirements, and other duties as assigned by the board of directors.

Managing all the Environmental issue. Ensure appropriate EHS supervision of Employee. Checking of non compliance /violations of environmental norms.

3 Manager (EHS)

01 Develop performance standards. Handle claims and complaints promptly. Developing and promoting a vision of EHS. Conduct and submit

annual Environmental Audit. Submitting environmental monitoring report to RSPCB.



Reporting of non compliance /violations of environmental norms to the Board of Directors of the company.

4 Supervisor 01 Report to Manager EHS. Provide information, training and supervision. Assist in preparation of risk assessments. Reporting to EHS hazardous and incidents.

5 Chemist 01 Report to Manager EHS.

Taking responsibilities of all environmental issue as assigned by Manager EHS.

6 Worker (Safety)

01 Report to Supervisor for safety issues. Conducting regular safety drills and training programs. Conducting safety and health audits.

7 Worker (Environment)

01 Report to Supervisor for environmental issues. Conducting Environment audits.

10.5 BUDGETORY PROVISIONS FOR EMP Adequate budgetary provisions have made by the management for execution of environmental management plans. The details of capital and recurring (per annum) budget earmarked for pollution control/monitoring equipment; operation and maintenance of pollution control facilities, for greenbelt development and maintenance will be as given in following table:10.6 TABLE 10.9 COST OF ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION MEASURES

S. NO.

ITEM Rs. IN LACS

1 Capital Expenditure 3,155.91 2 Recurring expenditure on environmental management cell

and on pollution control systems per annum 1,165.38

3 Greenbelt Development 15.0

10.6 SUMMARY OF EMP Above mentioned Environmental Management Plan can be summarized as Impact on different environment, Impact Zone and Management is shown in Table 10.7 Table 10.10: Summary of Environment Management Plan

S No.

Expected Aspect due to

Proposed Activity

Impact Zones

Management Plan (Resources)

Responsibility Time Frame

Air Environment 1 Flue gas PM, SOX,

NOX & Process gas HCL, SO2, CL2, HBr,Br2 from proposed unit

250 to 500 meters in From site

Ensuring adequate stack height ~ 36 m. Online monitoring system to be in place. Ensuring periodic monitoring of stacks by third party.

SDCPL & Third Party

Monthly

2 Emission of Dust generation due to Transportation activity.

Within 100 m of road route connecting site

Ensuring that transportation of hazardous waste from ETP, Raw Material etc is carried out in covered trucks.

SDCPL Daily



Water Environment 1 Ground water should

be analyzed for pH, Color, Taste, Conductivity, Turbidity (NTU), TDS, Calcium as Ca, Magnesium as Mg, Residual Chlorine, Boron, Phenolic Compounds, Anionic Detergents, Mineral Oil, TOC, COD, heavy metals (such as Pb, Cd, Cu, Zn, Hg), Fe, CN, F, As and Mn, Cl, NO3, SO4, Total Alkalinity, Total hardness, Chromium as Cr6+

Around the project site

Ensuring installation of Piezometric wells to monitor ground water.

SDCPL & Third Party

Yearly

2 Monitoring of Surface water For pH, Color, EC, Turbidity (NTU), SS, TDS, TOC, DO, BOD, COD, heavy metals (such as Pb, Cd, Zn, Cu, Cr, Hg, Ni), Fe, CN, F, As and MN, Cl, NO3, SO4, TKN, Total alkalinity, Total hardness & benthal deposit of stream

Nearest water bodies

Ensuring periodic monitoring; Strom water management; Rain water recharging.

SDCPL & Third Party

Yearly

Land Environment 1 Soil analysis for

Texture, Particle size Distributions, Appearance, pH, Sodium as Na, Conductivity, Bulk density, Porosity, Total Organic Matter(TOM), Nitrogen as N, Chlorides as Cl, Alkali Metals, Permeability, Water holding capacity, Moisture Content, heavy metals (B, Cd, Zn, Cu, Li, P, K), Fe,

Around the project site

Ensuring monitoring during Pre & post monsoon and in the event of accidental spillage.

SDCPL As and when required

Noise Environment 1 Noise generation due Workers at Properly certified, tested SDCPL Bi-monthly



to construction activities

site and calibrated equipment will be used; Ear muffs and ear plugs will be provided to workers.

2 Noise generation due to operation of various equipment like pumps, blowers, compressors, DG Sets

Workers at site

At design stage, procurement of low noise equipment will be ensured; Proper engineering control measures will be taken; Periodic maintenance of equipment shall be ensured; Green belt will be maintained around the site.

SDCPL As and when required

Socio- economic Environment 1 Job opportunities,

ancillary developments in and around project site and CSR activities

Nearby Localities

Timely approval of funds for new and proposed CSR activities.

SDCPL Yearly

CHAPTER-11

SUMMARY

& CONCLUSION



Report No. 1718A058

CHAPTER – 11

SUMMARY AND CONCLUSION 11.1 INTRODUCTION Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Study for the Expansion in Dyes & Chemical Manufacturing unit of M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd, at Block No-484, 502, 503-A, 504 & 505, N.H.No.8, Palsana-394315, Dist.: Surat, Gujarat was conducted by M/s. En-vision Environmental Services. Surat, Gujarat which is based on the three months field data collected at site during 1st October 2017 to 31st December 2017 post-monsoon season and the same data has been used in assessment of impacts. EXISTING AND PROPOSED PRODUCTS WITH THEIR PRODUCTION CAPACITY

SR. NO.

NAME OF PRODUCTS




1 S.O.Dyes 250 650 900 2 Dispersing Agent 1500 0 1500 3 Textile Auxiliaries 2125 -2125 0

4 Hydros & Specialty Chemicals

1000 -1000 0



Total 3150 11.2 PROJECT DESCRIPTION 11.2.1 PROJECT DETAILS

Category of the project: A

S. No. in the Schedule: 5(f), Synthetic Organic Chemicals industry (Located outside the Notified Industrial Area)

Location of the project: Block No-484, 502, 503-A, 504 & 505, N.H.No.8, Palsana-394315, Dist.: Surat, Gujarat.

Total project cost: Rs. 4,757.83 Lacs.

Cost for EPCM (Environmental Pollution Control Measures):

Capital Cost: Rs. 3,155.91 Lacs and Recurring cost: 1,165.38 Lacs Rs. Per Annum.

11.2.2 PROJECT REQUIREMENT

Land requirement: Total 49824.52 sq. meter (existing- 46158.23 sq. meter, proposed-3666.29 sq. meter) land Acquired

Water requirement and its source:

The total water requirement will be 2700 KLD (existing 1142.5 KLD + proposed 1557.5 KLD). The source will be Bore well (existing 4 nos. & proposed 3 nos.)

Electricity requirement and its source:

Total power requirement will be 6000 KVA. Power supply shall be taken from DGVCL. In case of Power failure, D. G. sets of (2x380KVA), (2x500KVA) (2x1250KVA), 2nos. of 1250 KVA gas engine will be provided as standby to fulfill the power requirement.

Manpower requirements:

The proposed plant will have great employment potential providing employment to Approximately 122 full time persons.

Fuel requirement and its source:

For the existing and proposed utilities plant, fuel used for Steam Boiler, Thermic Fluid Heater, Hot Air Generator, Power Plant (stand by) and D.G. Sets (stand by). Total quantity of proposed & existing fuel will be coal- 75.0 MT/day, Gas-10 SCM/hr, Natural Gas-460 SCM/hr, Diesel will be required for the D.G. set which will be purchased from the nearest petrol pump in drum and transported by road



Report No. 1718A058

only.

D.G. set for emergency use:

D. G. sets of (2x380KVA), (2x500KVA) (2x1250KVA), 2nos. of 1250 KVA gas engine for emergency use only.

11.2.3 RAW MATERIALS

The Major Raw materials used for Disperse Dyes manufacturing is given in Table 2.7. Chapter-2. Raw material for Disperse Dyes unit will be purchased from the different sources and it will be stored in chemical storage area in Carboys, Drums, bags and some are in storage tanks. Major Raw Transportation of all the raw materials shall be done primarily by Road only. 11.2.4 WATER CONSUMPTION AND WASTE WATER GENERATION Total water requirement for the proposed project will be 2700 KLD which mainly for process, Boiler & cooling (make up water), Domestic uses and for gardening & others. Total water requirement shall be met from existing 4nos. of bore well and proposed 3 nos. of bore well. 2245.0 KL/day industrial wastewater generated from process & utilities of the proposed project. Domestic sewage (75.0 KLD) generated will be treated in Secondary Treatment Plant. Generated industrial effluents will be treated in proposed ETP. Existing process effluent is sent to CETP of M/s. NPICSL, hence now onward, treated effluents will also be sent to CETP of M/s. NPICSL, Palsana for further treatment and disposal 11.2.5 AIR EMISSION AND AIR POLLUTION CONTROL MEASURES The air emission from the proposed project would be the flue gas emission from boiler, Thermic fluid heater (boiler), Gas Generator and Diesel based D.G. Set. Major pollutant i.e. PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx is generated from the stacks attached to unit. From the proposed unit no process emission will be generated. 11.2.6 SOLID WASTE GENERATION AND DISPOSAL Main hazardous wastes generated are ETP sludge, used oil, Discarded Containers, Process Waste and Distillation Residue etc. All the solid/Hazardous waste will be collected, stored, transported and disposed properly as per the guidelines and for which company has obtained membership for the TSDF site as required. 11.3 BASELINE ENVIRONMENT The baseline environmental quality of Air, water, soil, noise, socioeconomic status and ecology has been assessed in the post-monsoon season (1St October 2017 to 31St December 2017) in a study area of 10 Km radial distance from the project site which shows a healthy environment.

S. NO.

NEAREST INFRASTRUCTURE FEATURE DISTANCE FROM PROJECT SITE

1. Nearest Village Palsana at around 1.9 km in SE



4. Nearest Railway Station Chalthan at around 7.0 Km NNW

5. River Mindhola at around 2.6 Km SE

6. Airport Surat at around 24.3 km NWW

7 Reserve Forest/National Park/Protected Forest None within a radius of 10 Km

8 Severely Polluted Area Vapi 96 Km S, Vatva 261 Km NNW and Ankleshwar 65 Km N.

9. Seismicity Zone III

11.3.1 MICRO-METEOROLOGY The study was conducted during the months October, November and December (i.e. 1st October 2017 to 31st December 2017), which are considered to be representative of Post-monsoon and winter season. The minimum and maximum temperature was observed 22.2C and 29.9C respectively. The predominant wind



Report No. 1718A058

direction during this Study period is observed to be blowing from North East. Average wind speed during this period is 1.1 m/s. Calm wind during this period 32.7 %. 11.3.2 AMBIENT AIR QUALITY

The ambient air samples were collected from six locations and analyzed for PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx and HCL, CO and VOC. As per the monitoring in post- monsoon season, the arithmetic mean values of…

PM10 varied between 56.20 µg/m3 to 63.20 µg/m3 (min); 60.70 µg/m3 to 65.20 µg/m3 (max); 59.91 µg/m3 64.16 µg/m3 (mean) ; 60.65 µg/m3 to 65.20 µg/m3 (98th percentile);

PM2.5 varied between 29.30 µg/m3 to 32.20 µg/m3 (min); 32.20 µg/m3 to 34.70 µg/m3 (max); 30.77 µg/m3 to 33.53 µg/m3 (mean); 32.06 µg/m3 to 34.65 µg/m3 (98th percentile);

SO2 varied between 14.30 µg/m3 to 17.90 µg/m3 (min); 15.80 µg/m3 to 19.60 µg/m3 (max); 15.19 µg/m3 to 18.60 µg/m3 (mean); 15.71µg/m3 to 19.46 µg/m3 (98th percentile);

NOx varied between 17.10 µg/m3 to 21.40 µg/m3 (min); 19.10µg/m3 to 24.10 µg/m3 (max); 18.22 µg/m3 to 22.47 µg/m3 (mean) ; 19.05 µg/m3 to 24.10 µg/m3 (98th percentile);

CO varied between 230.00 µg/m3 to 510.00 µg/m3 (min); 250µg/m3 to 540µg/m3 (max); 239.58 µg/m3 to 525.21 µg/m3 (mean); 250 µg/m3 to 537.70 µg/m3 (98th percentile)

VOC only one sample taken from project site0.70 µg/m3 (min); 0.90 µg/m3 (max); HCL detected a project site only and its concentration is 130.00µg/m3 (min); 150.00µg/m3 (max);

138.13 µg/m3 (mean); 147.70 µg/m3 (98th percentile). CL2 detected a project site only and its concentration is 60.00µg/m3 (min); 75.00µg/m3 (max);

67.08µg/m3 (mean); 75.0 µg/m3 (98th percentile). From the above mentioned results it is observed that PM10, PM2.5, SO2, NOx, VOC, CO, HCl & CL2

concentrations are well below the stipulated standards of CPCB/SPCB. 11.3.3 GROUND WATER QUALITY MONITORING The pH varied 6.72 to 7.27; Total Dissolved Solids 540 mg/L to 1448 mg/L; Chemical Oxygen Demand 8.0 mg/L to 16.0 mg/L; Nitrate 6.0 mg/L to 24.0 mg/L; Calcium as Ca+2 32.0 mg/L to 84.0 mg/L, Magnesium mg+2 22.24 mg/L to 36.42 mg/L; Chloride 60.0 mg/L to 545.0 mg/L; Sulphate 32.0 mg/L to 72.0 mg/L. 11.3.4 SURFACE WATER QUALITY MONITORING The pH varied 6.80 to 7.57; Total Dissolved Solids 238 mg/L to 1088 mg/L; Chemical Oxygen Demand 8.0 mg/L to 96.0 mg/L; Biochemical Oxygen Demand for 3 days at 270C 2.0 mg/L to 90 mg/L; Nitrate 10.0 mg/L to 28.0 mg/L; Chloride 25.0 mg/L to 210 mg/L; Sulphate 8.0 mg/L to 34.0 mg/L. Turbidity 0.80 NTU to 32.4 NTU, Calcium Ca+2 32.0 mg/L to 102.4 mg/L, Magnesium mg+2 7.29 mg/L to 56.8 mg/L. 11.3.5 BACKGROUND NOISE LEVEL Background noise levels were measured at eight locations. The Project site is only pertaining in category of industrial area and the noise level was found between 61.00 dBA to 65.0 dBA in daytime and 59.40 dBA to 61.30dBA in night time. The noise levels varied in the residential area of the study area during day time [night time] in the range of 60.10-68.80 [54.20-61.60] dBA. 11.3.6 SOIL QUALITY Different parameters are analyzed to know the quality of soil in the study area. The porosity and water holding capacity of soils are in the range of 41.30 % to 42.50 % and 28.70 % to 30.79 %. The TDS was present in range between 2776 mg/Kg to 3140 mg/Kg. Chemical properties like pH are in the range of 7.50 to 7.80. Nitrate and Sulphate were observed in the range of 50 mg/Kg to 60 mg/Kg and 262 gm/Kg to 285 mg/kg and alkalinity 772 mg/Kg to 792 mg/Kg. Other parameters analyzed in soil sample were observed under limit. 11.3.7 LAND USE PATTERN Land use within 10 Km radius of the study area has been determined with the help of satellite imagery. S. NO. LAND USE AREA

(HECTARE) %

1. AGRICULTURE CROP LAND 10513.42 33.47 2. AGRICULTURE PLANTATION 7462.65 23.75 3. AGRICULTURE FALLOW LAND 7328.09 23.33 4. BARREN/UNCULTURABLE/WASTE LAND,

SCRUB LAND 1955.61 6.23



Report No. 1718A058

5. WATER BODIES 173.79 0.55 6. BUILT UP LAND 1725.87 5.49 7. IND/QUARRY/KILN 2255.75 7.18

TOTAL 31415.18 100 11.3.8 SOCIO-ECONOMIC STUDY The total households are 53341 in the region. The composition of the population in project area 231050 was found to be slightly skewed in favor of male. Total males are 128815 and total females are 102235 this is reflected in the males are more than females. Total SC population is 8362 (3.62%); total ST population is 67710 (29.30%). The ratio (number of female per thousand male) in the surveyed area is 793 this shows that male population is higher in the region as compared with the female population. The social development of a region is signified by many indices. One of which is literacy status of the population. The literacy rate in the

project area is around 162870 (70.49%) as against the female literacy rate of 66,102 (64.66 %). 11.3.9 ECOLOGICAL ENVIRONMENT Neither the core area nor the buffer zone is located in any ecologically sensitive area. There are no reserve forests, wildlife sanctuaries or national parks, wildlife migratory corridors, or important bird areas (IBAs). There are no rare or endangered or threatened (RET) species and all the species are common and of widespread occurrence. The atmospheric emissions from the stack of the proposed expansion are not going to significantly alter the ambient air quality. When all issues and the results are taken in to consideration, the project is not going to endanger any endangered species and its impacts on flora and fauna shall remain within the CPCB permitted limits. It is easily possible to attain the global objective of “No net loss” of biodiversity. 11.4 ANTICIPATED ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACTS AND MITIGATION MEASURES 11.4.1 IMPACT ASSESSMENT An effort has been made to identify various environmental, social and ecological impacts due to proposed project during construction and operation phases considering present environmental scenario as baseline. The corresponding mitigation measures to take care of the adverse impacts are also discussed in following sections.

11.4.2 IMPACTS DURING CONSTRUCTION PHASE AND ITS MITIGATION MEASURES During Construction Phase, the Fugitive Dust Emission due to civil work and vehicular movement is not expected to spread too far as water spraying will be carried out to suppress the dust emission at the site and as well as on road. However, it may affect the plant growth in the near vicinity due to deposition of dust over plant leaves, if mitigation measures are not taken. The increase in noise levels due to the movement of vehicles will be taken care of by regulating the movement of vehicles and the impact on the human beings will be taken care of by providing the working people with ear plugs / ear muffs. As the proposed expansion site is mostly barren land having shrubs and herbs, there will not be any significant impact on the ecology of the study area. 11.4.3 IMPACT DURING OPERATION PHASE AND MITIGATION MEASURES 11.4.3.1 AIR ENVIRONMENT Major air emissions are anticipated by the gaseous emissions from a single or small group of stacks is a local phenomenon. Fugitive dust emission will be due to raw materials handling, loading and unloading of raw materials and finished goods, conveying and feeding point, vehicular movements, crushing and screening operations etc. The ISCST3 scientific model has been used to predict the proposed air quality on the environment. The results of the air modeling study indicates that the maximum Ground Level Concentration (GLC) for the parameter PM will be 3.5797 μg/m3, NOx will be 0.50569 μg/m3 , SO2 will be 1.01139 μg/m3 and HCL will be 0.1063 μg/m3 due to the proposed project. 11.4.3.2 NOISE ENVIRONMENT The higher noise levels at shop floor may impact the physical health of workers, in case mitigation measures are not in place. The noise pollution management will be taken up in the following manners: - By selecting low noise generating equipment,



Report No. 1718A058

- Isolating the noise generating equipments and working area - Job rotation system will be provided as it is implementing in the existing unit - By administrative and safety measures, providing noise level monitoring, remedial measures, providing

noise safety appliances to the working personnel. By these measures, it is anticipated that noise levels in the plant will be maintained below 75 dBA. 11.4.3.3 WATER ENVIRONMENT The water requirement for the existing facilities is 1142.5 KLD and for expansion will be 1557.5 KLD. Hence total water requirement will be 2700.0 KLD. Maximum recycle of treated water in cooling tower and steam condensate in boiler will be carried out thus water requirement will reduced. Mainly water requirement is for process, boiler and cooling tower make-up, washing and other utility, domestic and for gardening purpose. Total water requirement will be met from ground water using existing 4nos. of bore well and proposed 3 nos. of bore well. About 2245.0 KL/day industrial wastewater generated from process & utilities of the proposed project. Domestic sewage (75.0 KLD) generated will be treated in Secondary Treatment Plant. Generated industrial effluents will be treated in proposed ETP. Existing process effluent is sent to CETP of M/s. NPICSL, hence now onward, treated effluents will also be sent to CETP of M/s. NPICSL, Palsana for further treatment and disposal 11.4.3.4 SOIL ENVIRONMENT The main source of impact on land and Soil environment will be due to hazardous waste generated during construction and operation activities. The proposed project activity will be located on flat terrain industrial land; no significant topographical change is expected due to construction activities. The hazardous waste generated from process are process waste and solid waste from ETP are sent to TSDF site for suitable treatment, and empty bags discarded containers/drums/liner/carobys/barrels will be sent back to supplier/ to GPCB approved recycler, etc. The waste oil generated from machinery will be used as lubricant or sent to GPCB approved recycler for suitable treatment. 11.4.3.5 GREEN BELT DEVELOPMENT About 8185 sq.m area i.e. 16.42 % of total project plot area is developed as green belt at plant boundary, road side, around offices and buildings and Stretch of open land. Unit has already developed compensatory greenbelt of 5400 sq.m area i.e. 10.83 % of the total project plot area at Udhana-Magdalla Road, Surat and submitted in compliance report of our pervious environment clearance for each half year to the Ministry of Environment, Forest and Climate Change, Regional office-Bhopal. Unit will develop another 2000 sq. m area i.e 4.06 % of total project area % in which Total 350 nos; of trees will be planted at 80% survival rate with total investment of Rs.15 Lacs approx. for the green belt plantation. Total Green belt area of total project area would be 31.31%. 11.5 ENVIRONMENTAL MONITORING PROGRAMME A regular monitoring of environmental parameters like air, water, noise and soil as well as performance of pollution control facilities and safety measures in the plant are important for proper environmental management of any project. Therefore, the environment and safety cell will handle monitoring of air and water pollutants as well as the solid wastes generation as per the requirements of GPCB/CPCB. The routine monitoring programme as given in chapter 6 will be implemented at site. Besides to this monitoring, the compliances to all environmental clearance conditions and regular permits from GPCB/CPCB will be monitored and reported periodically. 11.6 ADDITIONAL STUDIES 11.6.1 PUBLIC HEARING Public consultation will be conducted for the proposed project as per Para 7(i) III (i) of EIA Notification, 2006 as the project is located outside the notified industrial area. Issues raised during public consultation will be incorporate in EIA report.



Report No. 1718A058

11.6.2 RISK ASSESSMENT The management is very much aware of their obligation to protect all persons at work and others in the neighborhood that may be affected by an unfortunate and unforeseen incidence occurring at the works. Any hazard either to employees or others arising from activities at the plant site shall, as far as possible, be handled by the personnel of the company and prevented from spreading any further. However in the case of eventuality, the Disaster Management plan adopted by the proponents is sufficient and may be able to control the situation. 11.7 PROJECT BENEFITS 11.7.1 CORPORATE SOCIAL RESPONSIBILITY (CSR) The company shall earmarks fund up to 91.53 lacs for proposed unit. The company proposes CSR activity which will include expanding the coverage of CSR, Educational Promotion, Infrastructure facilities, Health facilities, Collaborate in implementation of Govt. Schemes, Awareness program etc. Project benefit will be generation of direct and indirect employment, infrastructure development and economic development of area, region and nation. 11.8 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN 11.8.1 ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT PLAN (ADMINISTRATIVE ASPECTS) The environmental management plan with respect to all environmental components have already been covered in project description, only EMP on administrative point of view is presented in this section. Environmental monitoring of different parameters will be done regularly and the activity will be coordinated by the Environmental Management Cell (EMC). Mitigation of environmental impacts has to be implemented according to the suggestions and will be monitored regularly to prevent any lapse. The EMC will be under the overall supervision of the Manager (Environment). The cell will report on a regular basis to the Unit Head. The EMC will prepare a formal report on environmental management and mitigation at six month intervals. The company will undertake various training programme for improving the performance of the working personnel. Special training will be arranged in regular intervals to combat emergency scenarios that may occur during the plant operation. 11.9 CONCLUSION M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd has committed to implement all the pollution control measures to protect the surrounding environment. The project can definitely improve the regional, state and national economy. Industrial growth is an indication of socio economic development. The implementation of this project will definitely improve the physical and social infrastructure of the surrounding area.



Report No. 1718A058


CHAPTER-12

CONSULTANT ENGAGED



Report No. 1718A058

CHAPTER – 12 CONSULTANT ENGAGED Environmental Impact Assessment (EIA) Study for the Modernization & Expansion of Existing Common Hazardous Waste Incineration Facility of M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd., Block No-484, 502, 503-A, 504 & 505, N.H.No.8, Palsana-394315, Dist.: Surat, Gujarat was conducted by M/s. En-vision Environmental Services.

Name : M/s. En-vision Environmental Services

Address : 201-301, Union Trade Center(UTC), Nr. Apple Hospital, Udhana Darwaja, Surat

Phone : (0261) 2344773, 2344774

E-mail : [email protected]

Website : www.en-vision.co.in

Status of accreditation with QCI/NABET : Certificate No: NABET/EIA/1720/ RA 0099

Valid up to: 1st December, 2020 M/s. En-vision group of Companies are one of the leading Pollution Control Consultants and Engineers having more than 23 years Experience in this field. We are pleased to inform you about our different services like; 1. Documentation for Consent to Establish (CTE/NOC)/Consent to Operate (CTO/CC&A)/Product Mix. 2. NABET accredited EIA consultant Organizations in six Sectors namely;

a. Manmade Fibers Manufacturing [Sector-19] b. Synthetic Organic Chemicals Industries [Sector-21] c. Common Hazardous Waste Treatment, Storage and Disposal facilities-TSDF [Sector-32] d. Common Effluent Treatment Plants [Sector-36] e. Building & Large Constructions projects [Sector-38] f. Township & Area development projects [Sector-39] g. Chemical fertilizers [Sector-16]

3. Environmental Services for statutory compliances such as Environmental Statement (Form-V), Water Cess, Monthly Patrak, Annual Returns Form (Form-4), and Feasibility & Treatability Studies, Environmental Due Diligence Report, Application for Central Ground Water Authority (CGWA).

4. GPCB authorized Schedule-II Environmental Auditors. 5. Design, Supply, Erection and Commissioning of Effluent Treatment Plant/ Sewage Treatment Plant/

Water Treatment Plant for more than 100 industries in different Sectors. 6. Supply & Installation of mechanical equipments like Diffusers, Blowers, Filter Press, Clarifiers, Multi

Effect Evaporators, Membrane Bio-reactors, Movable Bed Bio-Reactors (MBBR/FBR), Oil Skimmers, Ozonation system, Pumps & Motors, Duel Media Filters, Pressure Sand & Activated Carbon Filters etc.

7. Operation & Maintenance along with the performance improvement of Effluent Treatment plant/Sewage Treatment plant/ Water Treatment Plant.

8. Moreover, now we are Supplying, Designing, Erecting and Commissioning different types of Air Pollution Control (APCs’) equipment’s in diverse industrial segments and applications, in whole Gujarat region. Our Supplying range covers Cyclones, Multi Cyclones, Bag Houses possessing good performance and high heat resistance, Scrubbers, Electro Static Precipitators, Centrifugal Blowers, Rotary Airlock Valves, Dampers and other allied equipment’s.

9. Well-equipped NABL accredited ISO-17025:2005 Chemical testing Laboratory for analysis in the area of Ambient Air, Stack, Water, Wastewater, Noise, Solid Waste and Soil.

10. Calibration of CEMS (Continuous Emission Monitoring System) device for various Industries. 11. Gujarat’s First GPCB approved up to Phase-III (Precious Metal Recovery) facility for E-waste at

Dahej, Padariya, and Gujarat. 12. We provide customized Solid Waste Management System for Municipal Corporation, Small Towns,

Villages, Townships, etc as per requirement considering Cost, Area & Feasibility. Service provider for Waste to Wealth solutions for every type of Domestic/Organizational Solid Waste.



Report No. 1718A058

An undertaking by the Project Proponent on the ownership of the EIA report as per the OM of MoEF & CC on dated 26/2/2018 and 28/2/2018 an undertaking by the Consultant regarding the prescribed TORs have been complied with and the data submitted is factually correct. Please refer Annexure-XXXIII & Annexure-XXXIX. Moreover, the entire team and management of M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd., Block No-484, 502, 503-A, 504 & 505, N.H.No.8, Palsana-394315, Dist.: Surat, Gujarat Contributed to the current project and extended their kind courtesy by way of sharing their details relevant to the project. En-vision Environmental Services is thankful for their inputs & support through the current study. Please refer Annexure-XXXIV for NABET Accreditation, and Annexure-XXXVI for for NABL Certificate. The En-vision team consists of qualified & experienced personnel in field of Environmental Engineering, Mechanical Engineering, Chemical Engineering, Environmental Science, Geology, Microbiology, Botany and Chemistry. En-vision is privilege of being associated with diverse technical experts in various fields. Functional Area Experts and assistance to FAE involved in the EIA study for M/s. Spectrum Dyes & Chemicals Pvt. Ltd., Block No-484, 502, 503-A, 504 & 505, N.H.No.8, Palsana-394315, Dist.: Surat, Gujarat is as follow:

Mr. Kunhal Shah: He possesses Bachelor’s degree in Civil Engineering and Master’s Degree exclusively in the specialized field of Environmental Engineering. Presently he is holding the position of Partner in M/s. En-vision Environmental Services. He is having 25 years experience in Environmental Engineering field. TABLE 12.1 FUNCTIONAL AREA EXPERTS INVOLVED IN THE EIA

Name of EIA Coordinator/

Assignment Head involved

FUNCTIONAL AREA EXPERTS INVOLVED

FUNCTIONAL AREA NAME/S

FAE Associate

Mr. Kunhal Shah, (EIA-Coordinator)

LU (Land Use) Mr. Ajay Dwivedi Akshay Jikadra

AQM (Meteorology, Air Quality Modeling & Prediction)

Mr. Virendra N. Joshi

---

AP (Air Pollution Monitoring, Prevention & Control) Mr. Kunhal Shah

Mukesh Ghoghari

WP (Water Pollution Monitoring, Prevention, &

Control) Mr. Kunhal Shah

Akshay Jikadra Mukesh Ghoghari

EB (Ecology & Biodiversity) Dr. K.B. Reddy Krishna Desai

SE (Socio-Economy) Mr. Rahul Deshmukh ---

NV (Noise & Vibration) Mr. Kunhal Shah ---

HG (Hydrology, Ground Water & Water Conservation) Mr. P.K. Sengupta ---

RH (Risk Assessment & Hazard Management)

Mr. A.C.S. Rujulu ---

SHW (Solid & Hazardous Waste Management) Mr. Kunhal Shah ---

GEO- (Geology) Mr. P.K. Sengupta ---

SC- (Soil Conservation) Dr. K.B. Reddy ---

LABORATORY INVOLVED FOR BASELINE MONITORING & OTHER ANALYSIS LABORATORY: En-vision Environmental Services & Pollucon Laboratories NABL REGISTRATION STATUS: NABL certified Laboratory, En- vision environmental services Certificate No. T-3309, ROLE: Monitoring and Analysis. Pollucon Lab NABL certificate no: T-0820, ROLE: Analysis.



Report No. 1718A058

LIST OF ANNEXURE ANNEXURE

NO. TITLE PAGE NO.

I. TERMS OF REFERENCE LETTER 265-272

II. EC LETTER 273-276

III. MANUFACTURING PROCESS, MASS BALANCE ETC. 277-375

IV. SOLVENT RECOVERY SYSTEM 376-385

V. MOEF & CC COMPLIANCE REPORT 386-388

VI. CC & A COPY 389-408

VII. CC & A COMPLIANCE 409-412

VIII. CTE 413-414

IX. CGWA APPLICATION 415-422

X. TSDF CERTIFICATE 423-428

XI. CETP MEMBERSHIP CERTIFICATE 429

XII. DISCHARGE POINT STUDY OF NPICSL CETP 430-484

XIII. EC COMPLIANCE CETP 485-525

XIV. FLY ASH MOU 526

XV. SCRUBBER DETAILS 527-537

XVI. ETP ANALYSIS 538-539

XVII. LAND DOCUMENTS 540-543

XVIII. STACK ANALYSIS (THIRD PART EXISTING) 544-545

XIX. AIR MONITORING BY GPCB 546-551

XX. CA CERTIFICATE CSR 552-556

XXI. GPCB NOTICE OF ENTRY, INSPECTION & REPLY 557-598

XXII. CPCB CLOUSER AND REVOCATION 599-604

XXIII. SHOWCASE NOTICE & COMPLIANCE 605-608

XXIV. AUDIT RECOMMENDATION & COMPLIANCE 609-613

XXV. EC UNDERTAKING 614-616

XXVI. PERIODICAL MEDICAL CHECKUP 617-631

XXVII. ENVIRONMENTAL POLICY & ISO CERTIFICATE 632-635

XXVIII. SITE SPECIFIC WEATHER DATA 636-649

XXIX. AAQ STANDARD 650-651

XXX. DRINKING WATER STANDARD 652-655

XXXI. SURFACE WATER STANDARDS 656

XXXII. NOICE LEVEL STANDARDS 657

XXXIII. DAMAGE RISK CRITERIA FOR LOSS OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY & HEALTH 658

XXXIV. NABET CERTIFICATE - NEW 659

XXXV. NABET CERTIFICATE - OLD 660

XXXVI. NABL CERTIFICATE 661

XXXVII. TOPOMAP 662

XXXVIII. UNDERTAKING OF PROJECT PROPONENT 663

XXXIX. UNDERTAKING BY THE CONSULTANT REGARDING THE PRESCRIBED TORS HAVE BEEN COMPLIED

664

XL. STACK ANALYSIS REPORT (FLUE GAS & PROCESS GAS) 665-670

XLI. AAQ DATA SHEET 671-678

XLII. MOM OF PUBLIC HEARING/CONSULTATIONS 679

XLIII. CERTIFIED EC COMPLIANCE 932

ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT p v T . L T D . (EIA) AND...

Documents

Transcript of ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT ASSESSMENT p v T . L T D . (EIA) AND...